0% found this document useful (0 votes)

482 views

Installation Config

MICROSTRATEGY Incorporated and ANYONE WHO has been involved in the CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION are provided "AS IS" and WITHOUT EXPRESS or limited WARRANTY of any KIND. THE ENTIRE RISK AS to the quality and performance IS with YOU.

Uploaded by

jesus_yustas

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

482 views

Installation Config

Uploaded by

jesus_yustas

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 584

Installation and Configuration Guide

Analytics Enterprise Document Number: 09300941

Sixteenth Edition, Analytics Enterprise

To ensure that you are using the documentation that corresponds to the software you are licensed to use, compare this version number with the software version shown in About MicroStrategy... in the Help menu of your software. Document number: 09300941 Copyright 2013 by MicroStrategy Incorporated. All rights reserved. If you have not executed a written or electronic agreement with MicroStrategy or any authorized MicroStrategy distributor, the following terms apply: This software and documentation are the proprietary and confidential information of MicroStrategy Incorporated and may not be provided to any other person. Copyright 2001-2013 by MicroStrategy Incorporated. All rights reserved. THIS SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT EXPRESS OR LIMITED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND BY EITHER MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED OR ANYONE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN THE CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, GOOD TITLE AND NONINFRINGMENT, QUALITY OR ACCURACY. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU (AND NOT MICROSTRATEGY, INC. OR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED WITH THE CREATION, PRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION) ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR, OR CORRECTION. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. In no event will MicroStrategy, Inc. or any other person involved with the creation, production, or distribution of the Software be liable to you on account of any claim for damage, including any lost profits, lost savings, or other special, incidental, consequential, or exemplary damages, including but not limited to any damages assessed against or paid by you to any third party, arising from the use, inability to use, quality, or performance of such Software and Documentation, even if MicroStrategy, Inc. or any such other person or entity has been advised of the possibility of such damages, or for the claim by any other party. In addition, MicroStrategy, Inc. or any other person involved in the creation, production, or distribution of the Software shall not be liable for any claim by you or any other party for damages arising from the use, inability to use, quality, or performance of such Software and Documentation, based upon principles of contract warranty, negligence, strict liability for the negligence of indemnity or contribution, the failure of any remedy to achieve its essential purpose, or otherwise. The entire liability of MicroStrategy, Inc. and your exclusive remedy shall not exceed, at the option of MicroStrategy, Inc., either a full refund of the price paid, or replacement of the Software. No oral or written information given out expands the liability of MicroStrategy, Inc. beyond that specified in the above limitation of liability. Some states do not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation may not apply to you. The information contained in this manual (the Documentation) and the Software are copyrighted and all rights are reserved by MicroStrategy, Inc. MicroStrategy, Inc. reserves the right to make periodic modifications to the Software or the Documentation without obligation to notify any person or entity of such revision. Copying, duplicating, selling, or otherwise distributing any part of the Software or Documentation without prior written consent of an authorized representative of MicroStrategy, Inc. are prohibited. U.S. Government Restricted Rights. It is acknowledged that the Software and Documentation were developed at private expense, that no part is public domain, and that the Software and Documentation are Commercial Computer Software provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS under Federal Acquisition Regulations and agency supplements to them. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFAR 252.227-7013 et. seq. or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer SoftwareRestricted Rights at FAR 52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor is MicroStrategy, Inc., 1850 Towers Crescent Plaza, Tysons Corner, VA 22182. Rights are reserved under copyright laws of the United States with respect to unpublished portions of the Software. The following are either trademarks or registered trademarks of MicroStrategy Incorporated in the United States and certain other countries: MicroStrategy, MicroStrategy 6, MicroStrategy 7, MicroStrategy 7i, MicroStrategy 7i Evaluation Edition, MicroStrategy 7i Olap Services, MicroStrategy 8, MicroStrategy 9, MicroStrategy Distribution Services, MicroStrategy MultiSource Option, MicroStrategy Command Manager, MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager, MicroStrategy Object Manager, MicroStrategy Reporting Suite, MicroStrategy Power User, MicroStrategy Analyst, MicroStrategy Consumer, MicroStrategy Email Delivery, MicroStrategy BI Author, MicroStrategy BI Modeler, MicroStrategy Evaluation Edition, MicroStrategy Administrator, MicroStrategy Agent, MicroStrategy Architect, MicroStrategy BI Developer Kit, MicroStrategy Broadcast Server, MicroStrategy Broadcaster, MicroStrategy Broadcaster Server, MicroStrategy Business Intelligence Platform, MicroStrategy Consulting, MicroStrategy CRM Applications, MicroStrategy Customer Analyzer, MicroStrategy Desktop, MicroStrategy Desktop Analyst, MicroStrategy Desktop Designer, MicroStrategy eCRM 7, MicroStrategy Education, MicroStrategy eTrainer, MicroStrategy Executive, MicroStrategy Infocenter, MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal Edition, MicroStrategy MDX Adapter, MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server, MicroStrategy Objects, MicroStrategy OLAP Provider, MicroStrategy SDK, MicroStrategy Support, MicroStrategy Telecaster, MicroStrategy Transactor, MicroStrategy Web, MicroStrategy Web Business Analyzer, MicroStrategy World, Application Development and Sophisticated Analysis, Best In Business Intelligence, Centralized Application Management, Information Like Water, Intelligence Through Every Phone, Intelligence To Every Decision Maker, Intelligent E-Business, Personalized Intelligence Portal, Query Tone, Rapid Application Development, MicroStrategy Intelligent Cubes, The Foundation For Intelligent E-Business, The Integrated Business Intelligence Platform Built For The Enterprise, The Platform For Intelligent E-Business, The Scalable Business Intelligence Platform Built For The Internet, Office Intelligence, MicroStrategy Office, MicroStrategy Report Services, MicroStrategy Web MMT, MicroStrategy Web Services, Pixel Perfect, Pixel-Perfect, MicroStrategy Mobile, MicroStrategy Integrity Manager and MicroStrategy Data Mining Services are all registered trademarks or trademarks of MicroStrategy Incorporated. All other company and product names may be trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated. Specifications subject to change without notice. MicroStrategy is not responsible for errors or omissions. MicroStrategy makes no warranties or commitments concerning the availability of future products or versions that may be planned or under development. Patent Information This product is patented. One or more of the following patents may apply to the product sold herein: U.S. Patent Nos. 6,154,766, 6,173,310, 6,260,050, 6,263,051, 6,269,393, 6,279,033, 6,400,265, 6,567,796, 6,587,547, 6,606,596, 6,658,093, 6,658,432, 6,661,340, 6,662,195, 6,671,715, 6,691,100, 6,694,316, 6,697,808, 6,704,723, 6,741,980, 6,765,997, 6,768,788, 6,772,137, 6,788,768, 6,798,867, 6,801,910, 6,820,073, 6,829,334, 6,836,537, 6,850,603, 6,859,798, 6,873,693, 6,885,734, 6,940,953, 6,964,012, 6,977,992, 6,996,568, 6,996,569, 7,003,512, 7,010,518, 7,016,480, 7,020,251, 7,039,165, 7,082,422, 7,113,993, 7,127,403, 7,174,349, 7,181,417, 7,194,457, 7,197,461, 7,228,303, 7,260,577, 7,266,181, 7,272,212, 7,302,639, 7,324,942, 7,330,847, 7,340,040, 7,356,758, 7,356,840, 7,415,438, 7,428,302, 7,430,562, 7,440,898, 7,486,780, 7,509,671, 7,516,181, 7,559,048, 7,574,376, 7,617,201, 7,725,811, 7,801,967, 7,836,178, 7,861,161, 7,861,253, 7,881,443, 7,925,616, 7,945,584, 7,970,782, 8,005,870, 8,051,168, 8,051,369, 8,094,788, 8,130,918, 8,296,287, 8,321,411, 8,452,755, 8,521,733, and 8,522,192. Other patent applications are pending. Various MicroStrategy products contain the copyrighted technology of third parties. This product may contain one or more of the following copyrighted technologies: Graph Generation Engine Copyright 1998-2013. Three D Graphics, Inc. All rights reserved. Actuate Formula One. Copyright 1993-2013 Actuate Corporation. All rights reserved. XML parser Copyright 2003-2013 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. Xalan XSLT processor. Copyright 1999-2013. The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved. Xerces XML parser. Copyright 1999-2013. The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved. FOP XSL formatting objects. Copyright 2004-2013. The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved. Portions of Intelligence Server memory management Copyright 1991-2013 Compuware Corporation. All rights reserved. ASIHTTPRequest library. Copyright 2007-2013, All-Seeing Interactive. All rights reserved. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)

International Components for Unicode Copyright 1999-2013 Compaq Computer Corporation Copyright 1999-2013 Hewlett-Packard Company Copyright 1999-2013 IBM Corporation Copyright 1999-2013 Hummingbird Communications Ltd. Copyright 1999-2013 Silicon Graphics, Inc. Copyright 1999-2013 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Copyright 1999-2013 The Open Group All rights reserved. Real Player and RealJukebox are included under license from Real Networks, Inc. Copyright 1999-2013. All rights reserved.

CONTENTS
Book Overview and Additional Resources Description of this guide.......................................................... xiii About this book ............................................................................ xiv Additional formats .................................................................. xiv How to find business scenarios and examples .......................xv Whats new in this guide .........................................................xv Prerequisites .......................................................................... xvi Who should use this guide..................................................... xvi Resources................................................................................... xvii Documentation...................................................................... xvii Education ............................................................................. xxvi Consulting ............................................................................ xxvi International support ............................................................ xxvi Technical Support ............................................................... xxvii Feedback .................................................................................. xxxii 1. Planning Your Installation Introduction.................................................................................. 1 Upgrade considerations................................................................. 2 MicroStrategy components ............................................................ 2 MicroStrategy Developer products........................................... 3 MicroStrategy Command Manager .......................................... 4 MicroStrategy Object Manager ................................................ 5 MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager .......................................... 6 MicroStrategy Intelligence Server ............................................ 6 MicroStrategy Web and Web Universal ................................. 11 MicroStrategy Mobile ............................................................. 14 MicroStrategy SDK ................................................................ 15 MicroStrategy Integrity Manager............................................ 17
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Contents

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy System Manager............................................. 18 MicroStrategy Office .............................................................. 19 MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server .......................................... 20 MicroStrategy Analytics Modules........................................... 21 MicroStrategy Health Center.................................................. 22 Installation prerequisites .............................................................. 23 Recommended installation location and example deployments .......................................................................... 24 Hardware requirements and recommendations..................... 27 Software requirements and recommendations ...................... 38 Installation considerations ........................................................... 79 System sizing guidelines........................................................ 79 International support .............................................................. 86 MicroStrategy Web and Intelligence Server compatibility...... 86 Certified ODBC drivers for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server .................................................................................... 87 Recommended system settings for UNIX and Linux ............. 93 Methods of installation ................................................................. 94 Graphical user interface......................................................... 94 Command line........................................................................ 95 Silent installation .................................................................... 95 Creating custom installation packages .................................. 96 Licensing information................................................................... 98 Types of licenses ................................................................... 99 Installation and configuration checklists ...................................... 99 Installing and configuring MicroStrategy on Windows ......... 100 Installing and configuring MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux .................................................................................... 101 2. Installing MicroStrategy on Windows Introduction.............................................................................. 103 Installation procedure ................................................................ 104 Installing with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard............ 105 Installation verification ......................................................... 121 Installing with a guided MicroStrategy introduction.............. 122 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation ............................... 122 3. Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux Introduction.............................................................................. 125 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux ............................... 126 Different methods of installation........................................... 127 Installing with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard............ 129

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Contents

Unique post-installation configurations. ............................... 141 Verifying installation ............................................................. 142 Directory structure................................................................ 143 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation ............................... 144 4. Activating Your Installation Introduction.............................................................................. 145 Request an Activation Code ...................................................... 146 Activate your installation ............................................................ 148 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation ............................... 149 Server Activation FAQ ............................................................... 149 5. Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server Introduction.............................................................................. 157 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs ................... 158 Setting up ODBC ................................................................. 160 Defining DSNs ..................................................................... 165 Testing ODBC connectivity .................................................. 169 Initial MicroStrategy configuration.............................................. 171 Configuration Wizard prerequisites...................................... 172 Configuring MicroStrategy software..................................... 173 Creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories .......................................................................... 179 Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server....................... 190 Creating project sources ...................................................... 196 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file.................... 201 Connecting to a data source...................................................... 210 Specifying warehouse connection information..................... 211 Creating a project ...................................................................... 227 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation ............................... 227 6. Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server Introduction.............................................................................. 229 Deploying with IIS (Windows) .................................................... 230 Deploying MicroStrategy Web ............................................. 231 Deploying Mobile Server...................................................... 232 General steps to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)................................................................... 234 Directory structure after deploying the WAR file .................. 235 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)........................ 236 WebLogic paths and folder locations ................................... 236

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

vii

Contents

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation and Configuration Guide

Other data sources and relational databases for Windows .............................................................................. 487 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini ............................. 493 Oracle Wire Protocol............................................................ 495 DB2 Wire Protocol ............................................................... 499 Informix 8 (XPS) .................................................................. 502 Informix Wire Protocol.......................................................... 504 Salesforce ............................................................................ 505 Sybase ASE Wire Protocol .................................................. 507 SQL Server Wire Protocol.................................................... 509 MySQL Wire Protocol .......................................................... 510 PostgreSQL and Greenplum Wire Protocols ....................... 512 ODBC .................................................................................. 514 Red Brick 6.x ....................................................................... 515 Sybase IQ ............................................................................ 515 Teradata Server ................................................................... 516 Netezza................................................................................ 518 B. Troubleshooting Introduction.............................................................................. 521 Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX............................................... 521 Mounting and unmounting CD-ROMs.................................. 522 Reviewing general installation errors......................................... 526 Graph and document support of non-Western European fonts ........................................................................................... 526 Server port number errors ......................................................... 527 I forgot the server port number ............................................ 527 Port number is in use ........................................................... 527 DSN connection errors .............................................................. 528 Testing the DSN connection failed in DSN Creator ............. 528 Metadata and other repository creation errors........................... 528 Creating a metadata fails due to insufficient page size........ 529 Creating a History List repository fails due to insufficient page size ............................................................................. 529 Permission errors....................................................................... 530 Missing JVM file ................................................................... 530 Glossary................................................................................................................................... 531 Index......................................................................................................................................... 537

xii

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

BOOK OVERVIEW AND ADDITIONAL RESOURCES

Description of this guide

The MicroStrategy Installation and Configuration Guide provides comprehensive information on how to install and configure MicroStrategy software, as well as basic maintenance guidelines. This guide gets you started using the UNIX, Linux, and Windows versions of the MicroStrategy platform. For UNIX and Linux installations, this guide assumes a basic understanding of how to use UNIX and Linux either from a UNIX/Linux server or by using a viewer on a PC. For tasks that require advanced system administration commands, this document assumes you are either familiar with those commands or can contact your system administrator. The main chapters of this guide follow the recommended progression of steps to install and configure MicroStrategy. Refer to Chapter 1, Planning

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

xiii

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

Your Installation, for important installation prerequisites before you begin installing MicroStrategy. details on how to progress through the remaining chapters of this For guide, see the section Installation and configuration checklists, page 99 of Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation. The appendixes contain the following additional reference information, which you may require depending on your specific needs: Appendix A, Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs, provides details and steps to configure ODBC and DSNs for your data warehouse connections. Appendix B, Troubleshooting, provides various troubleshooting steps and techniques to take in certain installation and configuration scenarios.

About this book

The chapters in this book provide information about: All MicroStrategy components Installation and configuration procedures System tuning considerations Troubleshooting and maintenance guidelines

in the MicroStrategy Tutorial project are updated to reflect the Dates current year. The sample documents and images in this guide, as well as the procedures, were created with dates that may no longer be available in the Tutorial project. Replace them with the first year of data in your Tutorial project.

Additional formats
This book is also available as an electronic publication in the Apple iBookstore, and can be read on an iPhone or iPad with the iBooks app

xiv About this book

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

installed. To download this book, search for the books title in the iBookstore search bar, or scan the QR code below using your device's camera.

How to find business scenarios and examples

Within this guide, many of the concepts discussed are accompanied by business scenarios or other descriptive examples. Many of the examples use the MicroStrategy Tutorial, which is MicroStrategys sample warehouse and project. Information about the MicroStrategy Tutorial, which is included as part of the MicroStrategy Analytics Modules, can be found in the MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide. Other examples in this book use the Analytics Modules projects, which include a set of sample reports, each from a different business area. Sample reports present data for analysis in such business areas as financial reporting, human resources, and customer analysis. Detailed examples of advanced reporting functionality can be found in the MicroStrategy Advanced Reporting Guide.

Whats new in this guide

Each release of the Installation and Configuration Guide is updated to reflect the installation requirements of the associated version of the MicroStrategy Product Suite. The sections below document the additional improvements to the documentation for recent releases.

MicroStrategy Analytics Enterprise

The name of MicroStrategy Desktop has been changed to MicroStrategy Developer.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

About this book

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy 9.4
Installation prerequisites and other important information has been updated to reflect MicroStrategy 9.4. This information is provided in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation. Information on configuring the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Impala Wire Protocol is provided in MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Impala Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 458.

Prerequisites
Before working with this document, you should be familiar with: The nature and structure of the data to use for your business intelligence application Your systems configuration, including details such as hardware configuration, installed applications, available memory, and so on If installing on UNIX or Linux, the basics of the UNIX or Linux operating system

Who should use this guide

This document is designed for system administrators who install, configure, and maintain MicroStrategy software on the UNIX, Linux, or Windows operating systems. This document discusses how to perform automated and silent installations. Automated and silent installations require advanced techniques such as creating and running response.ini files. Therefore, automated and silent installations should be handled by system administrators with full knowledge of the environment and the desired MicroStrategy installation.

xvi About this book

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Resources
Documentation
MicroStrategy provides both manuals and online help; these two information sources provide different types of information, as described below: Manuals: In general, MicroStrategy manuals provide:

Introductory information and concepts Examples and images Checklists and high-level procedures to get started

The steps to access the manuals are described in Accessing manuals and other documentation sources, page xxiii. Most of these manuals are also available printed in a bound, soft cover format. To purchase printed manuals, contact your MicroStrategy Account Executive with a purchase order number. Help: In general, MicroStrategy help provides:

Detailed steps to perform procedures Descriptions of each option on every software screen

Translations
For the most up-to-date translations of MicroStrategy documentation, refer to the MicroStrategy Knowledge Base. Due to translation time, manuals in languages other than English may contain information that is one or more releases behind. You can see the version number on the title page of each manual.

Finding information
You can search all MicroStrategy books and Help for a word or phrase, with a simple Google search at www.google.com. For example, type MicroStrategy derived metric or MicroStrategy logical table into a Google search. As described above, books typically describe general concepts and examples; Help typically provides detailed steps and screen options. To limit

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Resources

xvii

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

your search to MicroStrategy books, on Googles main page you can click More, then select Books.

Manuals for MicroStrategy overview and evaluation

Introduction to MicroStrategy: Evaluation Guide Instructions for installing, configuring, and using the MicroStrategy Evaluation Edition of the software. This guide also includes a detailed, step-by-step evaluation process of MicroStrategy features, where you perform reporting with the MicroStrategy Tutorial project and its sample business data. MicroStrategy Evaluation Edition Quick Start Guide Overview of the installation and evaluation process, and additional resources. MicroStrategy Suite: Quick Start Guide Evaluate MicroStrategy as a departmental solution. Provides detailed information to download, install, configure, and use the MicroStrategy Suite.

Resources for Identity and Loyalty

Alert Commerce Management System (CMS) Guide and Alert API Reference Content resources providing steps to deliver and manage marketing and commerce content through the Alert mobile applications. Usher Administration Guide Steps to perform mobile identity validation using the Usher mobile identity network to issue electronic badges for identifying users.

Manuals for query, reporting, and analysis

MicroStrategy Installation and Configuration Guide Information to install and configure MicroStrategy products on Windows, UNIX, Linux, and HP platforms, as well as basic maintenance guidelines.

xviii Resources

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

MicroStrategy Upgrade Guide Instructions to upgrade existing MicroStrategy products.

MicroStrategy Project Design Guide Information to create and modify MicroStrategy projects, and understand facts, attributes, hierarchies, transformations, advanced schemas, and project optimization.

MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide Instructions to get started with MicroStrategy Developer and MicroStrategy Web, and how to analyze data in a report. Includes the basics for creating reports, metrics, filters, and prompts.

MicroStrategy Advanced Reporting Guide: Enhancing Your Business Intelligence Application Instructions for advanced topics in the MicroStrategy system, building on information in the Basic Reporting Guide. Topics include reports, Freeform SQL reports, Query Builder reports, filters, metrics, Data Mining Services, custom groups, consolidations, and prompts.

Document and Dashboard Analysis Guide Instructions for a business analyst to execute and analyze a document in MicroStrategy Developer and MicroStrategy Web, building on basic concepts about projects and reports presented in the MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide.

MicroStrategy Report Services Document Creation Guide: Creating Boardroom Quality Documents Instructions to design and create Report Services documents, building on information in the Document and Dashboard Analysis Guide. It is organized to help guide you through creating a new document, from creating the document itself, to adding objects to the new document, and formatting the document and its objects.

MicroStrategy Dashboards and Widgets Creation Guide: Creating Interactive Dashboards for your Data Instructions for designing and creating MicroStrategy Report Services dashboards, a type of document that is optimized for viewing online and for user interactivity. It builds on the basic concepts about documents presented in the MicroStrategy Report Services Document Creation Guide.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Resources

xix

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy OLAP Services Guide Information on MicroStrategy OLAP Services, which is an extension of MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. OLAP Services features include Intelligent Cubes, derived metrics, derived elements, dynamic aggregation, view filters, and dynamic sourcing.

MicroStrategy Office User Guide Instructions for using MicroStrategy Office to work with MicroStrategy reports and documents in Microsoft Excel, PowerPoint, and Word, to analyze, format, and distribute business data.

MicroStrategy Mobile Analysis Guide: Analyzing Data with MicroStrategy Mobile Information and instructions for using MicroStrategy Mobile to view and analyze data, and perform other business tasks with MicroStrategy reports and documents on a mobile device.

MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide: A Platform for Mobile Intelligence Information and instructions to install and configure MicroStrategy Mobile, as well as instructions for a designer working in MicroStrategy Developer or MicroStrategy Web to create effective reports and documents for use with MicroStrategy Mobile.

MicroStrategy System Administration Guide: Tuning, Monitoring, and Troubleshooting your MicroStrategy Business Intelligence System Concepts and high-level steps to implement, deploy, maintain, tune, and troubleshoot a MicroStrategy business intelligence system.

MicroStrategy Supplemental Reference for System Administration: VLDB Properties, Internationalization, User Privileges, and other Supplemental Information for Administrators Information and instructions for MicroStrategy administrative tasks such as configuring VLDB properties and defining data and metadata internationalization, and reference material for other administrative tasks.

MicroStrategy Functions Reference Function syntax and formula components; instructions to use functions in metrics, filters, attribute forms; examples of functions in business scenarios.

xx Resources

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

To access documentation resources on UNIX and Linux, page xxiv

To access documentation resources from any location

1 Visit http://www.microstrategy.com/producthelp.
To access documentation resources on Windows

1 From the Windows Start menu, choose Programs (or All Programs), MicroStrategy Documentation, then Product Manuals. A page opens in your browser showing a list of available manuals in PDF format and other documentation sources. 2 Click the link for the desired manual or other documentation source. 3 If you click the link for the Narrowcast Services SDK Guide, a File Download dialog box opens. This documentation resource must be downloaded. Select Open this file from its current location, and click OK. bookmarks are not visible on the left side of an Acrobat (PDF) If manual, from the View menu click Bookmarks and Page. This step varies slightly depending on your version of Adobe Acrobat Reader.
To access documentation resources on UNIX and Linux

1 Within your UNIX or Linux machine, navigate to the directory where you installed MicroStrategy. The default location is /opt/MicroStrategy, or $HOME/MicroStrategy/install if you do not have write access to /opt/MicroStrategy. 2 From the MicroStrategy installation directory, open the Help folder. 3 Open the Product_Manuals.htm file in a web browser. A page opens in your browser showing a list of available manuals in PDF format and other documentation sources. 4 Click the link for the desired manual or other documentation source. 5 If you click the link for the Narrowcast Services SDK Guide, a File Download dialog box opens. This documentation resource must be

xxiv Resources

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

downloaded. Select Open this file from its current location, and click OK. bookmarks are not visible on the left side of an Acrobat (PDF) If manual, from the View menu click Bookmarks and Page. This step varies slightly depending on your version of Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Documentation standards
MicroStrategy online help and PDF manuals (available both online and in printed format) use standards to help you identify certain types of content. The following table lists these standards. standards may differ depending on the language of this manual; These some languages have rules that supersede the table below.
Type bold Indicates Button names, check boxes, options, lists, and menus that are the focus of actions or part of a list of such GUI elements and their definitions Example: Click Select Warehouse. italic Names of other product manuals and documentation resources When part of a command syntax, indicates variable information to be replaced by the user Example: The aggregation level is the level of calculation for the metric. Example: Type copy c:\filename d:\foldername\filename Calculations Code samples Registry keys Path and file names URLs Messages displayed in the screen Text to be entered by the user

Courier font

Example: Sum(revenue)/number of months. Example: Type cmdmgr -f scriptfile.scp and press Enter. + A keyboard command that calls for the use of more than one key (for example, SHIFT+F1). A note icon indicates helpful information for specific situations. A warning icon alerts you to important information such as potential security risks; these should be read before continuing.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Resources

xxv

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

Education
MicroStrategy Education Services provides a comprehensive curriculum and highly skilled education consultants. Many customers and partners from over 800 different organizations have benefited from MicroStrategy instruction. Courses that can help you prepare for using this manual or that address some of the information in this manual include: MicroStrategy Developer: Reporting Essentials MicroStrategy Web: Report Analysis MicroStrategy Web: Report Design

For a detailed description of education offerings and course curriculums, visit www.microstrategy.com/Education.

Consulting
MicroStrategy Consulting Services provides proven methods for delivering leading-edge technology solutions. Offerings include complex security architecture designs, performance and tuning, project and testing strategies and recommendations, strategic planning, and more. For a detailed description of consulting offerings, visit http://www.microstrategy.com/ Services.

International support
MicroStrategy supports several locales. Support for a locale typically includes native database and operating system support, support for date formats, numeric formats, currency symbols, and availability of translated interfaces and certain documentation. MicroStrategy is certified in homogeneous configurations (where all the components lie in the same locale) in the following languagesEnglish (US), French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazilian), Spanish, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Danish, and Swedish. A translated user interface is available in each of the above languages. For information on specific languages supported by individual MicroStrategy system components, see the MicroStrategy readme.

xxvi Resources

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

MicroStrategy also provides limited support for heterogeneous configurations (where some of the components may lie in different locales). Please contact MicroStrategy Technical Support for more details.

Technical Support
If you have questions about a specific MicroStrategy product, you should: 1 Consult the product guides, Help, and readme files. Locations to access each are described above. 2 Consult the MicroStrategy Knowledge Base online at https:// resource.microstrategy.com/support. technical administrator in your organization may be able to help A you resolve your issues immediately. 3 If the resources listed in the steps above do not provide a solution, contact MicroStrategy Technical Support directly. To ensure the most productive relationship with MicroStrategy Technical Support, review the Policies and Procedures document in your language, posted at http:// www.microstrategy.com/Support/Policies. Refer to the terms of your purchase agreement to determine the type of support available to you. MicroStrategy Technical Support can be contacted by your companys Support Liaison. A Support Liaison is a person whom your company has designated as a point-of-contact with MicroStrategys support personnel. All customer inquiries and case communications must come through these named individuals. Your company may designate two employees to serve as their Support Liaisons, and can request to change their Support Liaisons two times per year with prior written notice to MicroStrategy Technical Support. It is recommended that you designate Support Liaisons who have MicroStrategy Administrator privileges. This can eliminate security conflicts and improve case resolution time. When troubleshooting and researching issues, MicroStrategy Technical Support personnel may make recommendations that require administrative privileges within MicroStrategy, or that assume that the designated Support Liaison has a security level that permits them to fully manipulate the MicroStrategy projects and has access to potentially sensitive project data such as security filter definitions.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Resources

xxvii

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

Ensure issues are resolved quickly

Before logging a case with MicroStrategy Technical Support, the Support Liaison may follow the steps below to ensure that issues are resolved quickly: 1 Verify that the issue is with MicroStrategy software and not a third party software. 2 Verify that the system is using a currently supported version of MicroStrategy software by checking the Product Support Expiration Schedule at http://www.microstrategy.com/Support/Expiration.asp. 3 Attempt to reproduce the issue and determine whether it occurs consistently. 4 Minimize the complexity of the system or project object definition to isolate the cause. 5 Determine whether the issue occurs on a local machine or on multiple machines in the customer environment. 6 Discuss the issue with other users by posting a question about the issue on the MicroStrategy Customer Forum at https:// resource.microstrategy.com/forum/. The following table shows where, when, and how to contact MicroStrategy Technical Support. If your Support Liaison is unable to reach MicroStrategy Technical Support by phone during the hours of operation, they can leave a voicemail message, send email or fax, or log a case using the Online Support

xxviii Resources

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Interface. The individual Technical Support Centers are closed on certain public holidays.
North America Email: [email protected] Web: https://resource.microstrategy.com/support Fax: (703) 8428709 Phone: (703) 8488700 Hours: 9:00 A.M.7:00 P.M. Eastern Time, MondayFriday except holidays Email: [email protected] Web: https://resource.microstrategy.com/support Fax: +44 (0) 208 711 2525 The European Technical Support Centre is closed on national public holidays in each country. Phone: Belgium: + 32 2792 0436 France: +33 17 099 4737 Germany: +49 22 16501 0609 Ireland: +353 1436 0916 Italy: +39 023626 9668 Poland: +48 22 459 52 52 Scandinavia & Finland: +46 8505 20421 Spain: +34 91788 9852 The Netherlands: +31 20 794 8425 UK: +44 (0) 208 080 2182 International distributors: +44 (0) 208 080 2183 Hours: United Kingdom: 9:00 A.M.6:00 P.M. GMT, Monday-Friday except holidays EMEA (except UK): 9:00 A.M.6:00 P.M. CET, Monday-Friday except holidays Email: [email protected] Web: https://resource.microstrategy.com/support Phone: Australia: +61 2 9333 6499 Korea: +82 2 560 6565 Fax: +82 2 560 6555 Japan: +81 3 3511 6720 Fax: +81 3 3511 6740 Singapore: +65 6303 8969 Fax: +65 6303 8999 Asia Pacific (except Australia, Japan, Korea, and Singapore): +86 571 8526 8067 Fax: +86 571 8848 0977 Hours: Japan and Korea: 9:00 A.M.6:00 P.M. JST (Tokyo), Monday-Friday except holidays Asia Pacific (except Japan and Korea): 7 A.M.-6 P.M. (Singapore) Monday-Friday except holidays Email: [email protected] Web: https://resource.microstrategy.com/support Phone: LATAM (except Brazil and Argentina): +54 11 5222 9360 Fax: +54 11 5222 9355 Argentina: 0 800 444 MSTR Fax: +54 11 5222 9355 Brazil: +55 11 3054 1010 Fax: +55 11 3044 4088 Hours: Latin America (except Brazil): 9:00 A.M.7:00 P.M. (Buenos Aires), Monday-Friday except holidays Brazil: 9 A.M. - 6 P.M. (So Paulo), MondayFriday except holidays

EMEA: Europe The Middle East Africa

Asia Pacific

Latin America

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Resources

xxix

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

Support Liaisons should contact the Technical Support Center from which they obtained their MicroStrategy software licenses or the Technical Support Center to which they have been designated.

Required information when calling

When contacting MicroStrategy Technical Support, please provide the following information: Personal information:

Name (first and last) Company and customer site (if different from company) Contact information (phone and fax numbers, e-mail addresses)

Case details:

Configuration information, including MicroStrategy software product(s) and versions Full description of the case including symptoms, error messages(s), and steps taken to troubleshoot the case thus far

Business/system impact

If this is the Support Liaisons first call, they should also be prepared to provide the following: Street address Phone number Fax number Email address

To help the Technical Support representative resolve the problem promptly and effectively, be prepared to provide the following additional information: Case number: Please keep a record of the number assigned to each case logged with MicroStrategy Technical Support, and be ready to provide it when inquiring about an existing case Software version and product registration numbers of the MicroStrategy software products you are using

xxx Resources

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Case description:

What causes the condition to occur? Does the condition occur sporadically or each time a certain action is performed? Does the condition occur on all machines or just on one? When did the condition first occur? What events took place immediately prior to the first occurrence of the condition (for example, a major database load, a database move, or a software upgrade)? If there was an error message, what was its exact wording? What steps have you taken to isolate and resolve the issue? What were the results?

System configuration (the information needed depends on the nature of the problem; not all items listed below may be necessary):

Computer hardware specifications (processor speed, RAM, disk space, and so on) Network protocol used ODBC driver manufacturer and version Database gateway software version (For MicroStrategy Web-related problems) browser manufacturer and version (For MicroStrategy Web-related problems) Web server manufacturer and version

If the issue requires additional investigation or testing, the Support Liaison and the MicroStrategy Technical Support representative should agree on certain action items to be performed. The Support Liaison should perform any agreed-upon actions before contacting MicroStrategy Technical Support again regarding the issue. If the Technical Support representative is responsible for an action item, the Support Liaison may call MicroStrategy Technical Support at any time to inquire about the status of the issue.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Resources

xxxi

Book Overview and Additional Resources

Installation and Configuration Guide

Feedback
Please send any comments or suggestions about user documentation for MicroStrategy products to: [email protected] Send suggestions for product enhancements to: [email protected] When you provide feedback to us, please include the name and version of the products you are currently using. Your feedback is important to us as we prepare for future releases.

xxxii Feedback

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

1
1.

PLANNING YOUR INSTALLATION

Introduction
MicroStrategy business intelligence tools help organizations to monitor, report, and analyze all of their enterprise data. MicroStrategy helps you make decisions based upon the data within your organizations enterprise data warehouse. This chapter provides an overview of the different MicroStrategy components and products so you can decide what you need to install. It also provides details on supported functionality and describes important installation prerequisites that should be considered before you start installing MicroStrategy products. MicroStrategy products that you can install depend on your The MicroStrategy license. Contact your MicroStrategy account executive with MicroStrategy licensing questions. This chapter provides the following information: Upgrade considerations, page 2 MicroStrategy components, page 2 Installation prerequisites, page 23
1

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation considerations, page 79 Methods of installation, page 94 Licensing information, page 98 Installation and configuration checklists, page 99

Upgrade considerations
If you have MicroStrategy products installed and want to upgrade them, refer to the MicroStrategy Upgrade Guide. The upgrade procedures on Windows, UNIX, and Linux are covered in this guide. It is recommended that you read this guide before deciding to upgrade an existing metadata.

MicroStrategy components
MicroStrategy has a range of products that you can install on different operating systems. Depending on the type of setup you have, you can install various combinations of MicroStrategy components. The components described in this section offer a complete set of tools for creating, deploying, supporting, and maintaining the business intelligence applications. This section briefly describes the most common setups and the components required for each. you are familiar with MicroStrategy components and If subcomponents, you can skip this section and go to Installation prerequisites, page 23. section discusses MicroStrategy components and their This subcomponents in relation to how the components are grouped together during the installation routine. These groups are meant to help guide you in selecting MicroStrategy products during your installation. The groups do NOT represent MicroStrategy product license requirements. For information on license requirements for MicroStrategy products, contact your MicroStrategy account executive.

2 Upgrade considerations

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy Developer products

MicroStrategy Developer provides analytical features designed to facilitate and perform the deployment of reports. It governs application objects such as reports, filters, and metrics. Developer also enables you to create application objects. The application objects are built on the schema objects that are created in MicroStrategy Architect. These application objects are used to analyze and provide insight into relevant data. The following sections provide a brief description of the subcomponents for these products.

MicroStrategy Developer products subcomponents

MicroStrategy Analyst is a simplified version of MicroStrategy Developer, providing the basic interactive reporting functionality required by managers. MicroStrategy Developer is a full-featured version for power analysts and application developers. With a full range of analytical functionality, a rich library of functions, and intelligent workflow, Developer is well suited for power users. MicroStrategy Architect provides project designer functionality such as attribute, fact, hierarchy, and project creation and modification. Architect contains the following subcomponents:

MicroStrategy Architect, page 4, which is a new project design tool. MicroStrategy Function Plug-in Wizard is an add-in to the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler, which comes with a standard MicroStrategy installation. It allows you to create a C++ project, with which you can implement your own custom MicroStrategy function plug-in. The option to install this component is enabled only if Microsoft Visual C++ version 2005 (8.0) or version 2010 (10.0) is present on the system where the installation is being performed. Customers interested in deploying analytics from the R programming language into MicroStrategy can do so using the R Integration Pack, available separately from the CodePlex open source community web site. For more information, go to http://www.codeplex.com and search for the RIntegrationPack project (current as of March 1, 2013).

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Server Administrator is a MicroStrategy Intelligence Server administrative console that provides functionality such as system monitoring, cache management, and user and group management. installing MicroStrategy Developer, your license key must When be licensed for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server to install and access MicroStrategy Server Administrator.

For information on various options present in Developer to create and run reports, refer to the MicroStrategy Basic Reporting Guide. After you are familiar with basic Developer concepts, refer to the MicroStrategy Advanced Reporting Guide for information on advanced Developer functionality.

MicroStrategy Architect
MicroStrategy includes a project design tool known as Architect. Architect allows you to define all the required components of your project from a centralized interface. Architect also provides a visual representation of your project as you create it, which helps to provide an intuitive workflow. For information on using Architect to design a project in MicroStrategy, see the Project Design Guide.

MicroStrategy Command Manager

MicroStrategy Command Manager is an application designed to simplify and automate administration tasks, such as add, delete, or update enterprise-level data associated with large numbers of users and user groups.

4 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Additionally, Command Manager allows you to manage various configuration settings within the MicroStrategy platform.

For information on using Command Manager, see the System Administration Guide.

MicroStrategy Object Manager

MicroStrategy Object Manager provides complete life cycle management capabilities for MicroStrategy environments. Using Object Manager, you can copy objects within a project or across related projects.

For information on using Object Manager, see the System Administration Guide.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager

MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager provides insights about governing and tuning all areas of your MicroStrategy environment. With Enterprise Manager, you can see a variety of Intelligence Server usage statistics. The statistics shown in predefined reports displayed by Enterprise Manager can help you make scheduling decisions, analyze bottlenecks, and tune performance.

For information on using Enterprise Manager, see the System Administration Guide.

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server delivers world-class monitoring, reporting, and analysis on a single integrated platform, offering next generation BI capabilities for the full range of BI applications. MicroStrategy Intelligence Server is the architectural foundation of the MicroStrategy platform. It performs the following critical tasks for the MicroStrategy BI platform: Runs queries, performs calculations, and formats reports Significantly improves user-perceived query performance

6 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Efficiently manages thousands of end-user requests (jobs) Serves as a central point for the MicroStrategy metadata

Intelligence Server also provides a library of over 150 different sophisticated mathematical and statistical functions, which can be added to. See the Functions Reference for details about these functions. All other products in the platform work in conjunction with Intelligence Server and benefit from its broad functionality. MicroStrategy has different editions of Intelligence Server, which are: Enterprise edition Universal edition

The Enterprise edition is a Windows versions of Intelligence Server, whereas the Universal edition is platform-independent. The Universal edition can be installed on various operating systems such as Windows, UNIX, Linux, and so on. The Enterprise and Universal editions of Intelligence Server share a common code base and run reports identically. However, there are a few functionality differences. The following table highlights the major differences between them.
Functionality Windows Authentication Custom Function Plug-in Intelligence Server SDK Intelligence Server Universal Edition Supported Not supported MicroStrategy SDK applications can be run against Intelligence Server Universal Edition, but they need to be executed from a Windows machine Supported, through the use of the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink (see MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink, page 465) Supports Windows and UNIX/Linux operating systems for all applicable CPU architectures. For information on the supported CPU architectures, see: Windows: MicroStrategy product: Intelligence Server, page 44 UNIX/Linux: Intelligence Server Universal software requirements on UNIX/Linux, page 57 Intelligence Enterprise Edition Supported Supported Supported

Microsoft Access

Supported

Operating System Support

Supports only Windows 32-bit operating systems.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server subcomponents

The subcomponents of MicroStrategy Intelligence Server are as follows: Universal Edition, which is described in MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 6. MicroStrategy OLAP Services, page 8. MicroStrategy Report Services, page 9. MicroStrategy Distribution Services, page 9. MicroStrategy Transaction Services, page 10. MultiSource Option, page 10. Clustering Option, which allows you to cluster a group of Intelligence Server machines (up to four Intelligence Server machines) to take advantage of the many benefits available in a clustered environment. For information on clustering Intelligence Servers, see the System Administration Guide.

MicroStrategy OLAP Services

MicroStrategy OLAP Services uses the concept of Intelligent Cube, an in-memory version of a report that can be manipulated by the Analytical Engine. MicroStrategy Developer, MicroStrategy Web, and MicroStrategy Office users can slice and dice data in reports within the Intelligent Cubes without having to re-execute SQL against the data warehouse.

For information on OLAP Services, see the OLAP Services Guide.

8 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy Report Services

MicroStrategy Report Services is the enterprise reporting engine of the MicroStrategy business intelligence platform. A MicroStrategy Report Services document contains objects representing data coming from one or more reports, as well as positioning and formatting information. It is used to format data from multiple reports in a single display of presentation quality.

For information on Report Services, see the Report Services Document Creation Guide and the Document and Dashboard Analysis Guide.

MicroStrategy Distribution Services

MicroStrategy Distribution Services is a new product. Distribution Services provides high-volume, automated distribution of reports, documents,

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

dashboards, and business performance alerts via email, file servers, and networked printers.

MicroStrategy Transaction Services

MicroStrategy Transaction Services is an Intelligence Server extension that lets you embed write-back functionality into reports and dashboards for the purposes of decision-making or initiating a transaction. These transactions can include one-click approvals and denials, notes for tracking and directing business activity, and write-back to data sources in real time. Users of MicroStrategy Web, MicroStrategy Mobile for iPhone, and MicroStrategy Mobile for iPad can employ these transaction capabilities from reports, dashboards, and MicroStrategy Mobile applications.

MultiSource Option
MicroStrategy includes an extension to Intelligence Server referred to as MultiSource Option. With this feature, you can connect a project to multiple relational data sources. This allows you to integrate all your information from various databases and other relational data sources into a single MicroStrategy project for reporting and analysis purpose. All data sources

10 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Mobile
MicroStrategy Mobile is an interactive interface of the MicroStrategy BI platform that lets mobile business users harness the analytical power of MicroStrategy through the use of their mobile devices: MicroStrategy Mobile for BlackBerry: MicroStrategy Mobile for BlackBerry lets mobile business users run reports and dashboards directly from their BlackBerry mobile devices from Research in Motion. With MicroStrategy Mobile, business users receive the same reports on their BlackBerry smartphones as they do via MicroStrategy Web, MicroStrategy Office, or MicroStrategy Developer, without the need for reformatting or retrofitting existing reports. The report manipulation features available in MicroStrategy Mobile allow users to view even the largest reports within the compact screen size of the BlackBerry smartphone. Designed for all levels of users, MicroStrategy Mobile reports are displayed in an easy-to-view and easy-to-navigate format, enabling users to review, analyze, and interact with important data at their convenience. Users can also access reports while they are offline, or when their BlackBerry is not within connectivity range. MicroStrategy Mobile uses the same robust security features of the MicroStrategy platform as well as the security infrastructure provided by the BlackBerry Enterprise Server. MicroStrategy Mobile for iPhone, iPad, and Android devices: MicroStrategy Mobile and the MicroStrategy Mobile Server provide MicroStrategy reporting and analysis capabilities on iPhone, iPad, and Android devices. MicroStrategy uses the intuitive interfaces of these mobile device to let users explore information using touch and smart gestures. MicroStrategy Mobile Business Intelligence applications can support workflows that lead users through data to decisions. MicroStrategy Mobile also provides application developers a new way to develop and deploy Mobile applications that is faster, easier, and more maintainable than using traditional Integrated Development Environments. MicroStrategy Mobile offers the following benefits:

Reduces the time to develop new Mobile applications: MicroStrategys Mobile application platform includes the infrastructure needed to support each new Mobile application, so that application developers only need to focus on creating the user experience and not on the back-end infrastructure. Easy for non-developers to create professional Mobile applications: MicroStrategys Mobile applications do not require any

14 MicroStrategy components

MicroStrategy Integrity Manager is an automated report comparison tool. Report SQL, report data, and graphs can be executed and compared in Integrity Manager to help customers verify change success. In addition, the report comparison output can be analyzed at the report level in

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Integrity Manager, and as HTML and XML summary files that are generated to provide easily distributed results to other users.

To learn more about MicroStrategy Integrity Manager, see the MicroStrategy System Administration Guide.

MicroStrategy System Manager

MicroStrategy System Manager lets you define multiple configurations for your MicroStrategy environment that can be executed in a single workflow. This provides the ability to deploy various configurations to as many systems as required. The deployment of these configurations can be done using a standard interface, an interactive command line process, or a completely silent configuration process. System Manager lets you create a workflow visually, allowing you to see the step-by-step process that leads the workflow from one configuration to the next. This visual approach to creating a workflow can help you to notice opportunities to troubleshoot and error check configurations as part of a workflow. For information on using MicroStrategy System Manager to configure and deploy your MicroStrategy environments, see the System Administration Guide.

18 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy Office
MicroStrategy Office lets every Microsoft Office user run, edit, and format any MicroStrategy report directly from within Microsoft applications such as Excel, PowerPoint, and Word. MicroStrategy Office is designed using Microsoft .NET technology and accesses the MicroStrategy business intelligence platform using XML and MicroStrategy Web Services. MicroStrategy Office gives business users open and straightforward access to the full functionality of the MicroStrategy platform from familiar Microsoft Office applications. MicroStrategy Office serves as a Microsoft add-in, with MicroStrategy functionality exposed as a single toolbar in Microsoft Office applications. To learn how to use MicroStrategy Office, refer to the MicroStrategy Office User Guide and MicroStrategy Office online help. Office requires that MicroStrategy Web Services is also MicroStrategy installed. For information on Web Services, see MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) and Web Services (J2EE), page 20.

Allowing users to install MicroStrategy Office from a network location

You can allow users to install MicroStrategy Office from a network location, as described in the procedure below.
To allow users to install MicroStrategy Office from a network location

1 Insert the MicroStrategy installation disk into the disk drive and close the MicroStrategy Main Menu window that opens automatically. 2 Browse to the Installations folder on the MicroStrategy installation disk. 3 Copy the Office folder and paste it to a network location of your choice. ensure that ASP.NET Framework and Web Services To Enhancements (WSE) Runtime are installed on users machines when they install MicroStrategy Office, copy the Utilities folder to the network location so that it is on the same folder level as the Office folder. The WSE Runtime is installed only if it is not already installed on the users machine.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

4 Share the network location with any users who need to install MicroStrategy Office. 5 Notify MicroStrategy Office users to run either MicroStrategyOffice.msi or MicroStrategyOffice64.msi from within the Office folder to install MicroStrategy Office. These .msi files are for installing MicroStrategy Office on 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Microsoft Office, respectively. These users will need Microsoft Windows Installer 4.5 on their machine to install MicroStrategy Office. addition to allowing users to install MicroStrategy Office from a In network location, you can also use the MicroStrategyOffice.msi or MicroStrategyOffice64.msi files to perform a silent installation of MicroStrategy Office (see Silent installation of MicroStrategy Office, page 377).

MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) and Web Services (J2EE)

MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) and Web Services (J2EE) are two options to support the use of MicroStrategy Office. MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) is an easy-to-deploy service. You can deploy the ASP.NET version using Microsoft IIS on a Windows environment. MicroStrategy Web Services (J2EE) provides a servlet-based version of MicroStrategy Web Services that is compatible with a UNIX, Linux, or Windows environment.

To support alternative ways to access the MicroStrategy business intelligence platform using the latest web services technologies such as ASP.NET, JNI, Java and Web protocols, such as Apache Axis, refer to the MicroStrategy SDK and the accompanying MSDL. For information on deploying MicroStrategy Web Services ASP.NET and J2EE versions, refer to the MicroStrategy Office User Guide.

MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server

MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server proactively distributes personalized information to employees, business partners, and customers through a

20 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

variety of devices, including mobile phones, PDAs, email, Web pages, and pagers. The distribution of personalized messages and targeted offers is triggered according to predefined schedules and exception criteria, delivering information in a timely and convenient manner. Narrowcast Server also provides a self-subscription portal, easing administrative responsibilities and empowering information consumers to choose the information they receive. Narrowcast Server can draw information from relational or non-relational sources. Subscriptions can also be supported through Intelligence Server with the introduction of Distribution Services. For information on Distribution Services, see MicroStrategy Distribution Services, page 9. For information on Narrowcast Server subcomponents, refer to the MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Installation and Configuration Guide.

SequeLink ODBC Socket Server

SequeLink is a complete, end-to-end solution for configuring and managing data access across virtually any number of data stores, operating systems, and deployment options. SequeLink ODBC Socket Server is required to support MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server. It can also be used to access Microsoft Access databases and Microsoft Excel files stored on a Windows machine from an Intelligence Server hosted on a UNIX or Linux machine (see MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink, page 465). SequeLink ODBC Socket Server that is provided with a The MicroStrategy installation is for exclusive use with the MicroStrategy Product Suite. You are not licensed to use this product with any application other than MicroStrategy products. You can contact Progress DataDirect to purchase the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server for use with non-MicroStrategy products.

MicroStrategy Analytics Modules

MicroStrategy Analytics Modules are a set of packaged analytic components built using the MicroStrategy platform. The modules can be mapped to a different warehouse or used as starter kits to develop custom applications. Each module consists of a MicroStrategy project in a metadata, a reference guide, and a default data model.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MicroStrategy components

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Examples of the Analytics Modules are as follows: Customer Analysis Module focuses on customer-centric information Sales Analysis Module focuses on information captured during the sales process Financial Reporting Analysis Module provides in-depth analysis of financial information captured by general ledgers, forecasting systems, and data on actual amounts, payables, and receivables

MicroStrategy Tutorial Reporting

MicroStrategy Tutorial Reporting is a sample MicroStrategy project with a warehouse, and a set of demonstration applications designed to illustrate the platform's rich functionality. The MicroStrategy Tutorial Reporting metadata is provided as part of the MicroStrategy Analytics Modules metadata. The theme of the Tutorial project is a retail store that sells electronics, books, movies, and music. The key features include: Five hierarchies: Customer, Geography, Products, Promotions, and Time. Each hierarchy can be viewed graphically through MicroStrategy Developer and MicroStrategy Web (through documents). A large number of customers and items purchased. Five reporting areas: Human Resources, Inventory, Financial, Product Sales, and Supplier. Options to create reports from MicroStrategy Web or Developer focusing on a particular analysis area, such as Customer, Inventory, Time, Products, Category, Employee, or Call Center.

For more information on the Tutorial project, refer to the Project Design Guide.

MicroStrategy Health Center

22 MicroStrategy components

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

package and transmit this package to MicroStrategy Technical Support for review and troubleshooting.

Health Center is provided with a MicroStrategy installation. For information on using Health Center to diagnose and fix problems in your MicroStrategy environment, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Installation prerequisites
Before you install MicroStrategy, you must have the following: MicroStrategy installation files You can access the installation files from the MicroStrategy disk or you can ask your system administrator to share the files on a network location. For information on mounting or unmounting CD-ROM drives, see Mounting and unmounting CD-ROMs, page 522, in Appendix B, Troubleshooting. You can reduce the amount of data that has to be downloaded for an installation by excluding some of the installation files located in the Installations/DataFiles folder. During installation, the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard then lists which of these files are required for your MicroStrategy installation. You can use this technique to provide only the files required to complete a MicroStrategy installation, which can then be used to reduce the amount of data

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

packaged and downloaded for other MicroStrategy installations within your organization. For steps to use this technique to create custom installation packages, see Creating custom installation packages, page 96. License key from MicroStrategy you begin upgrading any MicroStrategy systems, contact Before your MicroStrategy account executive to obtain a new license key for the version of software you are installing. To install MicroStrategy products, you must first obtain a license key specific to the version of MicroStrategy software you intend to install. Installation location for your MicroStrategy products

To install MicroStrategy, you must have the following permissions and privileges: Windows:

You must log on to your machine using a domain account with Windows administrative privileges for the domain or target machine. The user installing MicroStrategy needs write permissions in the installation directory to complete the installation; otherwise the installation fails

UNIX and Linux:

You need root access permissions for installation if you have purchased the CPU-based MicroStrategy license.

Apart from the information provided above, review the following sections before you start the installation: Recommended installation location and example deployments, page 24 Hardware requirements and recommendations, page 27 Software requirements and recommendations, page 38

Recommended installation location and example deployments

There are a countless number of possible arrangements for all the products available on the MicroStrategy platform, and what you decide to do depends largely on your installation environment and requirements. In general,

24 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

though, the following recommendations are usually true for a typical business intelligence system: Intelligence Server should be installed on its own dedicated server machine. MicroStrategy Web should be installed on its own dedicated Web server machine. The rest of the products can be installed in varying combinations depending on who intends to use them and on what machines.

are just suggestions to help you get started. Read the rest of this These chapter for more detailed guidelines. The following sections provide basic examples of differently sized production deployments with MicroStrategy products. The examples are generalized and do not include all of the MicroStrategy products. You can use these examples to help plan how to deploy MicroStrategy products.

Small production deployment

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Medium production deployment

26 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Large production deployment

Hardware requirements and recommendations

MicroStrategy acknowledges that variables, such as CPU speed, CPU type, operating system version, service upgrades, file space, and physical and swap memory, are factors that play an important role in making your deployment of MicroStrategy a successful one. This section lists the hardware requirements and recommendations for Windows, UNIX, and Linux platforms. following information is intended to give you general guidance on The hardware requirements to support the MicroStrategy product suite. Determining the necessary hardware requirements to support MicroStrategy is dependent on many factors including but not limited to the complexity of your MicroStrategy environment, the deployment strategy of MicroStrategy features, user community requirements, expected peak usage requirements, and response time expectations. Factors such as these must be considered to determine the hardware requirements for your MicroStrategy production environment.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

For more details and exact information regarding supported and certified operating system versions for a particular MicroStrategy release, see the MicroStrategy Readme or contact Technical Support. For UNIX and Linux systems, a number of system settings can affect the performance of MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal. These settings do not need to be set prior to a MicroStrategy installation. For more information on these settings and their recommended values, see Recommended system settings for UNIX and Linux, page 93.

System hardware requirements and recommendations for Windows

The following table shows the recommended and minimum hardware requirements for MicroStrategy products. The information provided is intended to give you general guidance on hardware requirements to support the MicroStrategy product suite. Determining the necessary hardware requirements to support MicroStrategy is dependent on many factors including but not limited to the complexity of your MicroStrategy environment, the deployment strategy of MicroStrategy features, user community requirements, expected peak usage requirements, and response time expectations. Factors such as these must be considered to determine the hardware requirements for your MicroStrategy production environment.

Be aware of the following:

MicroStrategy installs a set of common files that are shared when installing multiple MicroStrategy products on the same machine. With a typical installation setup type, these files are installed on the C: drive. In addition to the storage requirements listed for the products in the table below, you should estimate an additional 2 GB of storage space for the common files that are shared amongst all products. While this estimate is conservatively high, planning for this additional space helps to ensure a successful installation.

The storage requirements listed in the table below for Intelligence Server and Narrowcast Server include additional space than is required for the initial installation. This additional space is to support the creation of the various files that these products require throughout their use in a MicroStrategy environment. Additional space may be required depending on the use of Intelligence Server and Narrowcast Server in your MicroStrategy environment.

28 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Intelligence Server is licensed based on CPU number and clock speed. Thus, Intelligence Server can only be installed on machines with a maximum clock speed that equals the licensed clock speed. If you try to install the product on a machine faster than what is licensed, installation fails. Additionally, you must have an Intelligence Server Universal license to install on 64-bit Windows operating systems. See the MicroStrategy System Administration Guide for more information about licensing.
Memory 2 GB 2 GB Storage 0.5 GB 0.25 GB

MicroStrategy Product MicroStrategy System Manager MicroStrategy Command Manager MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager MicroStrategy Object Manager MicroStrategy Developer products MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

Processor x86 or x64 compatible x86 or x64 compatible

x86 or x64 compatible

1 GB

0.25 GB

x86 or x64 compatible x86 or x64 compatible

1 GB 2 GB or higher

0.25 GB 0.25 GB

x86 compatible

4 GB or higher

Three times the amount of RAM available to Intelligence Server. For example, an Intelligence Server that is provided 4 GB of RAM requires 12 GB of hard drive space.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Product MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal

Processor x64 compatible

Memory 4 GB or higher The use of 4 GB of RAM is a minimum level of support for the MicroStrategy Product Suite, which does not take into account the performance of a production system. Performance testing has shown that 64 GB or more of RAM should be available to allow MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal to fully support and take advantage of the complete feature set of the MicroStrategy Product Suite, while obtaining system-wide high performance. This level of system resources allows MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal to fully utilize performance-improving technologies such as MicroStrategy OLAP Services, and to support optimal performance for MicroStrategy Report Services documents and dashboards and the other features of the MicroStrategy Product Suite.

Storage Three times the amount of RAM available to Intelligence Server. For example, an Intelligence Server that is provided 4 GB of RAM requires 12 GB of hard drive space.

MicroStrategy Integrity Manager MicroStrategy Office MicroStrategy Mobile Server MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server MicroStrategy SDK

x86 or x64 compatible x86 or x64 compatible

2 GB or higher 2 GB

0.25 GB 0.5 GB

The MicroStrategy Mobile Server hardware requirements are the same as those for MicroStrategy Web Server hardware requirements. x86 or x64 compatible 4 GB 4 GB

The SDK is not included in the MicroStrategy installation and can instead be downloaded from the MicroStrategy support site. Not applicable 4 GB or higher 0.5 GB 0.5 GB

MicroStrategy Not applicable Analytics Modules MicroStrategy Web: Web Server x86 compatible

30 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy Product MicroStrategy Web: Web Client

Processor x86 or x64 compatible

Memory 2 GB or higher

Storage MicroStrategy Web can be accessed from a third-party web browser, which means there are no additional storage requirements. 0.5 GB

MicroStrategy Web Universal: Web Server MicroStrategy Web Universal: Web Client

x86 or x64 compatible

4 GB or higher

x86 or x64 compatible

2 GB or higher

MicroStrategy Web can be accessed from a third-party web browser, which means there are no additional storage requirements.

System hardware requirements and recommendations on UNIX/Linux

The following information is intended to give you general guidance on hardware requirements to support the MicroStrategy product suite. Determining the necessary hardware requirements to support MicroStrategy is dependent on many factors including but not limited to the complexity of your MicroStrategy environment, the deployment strategy of MicroStrategy features, user community requirements, expected peak usage requirements, and response time expectations. Factors such as these must be considered to determine the hardware requirements for your MicroStrategy production environment.

Be aware of the following:

The storage recommendations listed in the table below provide an estimate for installing and supporting each MicroStrategy product on a separate machine. For information on the total size of a MicroStrategy installation when installing all MicroStrategy products on the same machine, see Storage requirements for all MicroStrategy products on UNIX/Linux, page 34.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

A successful configuration of Intelligence Server Universal depends on a valid combination of an operating system and a CPU architecture. For example, Intelligence Server Universal is certified to run on a machine with a Oracle Solaris operating system compatible with a SPARC CPU architecture. Valid operating system and CPU architecture combinations for Intelligence Server Universal are listed in the table below. The storage requirements listed in the table below for Intelligence Server include additional space than is required for the initial installation. This additional space is to support the creation of the various files that these products require throughout their use in a MicroStrategy environment. Additional space may be required depending on the use of Intelligence Server in your MicroStrategy environment.
Memory 2 GB or higher Storage Recommendation 4 GB on IBM AIX 3GB on other UNIX operating systems

MicroStrategy Product MicroStrategy System Manager

Processor Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

MicroStrategy Command Manager

Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

2 GB or higher

4 GB on IBM AIX 3 GB on other UNIX operating systems

32 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy Product MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal

Processor Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

Storage Recommendation Three times the amount of RAM available to Intelligence Server. For example, an Intelligence Server that is provided 4 GB of RAM requires 12 GB of hard drive space.

MicroStrategy Integrity Manager

Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

4 GB on IBM AIX 3 GB on other UNIX operating systems

MicroStrategy Web Services for Office

Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

2 GB or higher

4 GB on IBM AIX 3 GB on other UNIX operating systems

MicroStrategy Mobile Server MicroStrategy SDK

The MicroStrategy Mobile Server hardware requirements are the same as those for MicroStrategy Web Server hardware requirements. The SDK is not included in the MicroStrategy installation and can instead be downloaded from the MicroStrategy support site.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Product MicroStrategy Web Universal: Web Server

Processor Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

Memory 4 GB or higher

Storage Recommendation 4 GB on IBM AIX 3 GB on other UNIX operating systems

MicroStrategy Web Universal: Web Client

Oracle Solaris: SPARC platforms IBM AIX: IBM POWER Architecture HP-UX: Intel Itanium Red Hat and SUSE Linux: x86-64 compatible

2 GB or higher

MicroStrategy Web can be accessed from a third-party web browser, which means there are no additional storage requirements.

Storage requirements for all MicroStrategy products on UNIX/Linux

The storage recommendations listed in System hardware requirements and recommendations on UNIX/Linux, page 31 provide the storage recommendations for the MicroStrategy products if they are installed individually on separate machines. The table below lists a conservative estimate of the total file size if you install all MicroStrategy products on the same machine, which can then share a set of common files:
Operating System AIX HP-UX Solaris Linux Total Installation Size for All Products 4.5 GB 3.5 GB 3 GB 3.5 GB

Temporary directory requirements for installation

In addition to the space requirements listed in System hardware requirements and recommendations on UNIX/Linux, page 31, you also

34 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

need free space in the temporary directory. The default location of the temporary directory is: Solaris: /var/tmp AIX, HP-UX, and Linux: /tmp

If the space in the default temporary directory is inadequate, you can use the tempdir command to change the location of the temporary directory. This directory must already exist and it must be specified using its absolute path, for example: ./setup.sh tempdir /home/user/tmp you change the location of the temporary directory, free space is still If required in the default location of the temporary directory to launch the MicroStrategy installation routine.

MicroStrategy Mobile hardware requirements for mobile devices

The tables below list the MicroStrategy Mobile client application hardware requirements for various mobile devices. To verify updated requirement information, see the MicroStrategy Readme.

Flash memory
Requirement Flash memory Minimum 32 MB Recommended 64 MB

BlackBerry devices
Devices BlackBerry Bold 9900 Series BlackBerry Torch 9800 Series BlackBerry Bold 9790 BlackBerry Bold 9700 Series BlackBerry Style 9670 BlackBerry Bold 9650 Status Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Devices BlackBerry Tour 9630 BlackBerry Curve 3G 9300 Series BlackBerry Pearl 3G 9100 Series BlackBerry Bold 9000 Series BlackBerry Curve 8900 Series BlackBerry 8800 Series BlackBerry 8700 Series BlackBerry Curve 8500 Series Blackberry Curve 8300 Series BlackBerry Pearl Flip 8200 Series BlackBerry Pearl 8100 Series BlackBerry 7200 Series BlackBerry 7100 Series

Status Supported Supported Supported Certified Supported Certified Certified Supported Certified Supported Certified Certified Certified

iPhone and iPod Touch devices

Devices iPhone 5 iPhone 4S iPhone 4 iPhone 3GS iPod Touch Status Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified

iPad devices
Devices iPad Wi-Fi iPad Wi-Fi + 3G iPad 2 Wi-Fi iPad 2 Wi-Fi + 3G iPad 3 (New iPad) Wi-Fi Status Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified

36 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Devices iPad 3 (New iPad) Wi-Fi + Cellular iPad 4 (iPad with Retina display) Wi-Fi iPad 4 (iPad with Retina display) Wi-Fi + Cellular iPad Mini Wi-Fi iPad Mini Wi-Fi + Cellular

Status Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified

Android devices
Devices Acer Iconia Tab A100 Acer Iconia Tab A500 ASUS Nexus 7 Wi-Fi ASUS Nexus 7 3G ASUS Transformer ASUS Transformer Prime HTC One S T-Mobile version HTC One X International version HTC Vivid LG Nexus 4 International version LG Optimus G AT&T version LG Spectrum LG Thrill Motorola Atrix 2 Motorola Droid 4 Motorola Droid Bionic Motorola Droid Razr and Razr MAXX Motorola Xoom 3G tablet Motorola Xoom Wi-Fi Motorola XY Board 10.1 LTE Samsung Galaxy Nexus GSM version Samsung Galaxy Nexus Verizon version Status Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Devices Samsung Galaxy Note International version Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1 Wi-Fi Samsung Galaxy Note 2 International version Samsung Galaxy S2 AT&T version Samsung Galaxy S2 T-Mobile version Samsung Galaxy S2 Skyrocket AT&T version Samsung Galaxy S3 AT&T version Samsung Galaxy S3 International version Samsung Galaxy S3 Verizon version Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 Wi-Fi Samsung Galaxy Tab 2 7.0 Wi-Fi Samsung Galaxy Tab 7 Plus Samsung Nexus 10 Samsung Nexus S Samsung Nexus S 4G Sony Tablet S Sony Xperia Arc International version Sony Xperia S International version Toshiba Thrive

Status Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified

Software requirements and recommendations

This section lists the software requirements and recommendations for MicroStrategy products on the Windows, UNIX, and Linux platforms. following information is intended to give you general guidance on The software requirements. For details regarding supported versions of the operating system for a particular MicroStrategy release, see the MicroStrategy Readme or contact Technical Support.

38 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

System software requirements and recommendations on Windows

For a successful installation of MicroStrategy products, the following product-specific software requirements must be satisfied. For more detailed information on product-specific requirements, see the products Readme.

Be aware of the following before reviewing the sections below:

The operating systems listed below are deemed supported or certified to reflect the level of internal testing that each configuration was exposed to for the current release. MicroStrategy recommends using certified configurations over the supported configurations.

MicroStrategy certifies and supports operating systems that are compatible with a set of CPU chipsets, referred to as CPU architectures, that are binary-compatible. MicroStrategy tests on at least one of the CPU chipsets within a set of binary-compatible CPU architectures for purposes of certifying and supporting operating systems with MicroStrategy products. A valid CPU architecture is provided in parentheses () to clarify the operating system software certified or supported for MicroStrategy products.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy product: Command Manager

For Command Manager operating system requirements on UNIX and Linux platforms, see MicroStrategy Command Manager software requirements on UNIX/Linux, page 74.
Software Operating system Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Web browser Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x, 9.x, and 10.x Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x Google Chrome 22.x, 23.x, 24.x, 25.x, 26.x, 27.x, and 28.x A Google Chrome security update prevents WebHelp systems that are in locally stored file systems from being displayed properly. This is a known issue with Google Chrome. To view the online help documentation for Command Manager, you can: Open Google Chrome using the command line option allow-file-access-from-files. Be aware that this disables some of the security features of Google Chrome. Use one of the other web browsers supported for Command Manager. Microsoft .NET Framework Export application Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy. Microsoft Excel 2013 Microsoft Excel 2010 SP1 Microsoft Excel 2007 SP2 Microsoft Excel 2003 SP3

40 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy product: Developer

Software Operating system Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Supported: Windows 7 Ultimate Edition SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Web browser Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x, 9.x, and 10.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x Microsoft .NET Framework Export application Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy. Certified: Adobe Acrobat Reader 10.x and 11.x Microsoft Office 2007 SP2 Microsoft Office 2010 SP1 Microsoft Office 2003 SP3 Microsoft Office 2013 Microsoft Office for Mac 2011 SP2 OpenOffice.org Calc 3.3.0 For guidelines to support certain exporting features in OpenOffice.org Calc, refer to the MicroStrategy Readme.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Software Export devices

Software Requirements Export devices can open a PDF file created by using MicroStrategy to export an object as a PDF. You can load a PDF file exported from MicroStrategy onto an export device in a couple of different ways. You can connect the export device directly to the machine that stores the PDF to load it onto the export device. You can also email the PDF file to the email account for the export device. Certified: Nook firmware version 1.x Kindle firmware version 2.x Kindle firmware version 6.x Kindle Fire

Flash player

Certified: Adobe Flash Player 11.x Adobe Flash Player 10.3.x Supported: Adobe Flash Player 10.1.x

MicroStrategy product: Enterprise Manager

42 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Software Web browser

Software Requirements Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.x Microsoft Internet Explorer 10.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x

Microsoft .NET Framework

Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy.

MicroStrategy Office client system certified and supported configurations The following are supported and certified operating systems, Microsoft Office applications, and other requirements to support MicroStrategy Office client systems:
Software Operating system Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Ultimate Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Microsoft Office (Excel, Powerpoint, and Word) Microsoft Office 2013 Microsoft Office 2010 SP1 Microsoft Office 2007 SP2 Microsoft Office 2003 SP3

Adobe Flash Player

To include Flash-enabled documents in Excel, PowerPoint, and Word, you must have Adobe Flash Player installed on your machine. If Flash Player is not installed, a dialog box is displayed when you execute a document. The dialog box provides a link to the Adobe download website, from which you can install Flash Player. Certified: Adobe Flash Player 11.x Adobe Flash Player 10.3.x Supported: Adobe Flash Player 10.1 (version 10.1.82.76 or higher)

Microsoft .NET Framework

Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy.

46 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Software Microsoft Web Services Enhancements Runtime MicroStrategy Web Services

Software Requirements Microsoft Web Services Enhancements (WSE) Runtime 3.0 which is automatically installed with MicroStrategy Office if not found on the client machine. MicroStrategy Web Services configured and running.

MicroStrategy Web Services server system certified and supported configurations The following are supported and certified requirements to support and deploy MicroStrategy Web Services ASP.NET. For a list of software requirements and recommendations for MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE, see MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE software requirements and recommendations, page 70.
Software Operating System Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Web Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Web Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Supported for demonstration purposes only: Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Web server Microsoft Internet Information Services 6.x, 7.0.x, 7.5.x, and 8.x If you plan to use IIS 7.0.x or 7.5.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web Services, you must ensure that some IIS settings are enabled, as described in Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Software .NET Framework and JRE

Software Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5 (32-bit versions or 64-bit versions). This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy. Oracle JRE 1.7.0 (32-bit versions or 64-bit versions). Oracle JRE 1.6.0 (32-bit versions or 64-bit versions). Microsoft Web Services Enhancements (WSE) Runtime 3.0 for Microsoft .NET.

Microsoft Web Services Enhancements

MicroStrategy product: System Manager

For System Manager operating system requirements on UNIX and Linux platforms, see MicroStrategy System Manager software requirements on UNIX/Linux, page 73.
Software Operating system Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1(on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 (on x64) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86)

48 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Software Web browser

Software Requirements Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x, 9.x, and 10.x Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x, Google Chrome 22.x, 23.x, 24.x, 25.x, 26.x, 27.x, and 28.x A Google Chrome security update prevents WebHelp systems that are in locally stored file systems from being displayed properly. This is a known issue with Google Chrome. To view the online help documentation for System Manager, you can: Open Google Chrome using the command line option allow-file-access-from-files. Be aware that this disables some of the security features of Google Chrome. Use one of the other web browsers supported for System Manager.

Microsoft .NET Framework

Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy product: MicroStrategy Web

For a list of software requirements and recommendations for MicroStrategy Web Universal, see MicroStrategy Web Universal software requirements and recommendations, page 64.
Software Operating System Software Requirements Web server - supported: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Web server - supported for demonstration purposes only: Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86) Windows 8 all editions (on x86) Web client - certified: Windows 2003 SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows 2003 R2 SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows Vista SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows 7 SP1 all editions (on x86 or x64) Widows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 all editions (on x64) Windows Server 2008 SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows Server 2012 all editions (on x64) Web client - supported: Windows 2003 SP2 all editions (on x86) Windows 2003 R2 SP2 all editions (on x86) Windows RT (on ARM) Web server Microsoft Internet Information Services 6.x If you plan to use IIS 6 on 64-bit Windows operating systems, some MicroStrategy products must be configured as 64-bit applications, and some MicroStrategy products must be configured as 32-bit applications. These requirements are described in Supporting MicroStrategy products with IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems, page 78. Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.0.x If you plan to use IIS 7.0.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web, you must ensure that some IIS options are enabled, as described in Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76. Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.5.x If you plan to use IIS 7.5.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web, you must ensure that some IIS options are enabled, as described in Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76. Microsoft Internet Information Services 8.x

50 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Software Portal server

Software Requirements MicroStrategy Portlets allow MicroStrategy Web to be easily integrated and configured on portal environments. Certified: IBM WebSphere Portal 7.x IBM WebSphere Portal 8.0.x Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 SP2 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 SP1 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Oracle WebLogic Portal 10.3.x SAP NetWeaver Composition Environment 7.3.x Liferay Portal 6.x Drupal 6.2.x DotNetNuke web content management system 5.6.x Supported: Liferay Portal 5.2.x JSR168-Compliant Portals

GIS components

MicroStrategy GIS Connectors let you integrate with ESRI to create sophisticated GIS applications. The following GIS components are required to support this GIS integration. Certified: ArcGIS 9.3.1 ArcGIS 10.0 ArcGIS 10.1

Web browsers (Windows client)

Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8x, 9.x, and 10.x Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Google Chrome 22.x, 23.x, 24.x, 25.x, 26.x, 27.x, and 28.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x

Export application

Certified: Adobe Acrobat Reader 10.x and 11.x Microsoft Office 2003 SP3 Microsoft Office 2007 SP2 Microsoft Office 2010 SP1 Microsoft Office 2013 Microsoft Office for Mac 2011 SP2 OpenOffice.org Calc 3.3.0 For guidelines to support certain exporting features in OpenOffice.org Calc, refer to the MicroStrategy Readme.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Software Export devices

.NET Framework Adobe Flash Player

.NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5 (32-bit versions). This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy. Certified: Adobe Flash Player 11.x Adobe Flash Player 10.3.x Supported: Adobe Flash Player 10.1.x

MicroStrategy product: SDK

Software MicroStrategy Software Requirements Before you attempt to run the MicroStrategy SDK, you need to have a MicroStrategy project running in an Intelligence Server-based (three-tier or four-tier) environment. MicroStrategy Web or Web Universal should also be installed in addition to MicroStrategy SDK to perform custom application work on MicroStrategy Web or Web APIs.

.NET and JRE For ASP.NET deployments of MicroStrategy SDK customizations .NET 4.0 or 4.5 (32-bit or 64-bit version) Oracle JRE 1.7.0 (32-bit or 64-bit version) Oracle JRE 1.6.0 (32-bit or 64-bit version) For JSP deployments of MicroStrategy SDK customizations, see MicroStrategy SDK software requirements and recommendations for JSP environments, page 72. IDEs for Flex Application Development Certified: Adobe Flash Builder 4.0.1 with Adobe Flex SDK 4.1 Supported: Adobe Flash Builder 4.6 with Adobe Flex SDK 4.1 The Adobe Flash Builder application is not included with a MicroStrategy installation. This application is required to develop custom visualizations you can include in MicroStrategy with the use of MicroStrategy SDK. Refer to http://www.adobe.com to install the Adobe Flash Builder application.

52 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Software IDEs for Web customization

Software Requirements Certified: Eclipse 3.x The Web Customization Editor is an Eclipse READY product that easily integrates into the Eclipse IDE. This allows you to use the Web Customization Editor as well as the complete functionality of the IDE to perform basic as well as advanced customization tasks. Refer to http://www.eclipse.org to install the Eclipse IDE.

Web Services SDK components

The Web Services SDK provides a jump start to developers who want to develop and deploy Web Services-based applications. It is built using the Web SDK and makes use of the multi-layered MicroStrategy Web architecture that clearly separates functionality from presentation. Creating task-based Web Services To support the creation of Web Services SDK customizations using the Web Customization Editor, your system must meet the following requirements: Certified: Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 Standard Edition (on x86 or x64) Apache Ant 1.8.x Apache Axis 1.5.4 .NET SDK 2.0 Deploying task-based Web Services To support the deployment of your Web Services SDK customizations as part of your MicroStrategy Web applications, your web server system must meet the following requirements: Certified: Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 Standard Edition (on x86 or x64)

IDE and SDKs for MicroStrategy Mobile customization

The MicroStrategy Mobile SDK allows you to create customizations for MicroStrategy Mobile. To support the creation of MicroStrategy Mobile SDK customizations, your system must meet the following requirements: Certified IDE: Xcode IDE 4.x Certified SDK for iPhone and iPad: iOS SDK 5.x iOS SDK 6.x Certified SDK for Android: Android SDK 4.2.x

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy product: Integrity Manager

For Integrity Manager requirements on UNIX and Linux platforms, see Intelligence Server Universal software requirements on UNIX/Linux, page 57.
Software Operating system Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel 2013 Microsoft Excel 2010 SP1 Microsoft Excel 2007 SP2 Microsoft Excel 2003 SP3

Web browser

Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x, 9.x, and 10.x Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x Google Chrome 22.x, 23.x, 24.x, 25.x, 26.x, 27.x, and 28.x A Google Chrome security update prevents WebHelp systems that are in locally stored file systems from being displayed properly. This is a known issue with Google Chrome. To view the online help documentation for Integrity Manager, you can: Open Google Chrome using the command line option allow-file-access-from-files. Be aware that this disables some of the security features of Google Chrome. Use one of the other web browsers supported for Integrity Manager.

54 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy product: Analytics Modules

Software Microsoft .NET Framework MicroStrategy Software Requirements Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy. It is highly recommended you use the MicroStrategy Analytics Modules only with the current release of MicroStrategy. This project can only be installed on Windows 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems.

MicroStrategy product: Narrowcast Server

Software Operating system Software Requirements Certified: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86 ) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Vista Business and Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) - Supported for Narrowcast Administrator only. Windows 7 Professional and Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64) Supported for Narrowcast Administrator only. Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) - Supported for Narrowcast Administrator only. Web browsers Subscription Portal and Portal Administrator Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.x Microsoft Internet Explorer 10.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x Microsoft .NET Framework Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or 4.5. This must be installed prior to installing MicroStrategy.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Software Third party Adobe Flash support

Software Requirements MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server can deliver Adobe Flash content as the body of an email, as an email attachment, or to a file location. The support for Flash content deliveries by some third-party products is discussed below. Warning: The third-party products discussed below are manufactured by vendors independent of MicroStrategy, and the information provided is subject to change. Refer to the appropriate third-party vendor documentation for updated Flash support information. Microsoft Outlook Express and Microsoft Outlook 2003 support Flash content both in the email body and as an attachment. Hotmail, YahooMail, and Gmail support Flash content only as a Flash.mht attachment. Flash content in the body of an email is not supported. Web browsers: Internet Explorer 7.x, Internet Explorer 8.x, Internet Explorer 9.x, Internet Explorer 10.x, Firefox 16.x, Firefox 17.x, Firefox 18.x, Firefox 19.x, Firefox 20.x, Firefox 21.x, Firefox 22.x, Google Chrome 22.x, Google Chrome 23.x, Google Chrome 24.x, Google Chrome 25.x, Google Chrome 26.x, Google Chrome 27.x, and Google Chrome 28.x support Flash content.

Web server

Microsoft Internet Information Services 6.x If you plan to use IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems, some MicroStrategy products must be configured as 64-bit applications, and some MicroStrategy products must be configured as 32-bit applications. These requirements are described in Supporting MicroStrategy products with IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems, page 78. Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.0.x Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.5.x Microsoft Internet Information Services 8.x

ODBC connectivity JDBC connectivity Export application

Connectivity to the Object Repository, Subscription Book Repository, and Portal Repository databases SequeLink (installed with the product) Certified: Adobe Acrobat Reader 10.x and 11.x Microsoft Office 2003 SP3 Microsoft Office 2007 SP2 (Microsoft Office 2007 .xlsx files can be included as a static attachment for a Narrowcast service. However, .xlsx files are not supported as imported templates in Narrowcast Server. Save the Excel 2007 .xlsx file in Excel 97-2003 workbook format. You can then import the file as a template. ) Microsoft Office 2010 SP1 Microsoft Office 2013 Microsoft Office for Mac 2011 SP2 OpenOffice.org Calc 3.3.0 For guidelines to support certain exporting features in OpenOffice.org Calc, refer to the MicroStrategy Readme.

56 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Software Export devices

Intelligence Server Universal software requirements on UNIX/ Linux

For the exact information such as version numbers and space requirements, see the MicroStrategy Readme. MicroStrategy Integrity Manager for UNIX and Linux platforms has the same requirements as Intelligence Server Universal. Therefore, you can use the information in this section for Intelligence Server Universal and Integrity Manager requirements on UNIX and Linux platforms. The following MicroStrategy products require an X-windows-enabled environment on all UNIX and Linux platforms: GUI-based MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Diagnostics and Performance Logging tool Service Manager

The following requirements also apply to all UNIX and Linux platforms: A Web browser (for example, Firefox) is required for viewing the MicroStrategy Readmes and online help. Windows Services for UNIX (http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/ interopmigration/bb380242.aspx) or Samba (http:// www.samba.org) is required for HTML document support. Samba 3.0 is required for the support of HTML documents with alphanumeric names.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

The requirements listed below describe general requirements as well as requirements specific to the UNIX and Linux platforms: Configuring shared memory resources, page 58 Oracle Solaris, page 60 IBM AIX, page 61 HP-UX, page 62 Red Hat and SUSE Linux, page 62

Be aware of the following before reviewing the sections listed above:

The operating systems listed are deemed supported or certified to reflect the level of internal testing that each configuration was exposed to for the current release. MicroStrategy recommends using certified configurations over the supported configurations. MicroStrategy certifies and supports operating systems that are compatible with a set of CPU chipsets, referred to as CPU architectures, that are binary-compatible. MicroStrategy tests on at least one of the CPU chipsets within a set of binary-compatible CPU architectures for purposes of certifying and supporting operating systems with MicroStrategy products. A valid CPU architecture is provided in parentheses () to clarify the operating system software certified or supported for Intelligence Server Universal. All UNIX and Linux operating systems are 64-bit. For information on LDAP Servers certified and supported for LDAP authentication with various Intelligence Server machine environments, see the MicroStrategy Readme.

Configuring shared memory resources

To improve the performance of MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal for large scale production applications, Intelligence Server Universal can be configured to use shared memory resources. To support this configuration, you must ensure that your Intelligence Server Universal host machine uses values greater than or equal to the resource limits described below.

58 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

During installation (on the System Requirements page, see System Requirements, page 136), you have the following options: Exit the MicroStrategy setup wizard to do the required system changes (Recommended): Select this option to cancel the installation and make the required system resource limit changes to support shared memory resources. This option is recommended for production environments. Information on the recommended resource limits is provided below. Allow the setup to reconfigure MicroStrategy to use Pipe as the Default IPC Mechanism: Select this option to disable the use of shared memory resources for Intelligence Server Universal, and instead use the pipe mechanism. Disabling the ability to use shared memory resources can potentially decrease the performance of your MicroStrategy applications, and therefore this is not recommended for production environments. Keep Shared Memory as the Default IPC Mechanism. (MicroStrategy may not work properly): Select this option to keep your system resource limits set at their current values to support shared memory resources. While this allows you to continue installation with the current system resource limits, Intelligence Server may not function properly after installation. If you plan to use shared memory resources for enhanced performance of your production environments, you should select the first option to exit the installation and make the required system changes.

The tables below provide recommended values for various system resource limits on UNIX and Linux. the system resource limits listed below can affect Modifying system-wide behavior and therefore, steps to modify these values are not given. You should refer to your UNIX and Linux documentation and contact your system administrator to modify these settings. Shared memory settings on UNIX and Linux operating systems that may require modification to support Intelligence Server execution are listed in the table below:
Setting Name shmmni shmseg Description Maximum number of shared memory identifiers at any given time. Maximum number of segments per process. Recommended Value 2048 2048 Note: This setting does not exist on Solaris, AIX, or Linux operating systems.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Semaphores are used to synchronize shared memory communications. The names of the settings that control semaphores differ between operating systems as listed in the tables below:
Setting Name on Description Solaris, AIX, and HP-UX semmni semmns Maximum number of system wide semaphore sets. Maximum number of semaphores in the system. Recommended Value 2048 2048

Setting Name on Linux semmsl semmns semopm semmni

Description Maximum number of semaphores in a semaphore set. Maximum number of semaphores in the system. Maximum number of operations in a simple semop call. Maximum number of semaphore sets.

Recommended Value 250 32000 32 2048

Oracle Solaris
Operating System Oracle Solaris 10.x Requirements Oracle Solaris 10.x (on SPARC) Patch requirements: Oracle-recommended Patch Cluster dated 08/11/ 2009 (kernel patch 141414-08) or later. Oracle Solaris 11.x Oracle Solaris 11.x (on SPARC) You must include the Solaris 10.x gnome library libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0.400.9 in the location /usr/lib/sparcv9. This gnome library is available with the Solaris 10.x install media as part of the SUNWgnome-base-libs package. Once this library is available on the Solaris 11.x machine, within the /

usr/lib/sparcv9 directory, you must create the following links:

ln -sf libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0.400.9 libgdk-x11-2.0.so ln -sf libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0.400.9 libgdk-x11-2.0.so Solaris Zones for Solaris 10.x MicroStrategy supports the installation of Intelligence Server Universal on Solaris Zones which meet all applicable Solaris 10.x requirements. Refer to your third-party Oracle documentation for information on Solaris Zones.

60 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

IBM AIX
Operating Systems IBM AIX 5.3.x Requirements IBM AIX 5L Version 5.3.x (on IBM POWER Architecture) Supported patch requirements: Technology Level 11, with the following filesets: bos.rte.libc 5.3.0.00 or higher XL C/C++ Runtime 9.0.0.0 or higher (xlC.rte) C/C++ Runtime 9.0.0.0 or higher for AIX 5.3 (xlC.aix50.rte) bos.perf.libperfstat 5.3.0.00 or higher Warning: To successfully register MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal as a service or support the use of CPU licenses on IBM AIX 5.3, you must obtain the IBM Authorized Program Analysis Report (APAR) IY81136. Contact IBM Production Support for help with obtaining and configuring this APAR. This APAR is available at the following URL, which is valid as of the release of this manual: http://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=0&q1=IY81136&uid= isg1IY81136&loc=en_US&cs=utf-8&cc=us&lang=en IBM AIX 6.1.x IBM AIX 6.1.x (on IBM POWER Architecture) Patch requirements: Technology Level 1, with the following file sets: bos.rte.libc 5.3.9.3 or higher XL C/C++ Runtime V10.1.0.2 for AIX (xlC.aix50.rte) bos.perf.libperfstat 5.3.9.1 or higher IBM AIX 7.1.x IBM AIX 7.1.x (on IBM POWER Architecture) With the following file sets: bos.rte 7.1.0.2 or higher XL C/C++ Runtime V11.1.0.1 for AIX (xlC.rte) bos.perf.libperfstat 7.1.0.1 or higher LPAR for AIX Refer to your third-party IBM documentation for information on LPAR. MicroStrategy certifies the installation of Intelligence Server Universal on AIX 6.1.x and 7.1.x LPAR architectures for micropartitions, which meet all applicable AIX 6.1.x or 7.1.x requirements. This support also requires the use of MicroStrategy named user licenses. Refer to your third-party IBM documentation for information on LPAR. MicroStrategy supports the installation of Intelligence Server Universal on AIX LPAR architecture for dedicated partitions, which meets all applicable AIX requirements.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

HP-UX
Operating Systems HP-UX 11i v2 Requirements HP-UX 11i v2 Foundation Operating Environment (on Intel Itanium) Patch requirements: Base Quality Pack Bundle for HP-UX 11i v2 dated December 2007 HP-UX 11i v3 HP-UX 11i v3 (on Intel Itanium) Patch requirements: Base Quality Pack Bundle for HP-UX 11i v3 dated September 2008

Red Hat and SUSE Linux

Operating Systems Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, and 5.9 Requirements Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x is defined as support for versions 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, and 5.9 for the following editions: Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux 5.x (on x86-64) Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.x (on x86-64) To support Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7, you must install pdksh-5.2.14-36.el5.x86_64.rpm, which is available on the Red Hat Enterprise Linux install media. To support the installation of Intelligence Server Universal on Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux 5.x and Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.x, you must install the krb5-libs-1.5-17.x86_64.rpm package. To support the use of a graphical user interface for MicroStrategy tools and installing MicroStrategy products on Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux 5.x and Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.x, you must install the libXp-1.0.0-8.x86_64.rpm package included with your Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x or Advanced Platform 5.x install media. To support MicroStrategy connections to databases on Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux 5.x and Red Hat Linux Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.x, you must install the krb5-libs-1.5-17.i386.rpm package. You must define SELinux as Permissive or Disabled. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0.x Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0 (on x86-64) You must install the packages compat-libstdc++-33-3.2.3-69.el6.i686.rpm, nss-pam-ldapd.i686.rpm, and libstdc++-4.4.4-XX.el6.i686.rpm (where XX is a minor version number) which are provided with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux install media.

62 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Operating Systems

Requirements

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1.x Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1.x (on x86-64) You must install the packages compat-libstdc++-33.i686.rpm, libXp.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-devel.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-libelf-devel.x86_64.rpm, libstdc++-4.4.5-6.el6.i686.rpm, krb5-libs.i686.rpm, nss-pam-ldapd.i686.rpm, and ksh-20100621-12.el6.x86_64.rpm which are provided with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux install media. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2.x Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2.x (on x86-64) You must install the packages compat-libstdc++-33.i686.rpm, libXp.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-devel.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-libelf-devel.x86_64.rpm, libstdc++-4.4.5-6.el6.i686.rpm, krb5-libs.i686.rpm, nss-pam-ldapd.i686.rpm, and ksh-20100621-12.el6.x86_64.rpm which are provided with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux install media. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3.x Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3.x (on x86-64) You must install the packages compat-libstdc++-33.el6.i686.rpm, libXp-1.0.0.1.el6.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-devel-0.152.el6.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-libelf-devel-0.152.el6.x86_64.rpm, libstdc++-4.4.6.el6.i686.rpm, krb5-libs-1.9.el6.i686.rpm, nss-pam-ldapd-0.7.5.el6_2.1.i686.rpm, and ksh-20100621.el6.x86_64.rpm, which are provided with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux install media. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.x Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.x (on x86-64) You must install the packages compat-libstdc++-33.i686.rpm, libXp.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-devel.x86_64.rpm, elfutils-libelf-devel.x86_64.rpm, libstdc++-4.4.7-3.el6.i686.rpm, krb5-libs.i686.rpm, nss-pam-ldapd.i686.rpm, and ksh-20100621-XX.el6.x86_64 (where XX is the version number), which are provided with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux install media. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.0.x SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.1.x SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.2.x SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.0.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.1.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.2.x (on x86-64)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Operating Systems Oracle Linux

Requirements Oracle Linux (on x86-64) distributed through the Oracle Unbreakable Linux program, for use with Red Hat Enterprise Linux. Refer to the MicroStrategy certification and support requirements for Red Hat Enterprise Linux for any additional requirements to support MicroStrategy systems on Oracle Linux.

Supporting Intelligence Server Universal memory allocation on Linux In addition to the operating system requirements listed above, MicroStrategy recommends that the Linux kernel setting vm.max_map_count be defined as 5,242,880 bytes. This allows Intelligence Server Universal to utilize system memory resources. If a lower value is used, Intelligence Server Universal may not be able to use all available system resources. This can cause some Intelligence Server Universal actions to fail due to lack of system resources, which could be completed if the additional system resources were made available by increasing the value for this kernel setting. For information on this setting, including how to modify its value, refer to your third-party Linux operating system documentation.

MicroStrategy Web Universal software requirements and recommendations

To confirm the latest requirement information, see the MicroStrategy Readme. For specific patches, filesets, technology level, and other requirements for UNIX and Linux operating systems, see Intelligence Server Universal software requirements on UNIX/Linux, page 57.

64 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Web client software

Requirement Operating system Recommended Certified: Windows Server 2003 SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows Vista SP2 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows 7 SP1 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64) Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 all editions (on x64) Windows Server 2008 SP2 all editions (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Supported: Mac OS X Windows Server 2003 SP2 all editions (on x86) Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 all editions (on x86) Windows RT (on ARM) RedHat Enterprise Linux 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.0.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.1.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.2.x (on x86-64) CentOS 5.x or 6.x (on x86-64) Ubuntu 12.x (on x86-64) Ubuntu LTS 10.04 (on x86-64) Ubuntu LTS 12.04 (on x86-64) Web browser (Windows client) Certified: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x, 9.x, and 10.x Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Google Chrome 22.x, 23.x, 24.x, 25.x, 26.x, 27.x, and 28.x Supported: Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x Web browser (non-Windows client) Supported Linux client: Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Supported Mac OS client: Firefox 16.x, 17.x, 18.x, 19.x, 20.x, 21.x, and 22.x Google Chrome 22.x, 23.x, 24.x, 25.x, 26.x, 27.x, and 28.x Safari 5.x and 6.x Spreadsheet export application Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet application that supports the CSV file type. Microsoft Office 2010 SP1 Microsoft Office 2007 SP2 Microsoft Office 2003 SP3 Microsoft Office 2013 Microsoft Office for Mac 2011 SP2 OpenOffice.org Calc 3.3.0 For guidelines to support certain exporting features in OpenOffice.org Calc, refer to the MicroStrategy Readme.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Requirement PDF viewer (for viewing and exporting PDF documents) Adobe Flash Player

Recommended Certified: Adobe Acrobat Reader 10.x and 11.x Certified: Adobe Flash Player 11.x Adobe Flash Player 10.3.x Supported: Adobe Flash Player 10.1.x

Web server software

For information on the exact version numbers, see the MicroStrategy Readme.
Requirement Operating system Recommended MicroStrategy Web Universal is certified or supported to work with the following operating systems. MicroStrategy Web Universal JSP server on 32-bit operating systems Supported: Windows 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Supported for demonstration purposes only: Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86) Windows 8 all editions (on x86) MicroStrategy Web ASP.Net server on 64-bit operating systems Certified: Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Supported for demonstration purchases only: Windows 8 all editions (on x64) Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x64) Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x64) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64)

66 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Requirement Operating system (continued)

Recommended MicroStrategy Web Universal JSP server on 64-bit operating systems Certified: Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) IBM AIX 6.1.x Technology Level 1 (on IBM POWER Architecture) IBM AIX 7.1.x (on IBM POWER Architecture) Oracle Solaris 10.x (on SPARC) Oracle Solaris 11.x (on SPARC) Hewlett Packard HP-UX 11i v2 (on Intel Itanium) Hewlett Packard HP-UX 11i v3 (on Intel Itanium) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, and 5.9 and RedHat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, and 5.9 (on x86-64) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0.x, 6.1.x, 6.2.x, 6.3.x, and 6.4.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.0.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.1.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.2.x (on x86-64) Oracle Linux (on x86-64) - distributed through Oracle Unbreakable Linux Supported: Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x64), for demonstration purposes only Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x64), for demonstration purposes only Windows 8 all editions (on x64), for demonstration purposes only Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x64), for demonstration purposes only Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64), for demonstration purposes only IBM AIX 5.3.x Technology Level 11 (on IBM POWER Architecture)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Requirement Application servers

Recommended MicroStrategy Web Universal is certified to work with the following application servers. MicroStrategy Web Universal JSP server general requirements Certified: Oracle Web Application Server 10g Release 3 (10.1.3) Oracle WebLogic 12c Oracle WebLogic 10.3.x Oracle GlassFish Server 3.1.x IBM WebSphere 8.5.x IBM WebSphere 8.0.x IBM WebSphere 7.x Apache Tomcat 7.0.x Apache Tomcat 6.0.x Apache TomEE 1.5.x SAP NetWeaver Application Server 7.3.x JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6.x Supported: JBoss Enterprise Web Platform 5.1.x JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 5.1.x JBoss Application Server 7.x JBoss Application Server 5.1.x

68 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Requirement Web servers

Recommended MicroStrategy Web Universal is certified to work with the following web servers. Certified MicroStrategy Web Universal JSP server general requirements: Apache 2.x IBM HTTP Server 8.x IBM HTTP Server 7.x IBM HTTP Server 6.x Oracle iPlanet Web Server 6.1.x Oracle iPlanet Web Server 7.x Oracle HTTP Server 10g R3 Microsoft Internet Information Services 6.x and 7.0.x If you plan to use IIS 7.0.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must ensure that some IIS options are enabled, as described in Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76 Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.5.x If you plan to use IIS 7.5.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must ensure that some IIS options are enabled, as described in Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76 Microsoft Internet Information Services 8.x Certified MicroStrategy Web ASP.Net server on 64-bit operating systems: Internet Information Services 6.x, 7.0.x, 7.5.x, and 8.x If you plan to use IIS 7.0.x or 7.5.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must ensure that some IIS options are enabled, as described in Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76

Portal server

MicroStrategy Portlets allow MicroStrategy Web Universal to be easily integrated and configured on portal environments. Certified: IBM WebSphere Portal 7.x IBM WebSphere Portal 8.0.x Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 SP2 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 SP1 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Oracle WebLogic Portal 10.3.x SAP NetWeaver Composition Environment 7.3.x Liferay Portal 6.x Drupal 6.2.x DotNetNuke 5.6.x web content management system Supported: Liferay Portal 5.2.x JSR168-Compliant Portals

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Requirement GIS components

Recommended MicroStrategy GIS Connectors let you integrate with ESRI to create sophisticated GIS applications. The following GIS components are required to support this GIS integration. Certified: ArcGIS 9.3.1 ArcGIS 10.0 ArcGIS 10.1

JDKs, JVMs, and .NET Runtime

MicroStrategy Web Universal is certified to use the following Java development kits, Java virtual machines, and .NET Runtime. MicroStrategy Web Universal JSP server on 32-bit operating systems. Certified: Oracle JDK 1.7 (32-bit version) Oracle JDK 1.6 (32-bit version) IBM JDK 1.6 (32-bit version) Oracle JRockit 1.6.0 R28 (32-bit version) Supported: Oracle JRockit 1.6.0 R27 (32-bit version) MicroStrategy Web Universal JSP server on 64-bit operating systems. Certified: Oracle JDK 1.7 (32-bit and 64-bit versions) Oracle JDK 1.6 (32-bit and 64-bit versions) IBM JDK 1.6 (32-bit and 64-bit versions) HP-UX JDK 1.6 (64-bit versions) HP-UX JDK 1.7 (64-bit versions) Oracle JRockit 1.6.0 R28 (32-bit and 64-bit versions) SAP JDK 1.6 (64-bit version) Supported: Oracle JRockit 1.6.0 R27 (32-bit and 64-bit versions) MicroStrategy Web ASP.Net server on 64-bit operating systems. Certified: .Net Runtime 4.0 or 4.5 (64-bit version) Oracle JRE 1.6.0 (64-bit version)

MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE software requirements and recommendations

To confirm the latest requirement information, see the MicroStrategy Readme. For specific patches, filesets, technology level, and other

70 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

requirements for UNIX and Linux operating systems, see Intelligence Server Universal software requirements on UNIX/Linux, page 57.
Requirement Operating system Recommended Certified: Windows Server 2003 Web Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition R2 SP1 (on x64) Windows Server 2012 Standard (on x64) Solaris 10.x (on SPARC) Solaris 11.x (on SPARC) AIX 6.1.x Technology Level 1 (on IBM POWER Architecture) AIX 7.1.x (on IBM POWER Architecture) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, and 5.9 and RedHat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, and 5.9 (on x86-64) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0.x, 6.1.x, 6.2.x, 6.3.x, and 6.4.x(on x86-64) Oracle Linux (on x86-64) distributed through the Oracle Unbreakable Linux program. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.0.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.1.x (on x86-64) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11.2.x (on x86-64) HP-UX 11i v2 Foundation Operating Environment (on Intel Itanium) HP-UX 11i v3 (on Intel Itanium) Supported: Windows Server 2003 Web Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 SP2 (on x86) Windows Vista Business Edition SP2 (on x64), for demonstration purposes only. Windows Vista Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64), for demonstration purposes only. Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64), for demonstration purposes only Windows 7 Enterprise Edition SP1 (on x86 or x64), for demonstration purposes only Windows 8 all editions (on x86 or x64), for demonstration purposes only IBM AIX 5.3.x Technology Level 11 (on IBM POWER Architecture)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Requirement Application server

Recommended Certified: Oracle Web Application Server 10g Release 3 (10.1.3) Oracle WebLogic 12c Oracle WebLogic 10.3.x Oracle GlassFish Server 3.1.x IBM WebSphere 8.5.x IBM WebSphere 8.0.x IBM WebSphere 7.x Apache Tomcat 7.0.x Apache Tomcat 6.0.x Apache TomEE 1.5.x SAP NetWeaver Application Server 7.3.x JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6.0.x Supported: JBoss Enterprise Web Platform 5.1.x JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 5.1.x JBoss Application Server 7.x JBoss Application Server 5.1.x

JDK, JRE, and JVM

Certified: Oracle JDK 1.6 (32-bit or 64-bit) Oracle JDK 1.7 (32-bit or 64-bit) IBM JDK 1.6 (32-bit or 64-bit) IBM JDK 1.7 (32-bit or 64-bit) HP-UX JDK 1.6 (64-bit) HP-UX JDK 1.7 (64-bit) Oracle JRockit 1.6.0 R28 (32-bit and 64-bit) SAP JDK 1.6 (64-bit version) Supported: Oracle JRockit 1.6.0 R27 (32-bit and 64-bit)

MicroStrategy SDK software requirements and recommendations for JSP environments

The table below lists the JDK, JRE, and JVM requirements for the MicroStrategy SDK customizations for JSP environments. For complete

72 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Web browsers for Mobile Server

The following web browsers are supported for Mobile Server.
Web Browser Microsoft Internet Explorer Certified Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.x Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.x Microsoft Internet Explorer 10.x Firefox Firefox 16.x Firefox 17.x Firefox 18.x Firefox 19.x Firefox 20.x Firefox 21.x Firefox 22.x Google Chrome Google Chrome 22.x Google Chrome 23.x Google Chrome 24.x Google Chrome 25.x Google Chrome 26.x Google Chrome 27.x Google Chrome 28.x Web Browser Microsoft Internet Explorer Supported Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.x

Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server
If you plan to use IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as the web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, you must ensure that some IIS options are enabled. The procedure below describes how to enable the options that are required to support IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server.

76 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

To support IIS 7.0.x or 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server

third-party products discussed below are manufactured by The vendors independent of MicroStrategy, and the steps to configure these products is subject to change. Refer to the appropriate Microsoft documentation for steps to configure IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x. 1 On a Windows machine, open the Control Panel. 2 Double-click Programs and Features. 3 Click the Turn Windows features on or off task. The Windows Features dialog box opens. 4 Expand Internet Information Services, and select the following options: a Expand Web Management Tools and select: IIS Management Console IIS Management Scripts and Tools IIS Management Service

b Expand World Wide Web Services, then expand Application Development Features, and select: c .NET Extensibility ASP.NET ISAPI Extensions ISAPI Filters

Within World Wide Web Services, expand Common Http Features, and select: Default Document Static Content

d Expand Security, and select: Request Filtering Windows Authentication

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation prerequisites

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

5 Click OK to save your changes.

Supporting MicroStrategy products with IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems
If you plan to use IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems, some MicroStrategy products must be configured as 64-bit applications, and some MicroStrategy products must be configured as 32-bit applications. These requirements are described below: For MicroStrategy products that must be configured as 32-bit applications on 64-bit Windows operating systems, you must define the IIS parameter Enable32BitAppOnWin64 as True (1). These MicroStrategy products include:

Subscription Portal

For MicroStrategy products that must be configured as 64-bit applications on 64-bit Windows operating systems, you must define the IIS parameter Enable32BitAppOnWin64 as False (0). These MicroStrategy products include:

MicroStrategy Web Server (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Mobile Server (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET)

Be aware of the following:

See your Microsoft documentation for steps to define the Enable32BitAppOnWin64 parameter. Information on defining this parameter is available at http://support.microsoft.com/kb/ 894435.

Since these MicroStrategy product groups require different IIS 6.x settings, you can only install products from one of the product groups listed above on 64-bit Windows operating systems with IIS 6.x. For example, you cannot install and host MicroStrategy Mobile Server and Subscription Portal on the same 64-bit Windows operating system with IIS 6.x. If you use IIS 7.0.x, there are no restrictions as to the products that can be installed and hosted through IIS on 64-bit Windows operating systems.

78 Installation prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Installation considerations
The following section contains guidelines and considerations you must keep in mind during MicroStrategy installation.

System sizing guidelines

The following topics describe sizing guidelines to consider when you initially set up MicroStrategy with your system. You should periodically reevaluate the system and update it based on actual system performance and use. section describes only the most basic guidelines. For detailed This information refer to the MicroStrategy System Administration Guide.

Number of users
The number of users can be measured in the following ways: Total users: Users that are registered in the system. For example, if a corporate website is available to be viewed by 950 individuals, the site has 950 total users. Active users: Users that are logged into the system. If a site is available to be viewed by 950 total users and 30 of them are logged in to the site, there are 30 active users. Concurrent users: Users that have jobs being processed by a server (MicroStrategy Web, Intelligence Server, and so on) at the same time. For example, a site is available to 950 total users, and 30 people are logged in. Of 30 active users, 10 have jobs being processed by the server simultaneously, hence there are 10 concurrent users.

Of these measures, the number of concurrent users is important to consider. Your system must support the maximum number of concurrent users you expect at any given time.

Report complexity
The more complex a report, the more Intelligence Server resources are required. In this context, a complex report is one that requires a lot of

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

analytical processing. While reports with long, complicated SQL are certainly complex in nature, they do not necessarily require additional Intelligence Server resources to execute. It is the analytical processing in a report that creates additional stress on an Intelligence Server. Since analytically complex reports create a heavier load on the Intelligence Server than simpler reports, you should have a general idea of what the average report complexity is for your system. Knowing this can help you decide on a caching strategy. For example, you may decide to pre-cache complex reports and determine the processing power your Intelligence Server needs. database server processes the SQL that Intelligence Server The generates, so reports with extremely complex SQL can place additional stress on the database server. You should take this into account when sizing your database server machine.

Ad hoc reports versus caches

In just one week, MicroStrategy Professional Services, will conduct a thorough examination of your Business Intelligence implementation, providing you with actionable recommendations on these five key areas to improve overall performance. The MicroStrategy Performance Analysis service delivers: Performance optimization roadmap: A customized report with prioritized recommendations to achieve performance goals. System configuration: Optimum configuration setting recommendations to achieve efficient use of resources across different MicroStrategy products. Performance monitoring plan: A set of performance related metrics to proactively monitor and identify performance opportunities.

To learn how MicroStrategy Professional Services can help you assess and prioritize your performance opportunities with a Performance Analysis, see http://www.microstrategy.com/services-support/overview.

Common questions about sizing

The sections below provide brief explanations to common sizing questions. For detailed information on tuning your MicroStrategy environment, see the Tuning your System for Best Performance chapter in the System Administration Guide. The sections below also provide other additional resources.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Why should I increase the processor speed of Intelligence Server?

Increasing the processor speed of Intelligence Server enhances performance and reduces execution time for all analytical tasks and for requests from the Extensible Markup Language (XML) and Component Object Model (COM) application programming interfaces (APIs). If you see that the machine or machines are running consistently at a high capacity, for example, greater than 80%, it may be a sign that a faster processor would improve the systems capacity. For more detailed information on tuning your processors for your MicroStrategy environment, see the section Managing system resources in the System Administration Guide.

Why should I add more processors to Intelligence Server?

Adding more processors to the Intelligence Server allows for a better load distribution among the processors. This provides an overall performance gain. If you notice that the processor is running consistently at a high capacity, for example, greater than 80%, consider increasing the number of processors. For more detailed information on tuning your processors for your MicroStrategy environment, see the section Managing system resources in the System Administration Guide.

Why should I increase memory on the machine that hosts Intelligence Server?
If the physical disk is utilized too much on a machine hosting Intelligence Server, it can indicate that there is a bottleneck in the systems performance. To monitor this on a Windows machine, use the Windows Performance Monitor for the object PhysicalDisk and the counter % Disk Time. If you see that the counter is greater than 80% on average, it may indicate that there is not enough memory on the machine. For more detailed information on tuning your machines memory for your MicroStrategy environment, see the section Managing system resources in the System Administration Guide.

What would more network bandwidth do for me?

You can tell whether or not your network is negatively impacting your systems performance by monitoring how much of your networks capacity is
84 Installation considerations
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

being used. To monitor this on a Windows machine, use the Windows Performance Monitor for the object Network Interface, and the watch the counter Total bytes/sec as a percent of your networks bandwidth. If it is consistently greater than 60% (for example), it may indicate that the network is negatively affecting the systems performance. For very large result sets, increasing network bandwidth reduces bottlenecks created by network congestion. The result is larger data flow and faster query response time. For more detailed information on tuning your network for your MicroStrategy environment, see the section How the network can affect performance in the System Administration Guide.

How many CPUs can a user fully utilize?

One user can fully utilize up to one CPU, regardless of the number of CPUs available in the server. The load is split across multiple CPUs in multi-processor servers. For more detailed information on how licensing can affect the utilization of CPUs, see the System Administration Guide.

What is the advantage of using hyper-threading for a dual processor?

The advantage of using hyper-threading with a dual processor is that it decreases the overall CPU usage. The use of hyper-threading is recommended if you have a large number of users.

What is the disadvantage of using hyper-threading for a dual processor?

The disadvantage of using hyper-threading is that it increases the Intelligence Server execution time slightly. Therefore, for faster processing, the use of hyper-threading is not recommended.

What is the largest Intelligent Cube size that I can store in an Intelligence Server?
Intelligent Cubes must be stored in Intelligence Server memory for reports to access their data. While this can improve performance of these reports, loading too much data onto Intelligence Server memory can have a negative impact on Intelligence Servers ability to process jobs. For this reason, it is
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

important to govern how much Intelligent Cube data can be stored on the Intelligence Server. For information on governing Intelligent Cube memory usage, loading, and storage, see the System Administration Guide.

International support
The following table lists the language selection possibilities for different installation cases.
Installation Fresh installation on a system in which MicroStrategy application has never been installed before Result The MicroStrategy Installation Wizard prompts you to select the language from the drop-down list. The user language in the product interface is the language that you select during installation. Once the product is installed, the Online Help is displayed in the same language that the user selects in the language prompt of the installation routine. Repair or maintenance installation on a system on which MicroStrategy application has been installed before All subsequent executions of the installation routine are displayed in the language that you selected the first time you installed the product on the system. The user language in the product interface is also the language that you selected the first time you installed the product on the system. Completely uninstalling all the MicroStrategy products and installing the same version or a newer version If you uninstall all the products and install either the same version or a higher version again, the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard prompts you to select the language from the drop-down list. Note: Even if you select a language from the language prompt in the installation routine, it has no effect on the default language of the product interfaces.

installation, the installation Online Help is displayed in During English only.

MicroStrategy Web and Intelligence Server compatibility

You must ensure the versions of MicroStrategy Web and Intelligence Server are compatible. For example, MicroStrategy Web 8.0.2 can only connect to Intelligence Server 8.0.0 or later. For a complete list of compatible
86 Installation considerations

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

MicroStrategy Web and Intelligence Server versions, refer to the MicroStrategy Readme. to the MicroStrategy General Information Readme for the Refer complete MicroStrategy platform compatibility and interoperability specification. In addition, you can contact MicroStrategy Technical Support for the latest information and updates.

Certified ODBC drivers for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

The following table identifies the available ODBC drivers for Windows, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, and Redhat or SUSE Linux that are certified for Intelligence Server and different DBMS types. MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers are installed with the MicroStrategy products.

Be aware of the following when reviewing the table below:

WH: Data warehouse.

The following abbreviations mark certified configurations in the table below:

MD: Metadata repository. MD also signifies certification or support for History List repositories, except where explicitly noted otherwise. ST: Statistics repository. NCS: MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server. MicroStrategy certifies 32-bit ODBC drivers for connection to DBMSs on Windows, Solaris, AIX, and Linux. MicroStrategy does not certify 64-bit ODBC drivers for DBMSs on these operating systems. MicroStrategy certifies 64-bit ODBC drivers for connection to DBMSs on the HP-UX platform. Only certified configurations are listed in the table below. For a complete list of certified and supported configurations with exact version numbers, refer to the certified and supported

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

configurations listed in the MicroStrategy General Information Readme.

32-bit ODBC drivers DBMS Driver Windows Solaris Actian Vectorwise: 2.5 3.0 Client Runtime with configuration defaulted for Vectorwise Vectorwise Client ODBC Driver Aster Database 4.6.x Aster Database: 5.0.x 5.1.x Calpont InfiniDB: 2.2.x 3.x Connection Cloud EXASolution: 4.1 4.2 Google BigQuery Greenplum: 4.2.x HP Vertica 5.1 6.0 6.1 IBM DB2: 9.5 with Fix pack 10 9.7 Fix pack 8 10.1 Fix pack 2 10.5 IBM DB2 for i: 6.1 7.1 Aster Database ODBC Driver Aster Database ODBC Driver WH WH WH WH AIX Linux 64-bit ODBC drivers HP-UX

MySQL ODBC Driver

Connection Cloud Driver EXASolution Driver

WH WH WH

Simba BigQuery ODBC Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Greenplum Wire Protocol Vertica ODBC driver

WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol

MD WH ST NCS WH

MD WH ST

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol

88 Installation considerations

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

32-bit ODBC drivers DBMS Driver Windows Solaris IBM Informix IDS: 11.5 IBM Informix Ultimate Edition: 11.7 12.1 IBM Informix XPS 8.5 MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix 8 with Informix Client SDK IBM Netezza ODBC Driver WH WH WH MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix Wire Protocol WH WH AIX WH Linux WH

64-bit ODBC drivers HP-UX WH

IBM Netezza: 5.0.x 6.0.x 7.0.x IBM Red Brick 6.3 Infobright 4.0.x Kognitio WX2 7.1.x 7.2.x Maria DB 5.5.x Microsoft SQL Database

Red Brick Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for MySQL Wire Protocol ODBC Driver for Kognitio WX2

WH WH WH

WH WH

WH WH WH

MySQL ODBC Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SQL Server Wire Protocol Microsoft SQL Server

WH WH WH MD WH ST MD WH ST NCS WH MD WH ST WH

WH WH WH

Microsoft SQL Server: 2005 SP4 2008 SP3 2008 R2 SP1/SP2 2012 SP1

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SQL Server Wire Protocol Microsoft SQL Server

MD WH ST

Microsoft SQL Server Microsoft SQL Server Parallel Parallel Data Warehouse Data Warehouse ODBC Client 2008 R2 Microsoft SQL Server Microsoft SQL Server Native Parallel Data Warehouse Client ODBC Driver 2012

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

32-bit ODBC drivers DBMS Driver Windows Solaris MySQL Community Server: 5.5 5.6 MySQL Enterprise: 5.5 5.6 Oracle: 10g 10gR2 11g 11gR2 12c ParAccel: 3.1 3.5 4.0 PostgreSQL: 8.4 9.0 9.1 9.2 Salesforce.com SAND CDBMS: 6.1 7.1 SAP HANA: 1.0 SP4 1.0 SP5 SAP Sybase ASE: 15.5 15.7 MySQL ODBC Driver MD WH AIX Linux MD WH

64-bit ODBC drivers HP-UX

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for MySQL Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Oracle Wire Protocol

MD WH MD WH ST NCS

MD WH MD WH ST

ODBC Driver for ParAccel

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for PostgreSQL Wire Protocol

MD WH

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce Nucleus ODBC Driver

WH WH

HDBODC32 Driver

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Sybase ASE Wire Protocol

MD WH ST

90 Installation considerations

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

32-bit ODBC drivers DBMS Driver Windows Solaris SAP Sybase IQ: 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 16.0 Teradata: V12 V13 V13.10 V14.0 V14.10 Sybase IQ ODBC Driver WH WH Solaris 10.x only AIX WH Linux WH

64-bit ODBC drivers HP-UX WH

Teradata ODBC Driver

MD WH ST

MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard exposes only the The MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers. However, this guide also provides instructions for drivers from other vendors, that you can install separately and use with MicroStrategy. For more information, refer to Appendix A, Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs.

Hadoop support in MicroStrategy

MicroStrategy certifies Apache Hive(0.11, 0.10, and 0.9) components of the listed Hadoop distributions. The following configurations of Apache Hadoop distributions have been tested:
Status Hadoop Distributions Amazon EMR Cloud Apache Hadoop Cloudera CDH Recommended Client Windows Solaris MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol Hive ODBC Driver from Cloudera WH WH WH WH WH WH WH AIX WH WH WH Linux WH WH WH WH HP-UX WH WH WH

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Status Hadoop Distributions Pivotal HD Hortonworks HDP Recommended Client Windows Solaris MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol Hortonworks ODBC Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol MapR MapR ODBC Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol Intel Distribution for Apache Hadoop MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH AIX WH Linux WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH WH HP-UX WH

MicroStrategy certifies Impala 1.x components of the listed Hadoop distributions. The following configurations of Apache Hadoop distributions have been tested:
Status Hadoop Distributions Cloudera Impala Recommended Client Windows Solaris MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol Hive ODBC Driver from Cloudera WH WH WH AIX WH Linux WH WH HP-UX WH

MicroStrategy certifies InfoSphere BigInsights 2.x components of the listed Hadoop distributions. The following configurations of Apache Hadoop distributions have been tested:
Status Hadoop Distributions IBM InfoSphere BigInsights Recommended Client Windows Solaris BigInsights ODBC Driver WH AIX Linux WH HP-UX

92 Installation considerations

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Recommended system settings for UNIX and Linux

UNIX and Linux systems allow processes and applications to run in a virtual environment. This means that each process, depending on its owner and the settings for certain environment variables, are run using a distinct set of properties that affect how much memory the process can use, how many CPU seconds it can use, what thread model it can use, how many files it can open, and so on. MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal installs on UNIX and Linux systems with the required environment variables set to ensure that the servers jobs are processed correctly. However, as mentioned above, some settings are related to the user who starts the process (also known as the owner of the process) and other settings can only be set by the system administrator. Some of these settings may also have limits enforced for reasons unrelated to supporting MicroStrategy. The table below lists MicroStrategys recommendations for system settings that can affect the behavior of Intelligence Server Universal. the system settings listed below can affect system-wide Modifying behavior and therefore, steps to modify these values are not given. You should refer to your UNIX and Linux documentation and contact your system administrator to modify these settings.
Setting Name ulimit name (limit name) cputime (time) filesize (file) Description Maximum CPU seconds per process. Maximum size for a single file. Recommended Value Unlimited. Unlimited, or as large as the file system allows. Your system administrator may enforce limits on the maximum size of files for reasons unrelated to MicroStrategy. This value must be at least as large as the maximum size for core dump files (coredumpsize). Warning: AIX machines use a default filesize limit of 2 GB. To support copying the MicroStrategy installation file to an AIX machine, you may need to increase the filesize limit to be larger than the size of the MicroStrategy installation file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation considerations

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting Name ulimit name (limit name) datasize (data)

Description Maximum heap size per process.

Recommended Value Unlimited, or as large as the system virtual memory allows. Your system's virtual memory constraints affect the data size you can set for a processs heap size. The value should be the same as the maximum size for core dump files (coredumpsize). 200 MB. Set this value to the same value as the maximum heap size per process (datasize). If core dump files are created that are larger than this value, the files are corrupted and unusable. Unlimited, or as large as the physical memory of your system allows. Unlimited, or as large as your system virtual memory allows. 8192.

stacksize (stack) coredumpsize (coredump)

Maximum stack size per process. Maximum size for a single core dump file.

memoryuse (memory)

Maximum size of physical memory allotted per process. Maximum size of virtual memory allowed per process.

vmemoryuse (vmemory)

descriptors (nofiles) Maximum number of file descriptors (open files) per process.

Methods of installation
The methods of MicroStrategy installation are: Graphical user interface (GUI) Command line Silent installation

Graphical user interface

The GUI mode presents a user interface for each page in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. You click the mouse to place the cursor on the desired object, then proceed as appropriate to complete the task. The following navigational buttons are also displayed:

94 Methods of installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

Next: Click to proceed to the next page. Back: Click to return to the previous page. Cancel: Click to cancel the installation and close the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. Finish (only on the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete page): Click to complete the setup and close the wizard.

Command line
In command line mode, you type the appropriate information at the prompt and press ENTER. Instructions are included on each page of the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. In some cases, you are asked to make a selection by pressing 1 or 2, and ENTER. You then press 0 and ENTER to continue. Defaults appear next to each prompt and are enclosed in square brackets, for example, [1]. Press ENTER to use the default, or type a different response to the prompt to override the default. In addition, on the command line wizard pages, the following options are available: Press 1 and then press ENTER to proceed to the next page. Press 2 and then press ENTER to return to the previous page. Press 3 and then press ENTER to cancel the installation and close the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. On the last page, which is MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete, press 3 and then press ENTER to complete the setup and close the wizard.

For information on command line installation, refer to Chapter 3, Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux.

Silent installation
A silent, or unattended, installation is one that presents no graphical user interface (GUI). Silent installations are useful for system administrators who do not want users to run the installation themselves. It allows you to
95

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Methods of installation

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

automate the installation, so it can be called from a script and executed without user interaction. For information on silent installation, refer to Silent installation, page 373, in Chapter 8, Automated Installation on Windows and Silent installation, page 382, in Chapter 9, Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux.

Creating custom installation packages

You can reduce the amount of data that has to be downloaded for an installation by providing only the files required to complete a MicroStrategy installation. This technique can then be used to reduce the amount of data packaged and downloaded for other MicroStrategy installations within your organization. The steps below show you how to create these custom installation packages. you are performing a MicroStrategy hotfix installation, you must If include all of the files provided as part of the hotfix installation in their default location. This means that you cannot use the steps provided below to create a custom MicroStrategy hotfix installation package.
To create a custom MicroStrategy installation package

1 Retrieve the MicroStrategy installation files from the installation disk or the MicroStrategy download site. Save these files to a folder. Contact your MicroStrategy sales representative to determine the location and login credentials for the MicroStrategy download site. 2 Within the location where you saved the MicroStrategy installation files, browse to the DataFiles folder. 3 You can determine the required installation files in the following ways: For Windows installations, you can use the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard to determine the required files, as described in To determine the required installation files for Windows installations. For UNIX and Linux installations, the table below lists which installation files are required for each MicroStrategy component. Once you determine the required installation files, you can include

96 Methods of installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Planning Your Installation

them in your custom installation as described in To specify the location of the installation files below.
Installation File mstr1.tzp mstr3.tzp mstr4.tzp mstr5.tzp mstr6.tzp mstr7.tzp mstr8.tzp mstr9.tzp mstr10.tzp mstr11.tzp mstr12.tzp mstr13.tzp MicroStrategy Components That Require The Installation File All MicroStrategy components and products MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal and all of its components MicroStrategy Web Universal, including Web Analyst, Web Reporter, and Web Professional MicroStrategy Web Services for Office MicroStrategy Command Manager MicroStrategy Integrity Manager MicroStrategy System Manager MicroStrategy Mobile Client MicroStrategy Mobile Server MicroStrategy Portlets, which is a component of MicroStrategy Web Universal MicroStrategy GIS Connectors, which is a component of MicroStrategy Web Universal All MicroStrategy components and products

101

Planning Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Complete Chapter and Installation Task Chapter 7, Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents: This chapter explains the setup required for the Intelligence Server to create and execute HTML documents and documents. It also describes the steps to create this setup, which are only necessary on a UNIX or Linux environment. Chapter 12, Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components: This chapter describes the steps to add and remove MicroStrategy components on all supported operating systems. For UNIX and Linux platforms, refer to the following section: Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on UNIX and Linux

102 Installation and configuration checklists

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

2
2.

INSTALLING MICROSTRATEGY ON WINDOWS

Introduction
This chapter describes the procedures for installing the MicroStrategy products that are necessary to run your business intelligence application on a Windows environment. Before installing MicroStrategy products, you should refer to Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation for important pre-installation information. Some MicroStrategy products are available in two versions, as described below. Windows only: The Windows only versions, labeled as MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, MicroStrategy Web, and so on, are compatible only with a Windows platform. With these versions, MicroStrategy Web can be deployed quickly and easily using MicroStrategys Internet Information Services (IIS) Web Server. The drawback is that IIS is the only Web server that can be used to deploy the Windows only version of MicroStrategy Web. Windows only version of Intelligence Server can be used with The MicroStrategy Web Universal.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

103

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Universal (platform independent): The universal versions, labeled as MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal, MicroStrategy Web Universal, and so on, are compatible with Windows as well as UNIX/ Linux platforms. Installing the universal versions on Windows lets you deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal with different application and Web server combinations. For example, instead of using IIS to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal, you can use Apache Tomcat, Oracle 10g, and so on.

you have used the Evaluation Edition of the MicroStrategy If platform, you may have installed most of these products already. However, additional considerations are important when you are setting up a production business intelligence system as opposed to running the evaluation software. You should read this chapter carefully, even if you already have a working system from your Evaluation Edition. This chapter has the following sections: Installation procedure, page 104 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation, page 122

If you are installing MicroStrategy on UNIX or Linux, refer to Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux, page 126 in Chapter 3, Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux. Additionally, Chapter 10, Deploying OEM Applications explains the common workflow for deploying the MicroStrategy platform as an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) application.

Installation procedure
The MicroStrategy Installation Wizard provides steps to guide you through installing one or more MicroStrategy products in a Windows environment. The following sections can assist you in installing MicroStrategy products: Installing with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, page 105 Installation verification, page 121

104 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

There are a number of installation alternatives and procedures to support your MicroStrategy installation documented in this guide, including the following: For information on installation prerequisites, see Installation prerequisites, page 23 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation. For information about advanced installation functionality, such as installing in an SMS environment or using installation response files, see Chapter 8, Automated Installation on Windows. For information about installing and deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal with other Web and application servers, see Chapter 6, Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server. For information about deploying MicroStrategy Web Services ASP.NET and J2EE, see the MicroStrategy Office User Guide.

Note the following:

If you have not uninstalled previous versions of MicroStrategy products, you are prompted to overwrite them. Click Yes to ensure that all products are installed properly. To retain the existing Tutorial metadata repository and warehouse, rename it or move it to another location before you start the installation process. Although MicroStrategy supports Windows Terminal Services, using Windows Terminal Services is not recommended for installation. It can affect the functionality of some MicroStrategy components.

Installing with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard

To install MicroStrategy products, you must log on to your machine using a domain account with Windows administrative privileges for the domain or target machine. The domain must include your database servers. To exit the installation process at any time, click Cancel.
To access the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard

1 Log on to the machine where you are installing one or more MicroStrategy products.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

105

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

2 Exit all Windows applications before beginning the installation process. 3 You can access the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard in the following ways: From the disk: Insert the disk into the disk drive and wait for the MicroStrategy Main Menu window to display automatically. If the MicroStrategy Main Menu does not display, locate and run Setup.exe on the disk. From the download site: Download the files from the MicroStrategy download site. Locate and run the Setup.exe file. Be aware of the following: Contact your MicroStrategy sales representative to determine the location and login credentials for the MicroStrategy download site. You may have to extract the downloaded files to locate the Setup.exe file. When extracting the files, ensure that the extraction software maintains the folder structure of the compressed files. Most extraction software maintains the folder structure by default, but if you use WinRAR, ensure that you select the Extract full paths option. To review an alternative, guided introduction to installing MicroStrategy software, you can locate and run the MICROSTRATEGY.exe file. For information on this installation alternative, see Installing with a guided MicroStrategy introduction, page 122. You can reduce the amount of data that has to be downloaded for the installation by excluding all of the .zip files, located in the Installations/DataFiles folder, from the download. You can use this technique to download only the files required to complete your MicroStrategy installation, which can then also be used to reduce the amount of data packaged and downloaded for other MicroStrategy installations. For steps to create these custom installation packages, see Creating custom installation packages, page 96. Details on using a response.ini file to provide the location of the installation files are provided in Chapter 8, Automated Installation on Windows and the parameters used to specify the location of the required installation files are described in Installation Files, page 342. 4 If this is the first time you have installed MicroStrategy, you are prompted to choose the language for the wizard. Select the appropriate language from the drop-down list and click OK.

106 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

The MicroStrategy Installation Wizard opens and leads you through the rest of the installation process. The sections below describe the actions you must take for each page in the wizard. After you enter all required information on an installation page, click Next to proceed to the next page of the installation routine. If any services are running for previously installed MicroStrategy products, you are prompted to stop them. Click Yes to proceed. If you click No, you cannot install MicroStrategy products until you stop all MicroStrategy services.

Welcome
Read the information on the welcome screen and proceed to the next step. If you opened the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard through the Microsoft Control Panel using the Add/Remove Programs option, the wizard opens the Welcome page in maintenance mode. For more information on modifying, repairing, or removing all or part of your MicroStrategy installation, see Chapter 12, Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components.

License Agreement
Read the license agreement, and accept or decline the agreement by clicking the appropriate button. If you decline, you cannot install MicroStrategy products.

Click Print to print a copy of the license agreement for your records.
Customer Information
Enter the following customer information: User Name Company Name License Key users can contact Technical Support to obtain a license Licensed key.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

107

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Choose Destination Location

Browse to the locations where the MicroStrategy products and MicroStrategy common files are to be installed: MicroStrategy Destination Folder: Browse to and select the location where MicroStrategy products are installed. This is where executable files and other support files are installed for your licensed MicroStrategy products. While this setting determines the default root directory for the MicroStrategy products you install, you can change the destination of an individual product later as part of selecting which MicroStrategy products to install. You can choose the directory for a product only if that product is not already installed on the server machine. Otherwise, the product can only be installed in the same directory in which it already exists. MicroStrategy Common Files Destination Folder: Browse to and select the location where MicroStrategy common files are installed. These files are required to support a MicroStrategy installation.

Select Features
You can select the MicroStrategy products to install as well as define the location in which to install the products. you have selected all required MicroStrategy products and Once defined the proper installation locations, if you are prompted to stop your MicroStrategy Web server, click Yes. If you click No, you cannot continue with the installation until you stop your MicroStrategy Web server.

Installing MicroStrategy products

Select the check box next to a MicroStrategy product to include that product in the installation. Alternatively, you can clear a check box to uninstall or exclude a MicroStrategy product from the installation. The installation pages you see after this step depend on the products you choose to install. These instructions describe all possible pages to support all products of the MicroStrategy Product Suite. You do not have to install all of these products on the same machine. In fact, this is strongly discouraged in a production environment. For basic guidelines about product deployments,
108 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

see Recommended installation location and example deployments, page 24 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation. on your license key, you can install the Universal (platform Depending independent) version of some of the products listed below. For example, instead of MicroStrategy Web you may see MicroStrategy Web Universal. MicroStrategy Intelligence Server (see MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 6)

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server subcomponents (see MicroStrategy Intelligence Server subcomponents, page 8) such as MicroStrategy OLAP Services, MicroStrategy Report Services, MicroStrategy Distribution Services, MicroStrategy Transaction Services, MicroStrategy MultiSource Option, and MicroStrategy Clustering Option.

MicroStrategy Web (see MicroStrategy Web and Web Universal, page 11)

MicroStrategy Portlets (see MicroStrategy Portlets, page 13) MicroStrategy GIS Connectors (see MicroStrategy GIS Connectors, page 13)

MicroStrategy Office (see MicroStrategy Office, page 19)

MicroStrategy Web Services for Office (see MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) and Web Services (J2EE), page 20)

you are a MicroStrategy Web administrator, you can allow Web If users to install MicroStrategy Office by making an Install MicroStrategy Office link available in MicroStrategy Web. When a user chooses to install MicroStrategy Office, MicroStrategy Office is installed as a stand-alone product on his or her machine. MicroStrategy Office can be installed even if no other MicroStrategy products are available on his or her machine. For steps to enable users to install MicroStrategy Office from Web, see Enabling users to install MicroStrategy Office from Web, page 310 of Chapter 6, Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server. MicroStrategy Mobile (see MicroStrategy Mobile, page 14) MicroStrategy Developer Products (see MicroStrategy Developer products, page 3)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

109

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Object Manager (see MicroStrategy Object Manager, page 5) MicroStrategy Command Manager (see MicroStrategy Command Manager, page 4) MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager (see MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager, page 6) MicroStrategy Integrity Manager (see MicroStrategy Integrity Manager, page 17) MicroStrategy System Manager (see MicroStrategy System Manager, page 18) MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server (see MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server, page 20) MicroStrategy Analytics Modules (see MicroStrategy Analytics Modules, page 21) also includes MicroStrategy Tutorial Reporting (see This MicroStrategy Tutorial Reporting, page 22)

Other components:

SequeLink ODBC Socket Server is required to support MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server. It can also be used to access Microsoft Access databases and Microsoft Excel files stored on a Windows machine from an Intelligence Server hosted on a UNIX or Linux machine (see MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink, page 465). SequeLink ODBC Socket Server that is provided with a The MicroStrategy installation is for exclusive use with the MicroStrategy Product Suite. You are not licensed to use this product with any application other than MicroStrategy products.

The MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider is required to connect to IBM Cognos TM1 data sources. It can also be used to connect to Microsoft Analysis Services data sources. For information on connecting to these MDX Cube data sources, see the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

110 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Many of the platform components have subcomponents. If you expand the different MicroStrategy products, you can select the appropriate check boxes to specify the subcomponents to install. For information on MicroStrategy components and subcomponents, see MicroStrategy components, page 2 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation.

Defining the installation location for MicroStrategy products and sub-components

You can select MicroStrategy products and their sub-components to define their installation locations. When you select a MicroStrategy product or sub-component, the Destination Folder area near the bottom of the interface displays the current installation folder for the product. Click Browse to select a different installation folder. If you select a MicroStrategy product or sub-component and the Browse button is not accessible, this means that the installation location cannot be changed. For example, if you select MicroStrategy Office you cannot define an installation location. However, if you expand this product, you can define the installation location for its subcomponents.

MicroStrategy Setup and Choose data files location

You see the MicroStrategy Setup dialog box and the Choose data files location page only if some of the files, required to install the MicroStrategy components you have selected for installation, are not available. If you are using this technique to reduce the amount of data that has to be downloaded for the installation, it is recommended that you do the following: Review the files listed in the MicroStrategy Setup dialog box, and make a note of all the required files. These files need to be provided as part of the installation for the MicroStrategy components you selected using the Select Features page of the installation (see Select Features, page 108). Provide the location of the installation files using a response.ini file. This lets you access the installation files stored on a folder or stored at a URL and accessed using HTTP or HTTPS. Details on using a response.ini file as part of an installation are provided in Chapter 8, Automated Installation on Windows and the parameters used to specify the location of the required installation files are described in Installation Files, page 342. If the files required for the installation are stored in a folder, you can instead click Change on this Choose data files location page to navigate

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

111

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

to and select the folder that stores the installation files. If all the required installation files are provided in the folder you select, you can click Next to continue the MicroStrategy installation.

MicroStrategy Health Center Setting

MicroStrategy Health Center can help you prevent, diagnose and fix problems in your MicroStrategy system. It detects known problems and provides an immediate solution to many of them. Health Center can email a system administrator if it encounters a problem with the system. In cases where Health Center cannot fix a problem immediately, it enables you to bundle relevant system information, such as log files, into a diagnostic package and transmit the package to MicroStrategy Technical Support for review and troubleshooting. As part of a MicroStrategy installation, you can designate this machine as a Health Agent. After you complete the MicroStrategy installation, you can further define this machine as a Master Health Agent through the use of the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. To define the machine as a Health Agent, provide the following information: Port: Type the port number to use to connect to the Health Agent machine. The default port is 44440. Access Code: Type the access code that must be provided by Health Center to access this Health Agent. If you leave this field blank, no access code is required to access this Health Agent. Do not set the service account: Select this check box to use the local system account as the Health Center service account. If you clear the check box to set a different Health Center service account, enter the following information:

Login: A Windows login of the form Domain\User with full administrative privileges under which to run the Health Center service. user account used to run Health Center must have full The administrator privileges for the local machine. If the administrator default privileges have been modified for the user account, connection errors can occur.

Password: A valid password for the Windows login entered in the Login field. Confirmation: Retype the password to confirm that it is correct.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

112 Installation procedure

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Server Activation
If you install one or more MicroStrategy Server products, you can request an Activation Code to activate your MicroStrategy Server products upon completion of the installation process. The next few pages of the installation process guide you in providing the information you must submit to MicroStrategy to request an Activation Code. MicroStrategy Server products include: MicroStrategy Intelligence Server MicroStrategy Web or Web Universal MicroStrategy Mobile Server MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Delivery Engine

Welcome
Read the information on the Welcome screen and click Next to proceed to the next step.

Server Information
Specify information about your Intelligence Server installation. Enter the following characteristics: Name: Distinguishes the name of this Intelligence Server installation from any other Intelligence Server installations in your company Location: Physical location of the machine on which Intelligence Server is installed Use: Description of how Intelligence Server is used

Click Privacy Statement to view the MicroStrategy Privacy Statement.

Installer Information
Specify contact information of the person installing the software. After your installation is complete an email containing the Activation Code is sent to the

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

113

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

email address you confirm in this software activation step. Enter the following installer information: Specify whether you are an employee of the licensed company or installing on behalf of the licensed company. For descriptions of what information to include in the other text fields, press F1 to view the MicroStrategy online help.

Note the following:

Select the check box at the bottom of the page to receive notifications about product updates, events, and special offers from MicroStrategy.

Click Privacy Statement to view the MicroStrategy Privacy Statement.

Contact Information
You see this page if you indicated that you are not an employee of the company licensed to use this software, and are installing the software on behalf of that company. Specify contact information for the employee licensed to use the software. After your installation is complete an email containing the Activation Code is sent to the email address you confirm in this software activation step. For descriptions of what information to include in the text fields, press F1 to view the MicroStrategy online help.

Note the following:

Select the check box at the bottom of the page if you want to receive notifications about product updates, events, and special offers from MicroStrategy. Click Privacy Statement to view the MicroStrategy Privacy Statement.

Request Activation Code

114 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

addresses specified in the Installer Information and Contact Information pages. This email is sent upon completion of the installation process. Select No, I will request the Activation Code at a later time and click Next to request an Activation Code at a later time. If you choose to request an Activation Code at a later time, a message is displayed that instructs you how to request an Activation Code after the installation procedure is completed. For more instructions on requesting an Activation Code at a later time, see Request an Activation Code, page 146 in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation. You have a grace period of 30 calendar days to activate your installation. If you do not complete the activation before the grace period expires, your MicroStrategy products stop functioning until you activate it. If you wait to activate your installation, you receive periodic reminders. Once your installation is complete and you request an Activation Code, an email is sent to the email addresses you specified in the Installer Information and Contact Information pages of the software activation procedure. The email provides instructions on how to use the requested Activation Code to activate your software. To activate your installation, you can also use the steps given in Activate your installation, page 148 in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation. When the Activation Code request process is finished, you are prompted to either view the MicroStrategy Readme or go directly to the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete page. Click Yes to read the MicroStrategy Readme or No to go to the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete page.

CPU License Information

You see this page only if both of the following statements are true: You are installing MicroStrategy Intelligence Server on a multi-processor machine. Your license is based on CPU and allows for more than one CPU.

Specify the number of CPUs that Intelligence Server is licensed to use.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

115

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Web (ASP.NET) Setting

You see this page only if you choose to install MicroStrategy Web (ASP.NET) and only if you do not have a previous version of MicroStrategy Web installed. Specify the Internet Information Services (IIS) virtual directory to be created for MicroStrategy Web pages. The default is MicroStrategy. In IIS, a virtual directory is the home location for a set of Web pages that the Web server hosts.

Note the following:

If you have a previous version of MicroStrategy Web installed on the machine, the new version you install uses the same virtual directory the previous version is using. Therefore, you are not prompted to specify the name of the virtual directory. The name provided for a virtual directory must be unique. You cannot use the same name as the default for other MicroStrategy products.

MicroStrategy automatically configures the MicroStrategy Web virtual directory to run with the version of .NET Framework that it requires.

MicroStrategy Web (ASP.NET) CPU Affinity Setting

You see this page only if you choose to install MicroStrategy Web (ASP.NET) and if the MicroStrategy Web installation detects that the license key entered is a CPU-based license. This page is not displayed on single-processor machines. Specify the number of CPUs that MicroStrategy Web is licensed to use on the machine. You can specify only the number of CPUs that are allowed by the license. If MicroStrategy Web is installed on more than one machine, the total number of CPUs should not exceed the maximum number of CPUs specified by the license. For machines that support hyper threading technology, the CPU counts correspond to physical CPUs, not logical CPUs. allow the setting to take effect, the installation stops IIS. After IIS To has been restarted, the MicroStrategy Web application uses the specified number of CPUs. For more information on the MicroStrategy Web CPU affinity feature, refer to the MicroStrategy System Administration Guide.
116 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

MicroStrategy Mobile Server (ASP.NET) Setting

You see this page only if you choose to install MicroStrategy Mobile Server (ASP.NET) and only if you do not have a previous version of MicroStrategy Mobile Server installed. Specify the Internet Information Services (IIS) virtual directory to be created for MicroStrategy Mobile Server. The default is MicroStrategyMobile. The virtual directory is part of the URL used to access the interactive reporting and analysis applications deployed on this machine via Mobile Server. Mobile Server can be deployed using the same techniques used to deploy MicroStrategy Web and Web Universal, as described in Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server, page 229. For additional configurations required to deploy Mobile Server, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide.

Note the following:

If you have a previous version of MicroStrategy Mobile Server installed on the machine, the new version you install uses the same virtual directory the previous version is using. Therefore, you are not prompted to specify the name of the virtual directory. The name provided for a virtual directory must be unique. You cannot use the same name as the default for other MicroStrategy products. MicroStrategy automatically configures the MicroStrategy Mobile Server virtual directory to run with the version of .NET Framework that it requires.

MicroStrategy Subscription Portal Setting

You see this page only if you choose to install MicroStrategy Subscription Portal, which is a component of Narrowcast Server, and only if you do not have a previous version of Subscription Portal installed. Specify the name of the IIS virtual directory to be created for MicroStrategy Subscription Portal pages. The default is NarrowcastServer. In IIS, a virtual directory is the home location for a set of Web pages that the Web server hosts. Portal offers you the ability to subscribe to and view Subscription Narrowcast Server services, service descriptions, and their most
117

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

recent modification dates on the Web. For complete information about Subscription Portal and other components of Narrowcast Server, refer to the MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server documentation. name provided for a virtual directory must be unique. You cannot The use the same name as the default for other MicroStrategy products.

MicroStrategy Web Services Setting

You see this page only if you choose to install MicroStrategy Web Services, which is required to run MicroStrategy Office, and only if you do not have a previous version of Web Services installed. Specify the IIS virtual directory to be created for MicroStrategy Web Services pages. The default is MicroStrategyWS. In IIS, a virtual directory is the home location for a set of Web pages that the Web server hosts. name provided for a virtual directory must be unique. You cannot The use the same name as the default for other MicroStrategy products. For information about deploying MicroStrategy Web Services ASP.NET and J2EE, see the MicroStrategy Office User Guide.

MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider Setting

You see this page only if you choose to install the MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider and if you do not have a previous version installed. Specify the virtual directory to be created for the MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider. The default is MicroStrategyMDX. This virtual directory is used as part of the URL to connect to TM1 data sources or Microsoft Analysis Services data sources for integration with MicroStrategy. For information on connecting to these MDX cube data sources, see the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Setting

You see this page if you choose to install MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, and if you do not have a previous version of Intelligence Server installed.

118 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Select the check box to use the local system account as the Intelligence Server service account. If you clear the check box to set a different Intelligence Server service account, enter the following information: Login: a Windows login of the form Domain\User with full administrative privileges under which to run the Intelligence Server service user account used to run Intelligence Server must have full The administrator privileges for the local machine. If the administrator default privileges have been modified for the user account, connection errors can occur. For example, if the user account is denied access to the DSN accessed by Intelligence Server, Intelligence Server connection fails. Password: a valid password for the Windows login entered in the Login box Confirmation: retype the password to confirm it is correct

the password you supply changes, you must reconfigure the If Windows service to use the new password. Otherwise, Intelligence Server connections fail when the connection attempts to authenticate the login and password.

MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Setting

You see this page if you choose to install MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server, and if you do not have a previous version of Narrowcast Server installed. Select the check box to bypass the creation of a Narrowcast Server service account. It is recommended you create the Narrowcast Server service account. Clear the check box, and enter the following information: Login: a Windows login of the form Domain\User with administrative privileges under which to run the Narrowcast Server service Password: a valid password for the Windows login entered in the Login box Confirmation: retype the password to confirm that it is correct

you change the password for this account, you must reconfigure the If Narrowcast Server Windows services to use the new password.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

119

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Refer to the MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Installation and Configuration Guide for additional details about this setting.

MicroStrategy Office URL Setting

You see this page if you choose to install MicroStrategy Office, and if you do not have a previous version of MicroStrategy Office installed. Specify the URL for MicroStrategy Web Services. The MicroStrategy Office client requires the MicroStrategy Web Services URL to access MicroStrategy projects. The URL depends on the name of the IIS virtual directory that you specified on the MicroStrategy Web Services page. To review the step in which the MicroStrategy Web Services page was specified, see MicroStrategy Web Services Setting, page 118. Assuming that you kept the default value on the MicroStrategy Web Services page and you are installing on the same Web server machine that is hosting MicroStrategy Web, you should use the default URL provided: http://localhost/MicroStrategyWS/MSTRWS.asmx

MicroStrategy Office Configuration

You see this page if you choose to install MicroStrategy Office and if you do not have a previous version of MicroStrategy Office installed. Select the check boxes to enable MicroStrategy Office for the associated Microsoft applications. You can configure MicroStrategy Office to integrate with Microsoft Excel, PowerPoint, or Word. The MicroStrategy Office toolbar is added to the Microsoft Office applications that you select.

Start Copying Files

This page displays the following information about your installation: Products that will be installed or updated Target directories in which the products are installed Name of the Windows Start menu program folder Virtual directories for MicroStrategy Web (ASP.NET), Narrowcast Server Subscription Portal, and Web Services

120 Installation procedure

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

URL for MicroStrategy Web Services Service accounts for MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server and Intelligence Server Location of the installation log file License details

Click Install to continue with the installation process, which can take several minutes depending on your computers hardware configuration.

Click Print to print a copy of this information for your records.

MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete
If the option to restart your machine appears, select Yes I want to restart my computer now to ensure that the installation process finishes correctly. This is the recommended procedure, but you can also choose to continue without restarting. Click Finish to complete the installation. If you encounter errors while installing MicroStrategy, refer to Appendix B, Troubleshooting.

Installation verification
During the installation routine, the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard gathers and records information about your system and your installation selections. You can verify installation setup information through the installation log file (install.log), located by default in: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\Common Files\ MicroStrategy. 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy.

The installation log file includes the following information: Installation date Target directories

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedure

121

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Program folder name Operating system identification Hardware specifications Selected installation options Registry paths List of registered files

installation log file can be helpful if you encounter errors during The the installation process. For example, the log can tell you if a registry key or path was not added or if a critical file was not registered successfully.

Installing with a guided MicroStrategy introduction

The installation procedure provided in this chapter assumes that you use the Setup.exe file to install MicroStrategy software. As an alternative, a guided introduction to MicroStrategy software and the installation process is also provided. This introduction is provided as an Adobe Flash visualization. To use this Flash visualization, you must locate and run the file MICROSTRATEGY.exe, which is available in the MicroStrategy install media or the files downloaded from the MicroStrategy download site. You can then use the Flash visualization to review documentation on MicroStrategy software, as well as begin the installation process. you provide the MicroStrategy installation files on a network If location, you must map a network drive for users to access the MICROSTRATEGY.exe file. If users run this file without locating it through the use of a mapped network drive, the links to open various product manuals will not function properly. To continue with the installation procedure, see Welcome, page 107.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

After completing the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard steps to install MicroStrategy products, you can set up and configure your installation. To help guide the rest of your installation and configuration steps, refer to the

122 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on Windows

section Installing and configuring MicroStrategy on Windows, page 100 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation, for an installation and configuration checklist.

Note the following:

The next chapter in the installation and configuration checklist and in this guide covers software activation steps with MicroStrategy. These steps should be done before or soon after the Configuration Wizard tasks mentioned below. For more information, refer to Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

This section describes installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux. The MicroStrategy products that you can install on UNIX and Linux environments are: MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal MicroStrategy Web Universal MicroStrategy Portlets MicroStrategy GIS Connectors MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE MicroStrategy Mobile MicroStrategy Command Manager MicroStrategy Integrity Manager MicroStrategy System Manager

MicroStrategy SDK and MicroStrategy Developer Library The (MSDL) are not included in the MicroStrategy installation. You can download the MicroStrategy SDK from the MicroStrategy support site https://resource.microstrategy.com/msdz/default.asp. You can also access the MicroStrategy Developer Library from the MicroStrategy support site. For more information about these products, see MicroStrategy components, page 2 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation. It is recommended that you install MicroStrategy products as the root user.

Be aware of the following:

If you are installing MicroStrategy products with a CPU-based license, you must be logged in as the root user; otherwise an error message is displayed and the installation fails. If you want a non-root user to be the administrator of the server, you must manually change the ownership after running the installation. Intelligence Server operation is dependent on root user privileges and permissions. Therefore, changing the ownership of Intelligence Server to a non-root user is not a certified or recommended practice.

126 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Only a user with root permissions can register MicroStrategy Intelligence Server as a service. If the Intelligence Server is registered as an application during installation, the root user can register the server as a service after running the installation. For more information on running Intelligence Server as a service, see the System Administration Guide. During installation, the user account for Intelligence Server is tested to verify that it can successfully support the use of common system tools for the operating system. If you change the user account for Intelligence Server, you must verify that this user account can use and access common system tools for the operating system. Script files within HOME_PATH/env and other configuration files within HOME_PATH (see Choose Destination Location, page 133 for information on this MicroStrategy directory) are overwritten anytime a new MicroStrategy product is installed on a machine. Backup copies of the previous file are also created during the installation. These backup copies can be used to update the new versions of the script and configuration files to include any prior modifications. For example, Intelligence Server is installed on a machine. Then a week later Command Manager is installed on the same machine. During this installation of Command Manager, script files such as ODBC.sh are overwritten and a backup copy of each of these files prior to the installation of Command Manager is also created.

Different methods of installation

MicroStrategy products can be installed on UNIX and Linux, either in graphical user interface (GUI) mode or in command line mode, using the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. In both cases, the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard runs, displaying the same pages and requesting the same information. The main differences are in how you provide the information and navigate through the wizard.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

127

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

Using GUI mode

The GUI (graphical user interface) mode presents a user interface for each page in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. The following navigational buttons are displayed: Next proceed to the next page Backreturn to the previous page Cancelcancel the installation and close the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Finishcomplete the setup and close the wizard

Using silent mode

You can perform a fully automated and unattended installation within the MicroStrategy platform when you do not have access to a UNIX or Linux graphical user interface. This also lets you perform an installation on other machines. For information on how to perform a silent installation on a UNIX or Linux environment, see Chapter 9, Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux.

Using command line mode

In command line mode, you type the appropriate information at the prompt and press ENTER. Instructions are included for each page of the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. In some cases, you are asked to make a selection by pressing 1 or 2, followed by pressing ENTER. You then press 0 and ENTER to continue. Defaults appear next to each prompt and are enclosed in square brackets, for example, [1]. Press ENTER to use the default, or type a different response to the prompt to override the default. In addition, on the command line wizard pages, the following options are available: Press 1 and then press ENTER to proceed to the next page. Press 2 and then press ENTER to return to the previous page.

128 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Press 3 and then press ENTER to cancel the installation and close the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. On the last page, which is MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete, press 3 and then press ENTER to complete the setup and close the wizard.

Installing with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard

To install MicroStrategy products, you must log on to your machine using a valid UNIX or Linux account. For ease of management and maintenance, it is recommended that you create a dedicated user account.

Note the following:

You need root access permissions for installation if you have purchased the CPU-based MicroStrategy license. If you want to enable additional error and troubleshooting issue logging for the MicroStrategy installation routine, contact MicroStrategy Technical Support.

To exit the installation process at any time, click Cancel.

To access the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard

1 Log on to the machine on which you are installing one or more MicroStrategy products. 2 Browse to the MicroStrategy Installation folder. Depending on your UNIX or Linux environment, browse to one of the following folders: Solaris: QueryReportingAnalysis_SunOS AIX: QueryReportingAnalysis_AIX HP-UX: QueryReportingAnalysis_HP-UX Linux: QueryReportingAnalysis_Linux

Note the following:

You can access the installation files from a disk or ask your system administrator to share the files on a network location. There are different disks for installing MicroStrategy products on different platforms; Windows, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, and Linux. For

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

129

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

information on mounting or unmounting CD-ROM drives, refer to Mounting and unmounting CD-ROMs, page 522 in Appendix B, Troubleshooting. If your CD-ROM drive is configured to display directories with short names in lowercase font the directory names are in the form instal_1/queryr_1/. You can still run the installation but it is not as easy to locate the correct directories. For information on mounting CD-ROM drives, refer to Mounting and unmounting CD-ROMs, page 522 in Appendix B, Troubleshooting. You can reduce the amount of data that has to be downloaded for the installation by excluding all of the .tzp files located in the DataFiles folder. You can use this technique to download only the files required to complete your MicroStrategy installation, which can then also be used to reduce the amount of data packaged and downloaded for other MicroStrategy installations. For steps to create these custom installation packages, see Creating custom installation packages, page 96. Details on using a options.txt file to provide the location of the installation files are provided in Chapter 9, Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux and the parameters used to specify the location of the required installation files are described in Providing installation files for smaller installations, page 397.

3 Type the one of the following commands, depending on the installation mode you chose: To run the wizard in GUI mode: ./setup.sh To run the wizard in command line mode: ./setup.sh -console To run the wizard in silent mode: ./setup.sh -silent -options options.txt For information on performing a silent installation with an options.txt file, see Creating an options file, page 382.

130 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

4 The MicroStrategy Installation Wizard opens and leads you through the rest of the installation process. The following sections describe the actions you need to take for each page in the wizard.

Note the following:

To complete the installation, you must have write permissions in the installation directory; otherwise the installation fails. After you enter all required information on an installation page, click Next, or press 1 and then press ENTER, to proceed to the next page of the installation routine.

At any time during the setup, you can click Cancel, or press 3 and then press ENTER, to quit the installation.

Language Setup
Specify the language to be used for the MicroStrategy installation and proceed to the next step.

Welcome
Read the information on the welcome screen and proceed to the next step.

MicroStrategy Installation Selection

This page is displayed only if there are installations of MicroStrategy software already present on the current machine. The steps provided here assume that you are either installing for the first time or creating a new installation. You can support multiple installations of MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux machines. Additionally, you can also modify, repair, and upgrade existing MicroStrategy installations. This page provides the following installation options to support these scenarios: Create a new installation: Select this option to create a new installation of MicroStrategy on the machine. If an installation of MicroStrategy is already present on the machine, you can select this option to install a completely separate copy of MicroStrategy on the machine. Use an existing installation: If an installation of MicroStrategy is already present on the machine, you can select this option to perform
Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

131

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

various installation configurations. Select the installation you want to modify from the drop-down list, and then select one of the following installation configurations. The installation configuration options that are available depend on the type of installation that is being performed:

Modify: Select this option to add new program components or to remove currently installed components. If you want to remove all MicroStrategy components, use the Uninstall option described below. The remaining pages are the same as for a first-time installation, although some pages may be skipped if they are not required as part of the installation modification. Repair: Select this option to re-install program components if you have problems with previously installed components. Your program components are returned to their original installation state. As part of a repair installation, you can also designate this machine as a Health Agent. Uninstall: Select this option to uninstall all MicroStrategy components. Upgrade: Select this option to upgrade all MicroStrategy components to the version you are installing. This option is only available if the version you are installing is a more recent version of MicroStrategy than the current installation. Only the MicroStrategy components currently installed are upgraded, you cannot install or uninstall MicroStrategy components as part of an upgrade. For best practices and steps to upgrade your MicroStrategy installation, see the Upgrade Guide. Remove hotfix: Select this option to uninstall a MicroStrategy hotfix installation.

License Agreement
Read the license agreement, and select to accept or decline the agreement. If you choose to decline, you cannot install MicroStrategy products.

Customer Information
Enter the following customer information: User Company

132 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

License Key users can contact Technical Support to obtain a license Licensed key.

Choose Destination Location

Specify the locations where the MicroStrategy products and MicroStrategy common files are to be installed: MicroStrategy Home Directory: Specify the location where the MicroStrategy configuration files and application launchers are to be installed, according to the following guidelines:

The default location is /var/opt/MicroStrategy, or $HOME/ MicroStrategy if you do not have write access to /var/opt/ MicroStrategy. Do not install the MicroStrategy configuration files directly to your UNIX or Linux Home Directory ($HOME). To ensure that the required permissions can be defined for the MicroStrategy configuration files, you must install these files within a separate directory. For example, the default path of $HOME/MicroStrategy uses the MicroStrategy directory within $HOME to ensure permissions on these files are defined correctly. The path specified for the home directory is referred to as HOME_PATH in this guide. Do not change the names of folders within the HOME_PATH after installing Intelligence Server. When including paths during a MicroStrategy installation, include absolute paths rather than relative paths.

MicroStrategy Install Directory: Specify the location where the MicroStrategy products are to be installed, according to the following guidelines:

The default location is /opt/MicroStrategy, or $HOME/ MicroStrategy/install if you do not have write access to /opt/ MicroStrategy. The path specified for the install directory is referred to as INSTALL_PATH in this guide. Do not change the names of folders within the INSTALL_PATH after installing Intelligence Server.
133

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

When including paths during a MicroStrategy installation, include absolute paths rather than relative paths.

MicroStrategy Log Directory: Specify the location where the MicroStrategy application logs are to be created, according to the following guidelines:

The default location is /var/log/MicroStrategy, or $HOME/ MicroStrategy/log if you do not have write access to /var/log/ MicroStrategy. The path specified for the log directory is referred to as LOG_PATH in this guide. When including paths during a MicroStrategy installation, include absolute paths rather than relative paths.

Select Components
Select the check box of a MicroStrategy product to include that product in the installation. Alternatively, you can clear a check box to uninstall or exclude a MicroStrategy product from the installation. The installation pages you see after this step depend on the products you choose to install. These instructions describe all possible pages. Many of the platform components have subcomponents. If you expand the different MicroStrategy products, you can select the appropriate check boxes to specify the subcomponents to install. For information on MicroStrategy components and subcomponents, see MicroStrategy components, page 2 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation. can only see MicroStrategy products that are available with your You license key.

Destination Folder
You can select MicroStrategy products and their sub-components to define their installation locations. When you select a MicroStrategy product or sub-component, the Destination Folder area near the bottom of the interface displays the current installation folder for the product. Click Browse to select a different installation folder. If you select a MicroStrategy product or sub-component and the Browse button is not accessible, this means that the installation location cannot be

134 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

changed. For example, if you select MicroStrategy Mobile you cannot define an installation location. However, if you expand this product, you can define the installation location for its subcomponents.

Missing Installation Files

Welcome
Read the information on the welcome screen and proceed to the next step.

Server Information
Specify information about your MicroStrategy server installation. Enter the following characteristics: Name: Distinguishes the name of this MicroStrategy server product installation from any other MicroStrategy server product installations in your company. Location: Physical location of the machine on which MicroStrategy server products are installed. Use: Description of how the server is used.

Click Privacy Statement to view the MicroStrategy Privacy Statement.

Installer Information
Specify contact information of the person installing the software. After your installation is complete an email containing the Activation Code is sent to the email address you confirm in this software activation step. Enter the following installer information: Specify whether you are an employee of the licensed company or installing on behalf of the licensed company.

138 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Enter the necessary data into all text fields. Make sure the email address you enter is correct. This email address is the recipient of the Activation Code.

Note the following:

Select the check box at the bottom of the page to receive notifications about product updates, events, and special offers from MicroStrategy.

Click Privacy Statement to view the MicroStrategy Privacy Statement.

Contact Information
You see this page if you indicated that you are not an employee of the company licensed to use this software, and are installing the software on behalf of that company. Specify contact information for the employee license to use the software. Enter the necessary data into all text fields. Make sure the email address you enter is correct. After your installation is complete an email containing the Activation Code is sent to the email address you confirm in this software activation step.

Note the following:

Select the check box at the bottom of the page to receive notifications about product updates, events, and special offers from MicroStrategy.

Click Privacy Statement to view the MicroStrategy Privacy Statement.

Request Activation Code

This page includes options to request an Activation Code now or at a later time. This page provides the following options: Select Yes, I want to request an Activation Code and click Next to request an Activation Code. The Activation Code is sent to the email addresses supplied in the Installer Information and Contact Information pages. Select No, I will request the Activation Code at a later time and click Next to request an Activation Code at a later time.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

139

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

If you choose to request an Activation Code at a later time, a message is displayed that instructs you how to request an Activation Code after the installation procedure is completed. For more instructions on requesting an Activation Code at a later time, see Request an Activation Code, page 146 in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation. You have a grace period of 30 calendar days to activate your installation. If you do not complete the activation before the grace period expires, your MicroStrategy product stops functioning until you activate it. If you wait to activate your installation, you receive periodic reminders. Once you request an Activation Code, an email is sent to the email addresses you specify in the Installer Information and Contact Information pages of the software activation procedure. The email provides instructions on how to use the requested Activation Code to activate your software. To activate your installation, you can also use the steps given in Activate your installation, page 148 in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation.

Start Installer Operation

This page provides a description of what configurations are to be completed. If you chose to install, repair, or upgrade MicroStrategy components, this includes listing locations in which the products will be installed (target directories), the location of the installation log file, and license details. If you chose to uninstall MicroStrategy components, this includes a listing of the components to be uninstalled. When you proceed from this step, the installation process begins, which can take several minutes depending on your computers hardware configuration.

MicroStrategy Install Wizard Complete

You can select to view the MicroStrategy Readme and run MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard upon completion of your MicroStrategy installation. The Configuration Wizard allows you to configure your MicroStrategy production environment. For more information, refer to Chapter 5, Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server. Click Finish to complete the installation.

140 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Unique post-installation configurations.

MicroStrategy supports a large number of different UNIX and Linux environments with various system configurations. There are a few cases in which you must perform some manual configurations to support the use of MicroStrategy on your system. Migrating Intelligence Server from Windows to UNIX or Linux, page 141 Create links for Intelligence Server startup in SUSE Linux, page 141 Supporting fonts for documents, exported reports, and graphs, page 142

Migrating Intelligence Server from Windows to UNIX or Linux

If you are installing MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal on UNIX or Linux and previously had Intelligence Server installed on a Windows platform, it is strongly recommended you modify certain system tuning settings. These memory and cache settings govern and can optimize the performance of Intelligence Server Universal and MicroStrategy projects in your 64-bit UNIX or Linux environment. For more information on these system tuning steps, see the After the Upgrade chapter of the MicroStrategy Upgrade Guide.

Create links for Intelligence Server startup in SUSE Linux

If you are installing Intelligence Server on a SUSE Linux environment, you must manually create links for some system files. If you do not create these links, Intelligence Server cannot start correctly. need root permissions to access the files and create the necessary You links described in this section.
To manually create links for Intelligence Server startup

1 In a console window, browse to the system folder usr/lib64. 2 In a console window, create the link of libssl.so.4 to libssl.so.0.9.7 with the command, ln libssl.so.0.9.7 libssl.so.4

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

141

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

3 In a console window, create the link of libcrypto.so.4 to libcrypto.so.0.9.7 with the command, ln libcrypto.so.0.9.7 libcrypto.so.4

Supporting fonts for documents, exported reports, and graphs

When Intelligence Server Universal is running on a UNIX or Linux platform, all fonts are converted to the Courier New font for: Reports exported to PDF format Report Services documents Graphs contained in HTML documents Graphs displayed in MicroStrategy Web

This occurs because the fonts required by the PDF component are missing from UNIX and Linux machines running Intelligence Server Universal. cannot package these fonts with Intelligence Server MicroStrategy Universal due to licensing restrictions. For steps to support fonts such as Microsoft True Type fonts for the MicroStrategy features listed above, see Setup for executing Report Services documents, page 324.

Verifying installation
During the installation routine, the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard gathers and records information about your system and your installation selections. You can verify the setup information through the installation log file (install.log). By default, the log file is located in INSTALL_PATH where, INSTALL_PATH is the directory you specified as the install directory in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. The log file includes information about the following: Installation date Target directory
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

142 Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Operating system identification Selected installation options Selected licensing details

log file can be helpful if you encounter errors during the This installation process. The log file records the reasons due to which the errors occurred.

Directory structure
The following table describes the directories in which MicroStrategy files are installed. an installation on HP-UX, the folders INSTALL_PATH/bin32 For and INSTALL_PATH/lib32 are not created because HP-UX uses 64-bit ODBC drivers, which allows all the binary files to be in 64-bit format.
PATH/Directory HOME_PATH HOME_PATH/env Contents Configuration files that can be modified after installation. Scripts to set up the proper environment for the MicroStrategy applications. If additional products are installed on the same machine at a later time, backups of the original scripts are saved here. Scripts to launch the MicroStrategy applications. Files that are not supposed to change after the installation is complete. MicroStrategy Command Manager files. This is the default directory for Command Manager but another location can be selected during installation. Documentation and Help for MicroStrategy products. MicroStrategy Portlet files. This is the default directory for the Portlets but another location can be selected during installation. Intelligence Server-specific binary files. MicroStrategy Mobile and Mobile Server JSP files. This is the default directory for Mobile but another location can be selected during installation.

HOME_PATH/bin INSTALL_PATH INSTALL_PATH/CommandManager

INSTALL_PATH/Help INSTALL_PATH/GISConnectors

INSTALL_PATH/IntelligenceServer/ bin INSTALL_PATH/Mobile

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux

143

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

PATH/Directory INSTALL_PATH/PDFGeneratorFiles INSTALL_PATH/ReleaseNotes INSTALL_PATH/Portlets

Contents Support files (fonts) for the PDF generation feature of Intelligence Server. MicroStrategy Readme for this release of MicroStrategy products. MicroStrategy Portlet files. This is the default directory for the Portlets but another location can be selected during installation. MicroStrategy System Manager files. This is the default directory for System Manager but another location can be selected during installation. MicroStrategy Web Services deployment path. MicroStrategy Web Universal deployment path. The Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to be used by the Java applications. It provides the requirements for executing a Java application, a Java Virtual Machine, core classes, and supporting files. Launch files for uninstalling MicroStrategy Universal. 64-bit binary files. 32-bit binary files. Online help files. Java libraries. 64-bit binary libraries. 32-bit binary libraries. ODBC support messages. The ODBC drivers are copied to /lib32. MicroStrategy application log files, which includes Intelligence Server log files.

INSTALL_PATH/SystemManager

INSTALL_PATH/WebServicesJ2EE INSTALL_PATH/WebUniversal INSTALL_PATH/_jvm

INSTALL_PATH/_uninst INSTALL_PATH/bin INSTALL_PATH/bin32 INSTALL_PATH/help INSTALL_PATH/jar INSTALL_PATH/lib INSTALL_PATH/lib32 INSTALL_PATH/locale LOG_PATH

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

After completing the steps to install MicroStrategy products, you can set up and configure your installation. To help guide the rest of your installation and configuration steps, refer to the section Installing and configuring MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux, page 101 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation, for an installation and configuration checklist.

144 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

4
4.

ACTIVATING YOUR INSTALLATION

Introduction
After your MicroStrategy installation is complete, you have 30 days to activate your installation. Before you activate your installation you must request an Activation Code from MicroStrategy. You can complete this request when you install MicroStrategy with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard or after the installation using MicroStrategy License Manager. This chapter describes the following procedures: Request an Activation Code Activate your installation

For answers to commonly asked questions about server activation, see Server Activation FAQ.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

145

Activating Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Request an Activation Code

You can request an Activation Code by supplying MicroStrategy with important information related to your installation. The information you provide helps MicroStrategy understand how you plan to use MicroStrategy software. With this information MicroStrategy can provide better information and technical support for your software configuration. On Windows, MicroStrategy products can be activated only in graphics user interface (GUI) mode, using License Manager. MicroStrategy products can be activated on UNIX and Linux, either in GUI mode or in command line mode, using License Manager. In both cases, License Manager runs and requests the same information. The main differences are in how you provide the information and navigate through the Activation Code request steps.
Request an Activation Code with License Manager

If you requested an Activation Code during installation you can skip this procedure and activate your installation by following the instructions in the next procedure, Activate your software installation, page 148. 1 Open MicroStrategy License Manager: Windows: From the Start menu, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy Tools, and then select License Manager. License Manager opens. UNIX/Linux: License Manager can be run in GUI mode or command line mode. GUI: In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./ mstrlicmgr, then press ENTER. The MicroStrategy License Manager opens in GUI mode. Command line: In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin

146 Request an Activation Code

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Activating Your Installation

and type ./mstrlicmgr -console, then press ENTER. The MicroStrategy License Manager opens in command line mode. steps to request an Activation Code in command line mode of The License Manager vary from the steps below. Refer to the License Manager command line prompts to guide you through the steps to request an Activation Code. For more information specific to requesting an Activation Code for your installation in command line mode, refer to MicroStrategy Tech Note TN13550. 2 Select the License Administration tab. Under Server Activation select the Activate Server Installation option and click Next to continue to the next page. 3 Select the Generate Activation File and Request Activation Code option and click Next to continue to the next page. 4 Enter the characteristics of your server installation and click Next to continue to the next page. 5 Enter the contact information for the person who installed the software. Make sure to correctly select whether you are an employee of the licensed company or installing the software on the licensed companys behalf. If you select that you are an employee of the licensed company, click Next to continue to the next page. Once you complete the following step, the Activation Code is sent to the email address given; therefore it is important that the email address is valid and entered correctly. If you select that you are not an employee of the licensed company, a contact information page is displayed after you click Next. Enter the contact information for the licensed company. Click Next to continue to the next page. Once you complete the following step, the Activation Code is sent to the email address given; therefore it is important that the email address is valid and entered correctly.

6 Select Yes, I want to request an Activation Code now and click Next. An email containing the Activation Code is sent to the email address or addresses you confirmed in the steps above.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Request an Activation Code

147

Activating Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Activate your installation

After you have requested an Activation Code, MicroStrategy sends an email to the addresses provided in the request. This email contains the Activation Code that is necessary to complete the activation of your installation.
Activate your software installation

This procedure assumes that you have requested an Activation Code and received an email from MicroStrategy containing the Activation Code. 1 Open MicroStrategy License Manager: Windows: From the Start menu, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy Tools, and then select License Manager. License Manager opens. UNIX/Linux: License Manager can be run in GUI mode or command line mode. GUI: In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./ mstrlicmgr, then press ENTER. The MicroStrategy License Manager opens in GUI mode. Command line: In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./mstrlicmgr -console, then press ENTER. The MicroStrategy License Manager opens in command line mode. steps to activate your installation in command line mode of The License Manager vary from the steps below. Refer to the License Manager command line prompts to guide you through the steps to activate your installation. For more information specific to activating your installation in command line mode, refer to MicroStrategy Tech Note TN13550. 2 Select the License Administration tab. Under Server Activation select the Activate Server Installation option and click Next to continue to the next page. step above is not necessary for License Manager in command The line mode.

148 Activate your installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Activating Your Installation

3 Select the Server Activation using Activation Code option and enter your Activation Code in the text field. Click Next to activate your software installation. 4 A verification message is displayed, click OK to close it. You must restart your Intelligence Server for the activation status to update. You must also restart your Web server for the activation status to update in MicroStrategy Web.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

After completing the steps to activate your installation, you can continue your setup and configuration. To help guide the rest of your installation and configuration steps, refer to the section Installation and configuration checklists, page 99 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation, for installation and configuration checklists.

Server Activation FAQ

What is MicroStrategy Server Activation?
MicroStrategy Server Activation is a licensing technology that ensures that installations of MicroStrategy server products are authentic and have been legitimately licensed. Server Activation registers each Server Installation with MicroStrategy and locks the installation to a specific machine.

Why is Server Activation necessary?

Server Activation provides benefits to both MicroStrategy and its customers: It ensures that the software products being used are authentic. It helps customers in identifying software installations to prevent over-installation. It improves customer service by maintaining a register of the hardware configurations used by our customers.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

149

Activating Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Does MicroStrategy adhere to Software Activation common practices?

Yes. Extensive research was performed on software activation and it was found that the Business Software Alliance (www.bsa.org) provides the most comprehensive information. MicroStrategy has closely followed these best practices.

Which products require activation?

All MicroStrategy modular and non-modular server products require server activation, including: Intelligence Server, Intelligence Server Module, Clustering Option, Report Services, Report Services Option, OLAP Services, OLAP Services Option, Distribution Services, MultiSource Option Web, Web Universal, Web Reporter Module, Web Analyst Option, Web Professional Option, Web Universal option Mobile Server Narrowcast Server Delivery Engine

If more than one server product is installed on the same machine, does each server product need to be activated and deactivated separately?
No. All MicroStrategy server products installed on a single machine are grouped as a Server Installation and will be activated and deactivated as a group.

Which customers are required to activate MicroStrategy server products?

All customers who install MicroStrategy server products will need to activate their Server Installations.

150 Server Activation FAQ

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Activating Your Installation

Is a new CD Key needed to install products on different machines?

No, Server Activation has no impact on CD Keys. The latest CD Key sent by MicroStrategy can be used to install products on many machines just as before. The only difference now, is that each installation on a different machine will need a different Activation Code to activate the installation. Server Activation is independent of the CD Keys.

Is Server Activation required for both Named-user and CPU based licenses?
Yes. Server Activation is required for both Named-user and CPU based licenses. Server Activation is designed to track software installations regardless of licensing model. Server Activation does not manage or limit the number of servers on which server software is installed.

Does Server Activation aggregate the total number of licenses installed and prevent over-installation of products?
No. Server Activation and the licensing models are independent. However, using Server Activation information available at https:// licensing.microstrategy.com, organizations can monitor the number of installations. Deactivating Server Installations that are not being used will ensure this information is up-to-date.

Does Server Activation apply to Evaluation Editions?

Yes. The Evaluation Edition must be activated within 7 days of installation.

What is the procedure for activating Server Installations?

Installing, modifying or upgrading MicroStrategy Server Installations will automatically generate an Activation XML file that contains information about the installation. This XML file, called the Activation File is uploaded to MicroStrategy either automatically by the installation routine or through License Manager; or by manually uploading the Activation File through a web browser via a secure web site, https:// licensing.microstrategy.com. MicroStrategy then creates a machine-specific Activation Code which is emailed to the installer and to the
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Server Activation FAQ

151

Activating Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Tech Support liaisons. The Activation Code must be manually entered into License Manager on the target Server Installation.

Can the Server Installation be automatically activated after automatically requesting an activation code?
No, the Activation Code is sent to the installer and to the MicroStrategy Tech Support contacts by email. Upon receiving the activation code, the Server Installation needs to be manually activated by entering the activation code using License Manager. For manual activations, the Activation Code can be copied from the Activation website, and pasted into License Manager.

What information is sent to MicroStrategy in the Activation XML File?

The following information is sent to the Activation XML File: Installation Information:

Installation timestamp Activation ID (if the installation has previously been activated) Contract information CD Key used in installation Installer contact details name, address, email Company contact details name, address, email Server Installation information name, location, use

Hardware information:

Unique Hardware Identifier CPU Information type, bit-size, clock speed, total quantity Physical Memory installed

Operating System information:

Type, version, bit-size, page/swap size Locale

152 Server Activation FAQ

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Activating Your Installation

Additional information 4GT mode and hyperthreading in Windows, LPAR ID, number of pooled CPUs, SMT used in AIX

MicroStrategy information:

Install Type new/modify/upgrade Products and version installed Number of CPUs allocated for CPU licenses

Database information:

Metadata database and ODBC driver Data warehouse database and ODBC driver

Is the information sent to MicroStrategy secure?

Yes. The Activation XML file is sent to MicroStrategy in the following ways: Automatically during installation or through License Manager. This information is encrypted using a RIPEMD-160 algorithm before being sent to MicroStrategy. Manually in the https://licensing.microstrategy.com website. Communication with this website is conducted through Secure Socket Layer once the user has been authenticated.

Can I change the information in the Activation XML file?

The content of this file is secured with a digital signature. Contact MicroStrategy Technical Support if the content is incorrect.

What is used to lock the server to a machine?

A unique hardware identifier for each machine is used to lock an installation to that machine. Any changes to these identifiers will require reactivation of the Server Installation: Windows: An identifier generated from a one-way hash of the network interface card MAC address AIX: Machine ID

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Server Activation FAQ

153

Activating Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Solaris: Host ID RedHat Linux: An identifier generated from a one-way hash of the network interface card MAC address HP-UX: Exposes a unique Machine ID that can be obtained from the Operating System command line, using the following command: getconf CS_MACHINE_IDENT

Is there a grace period from the time server products are installed to when it can be activated?
Yes. There is a 30 calendar day grace period from installation (7 days for Evaluation Edition) before a server installation must be activated.

What happens if the Server Installations are not activated?

If a server installation has not been activated within 30 calendar days (7 days for Evaluation Edition), the server products will not be able to be restarted.

Should the installations be automatically or manually activated and deactivated?

It is preferable to automatically send the activation information to MicroStrategy, either during installation or using License Manager. This is an easy process that should take less than one minute to complete, and ensures that the correct information is sent to MicroStrategy.

What should be done if requesting an Activation Code fails during installation?

Firstly, allow the installation to complete. The Activation Code request should then be attempted using License Manager. If this does not work, activate the Server Installation manually by visiting the Activation website at https://licensing.microstrategy.com.

154 Server Activation FAQ

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Activating Your Installation

What should be done if automatic request for an Activation Code does not work at all?
The Server Installation should be manually activated using License Manager on a machine that has access to the Web. The Activation XML file should be copied from the Server Installation that requires activation to this computer. If this does not work, contact MicroStrategy Technical Support.

Can the Activation Code be used on a different machine?

No. The Activation Code contains the unique identifier for a specific machine and can only be used on that machine. The server products will not be activated if the incorrect Activation Code is used.

What if the Server installation has to be moved to another machine?

If the Server Installation needs to be moved to another machine, uninstall the MicroStrategy products or deactivate the Server Installation from License Manager. Notify MicroStrategy that Server Installation has been deactivated. This keeps your active server inventory up to date as shown to you on https://licensing.microstrategy.com.

What if the server machine has a catastrophic failure and cannot be deactivated automatically or manually?
If a machine has a catastrophic failure and the server products cannot be uninstalled or deactivated, contact MicroStrategy Technical Support to update the status of this Server.

If there is more than one server product installed on a machine and one is removed, does the Server Installation need to be deactivated?
Upon removal of a server product, all remaining server products are automatically deactivated. The remaining server product(s) need to be reactivated to reflect the new product configuration on that machine. For example, if a machine contains MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server and MicroStrategy Web, and MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server is removed,

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Server Activation FAQ

155

Activating Your Installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Web will be automatically deactivated. MicroStrategy Web will need to be reactivated.

What information can be monitored on the website?

When registered Technical Support liaisons log into the MicroStrategy Activation website, they can display a list of all Server Installations. This report lists each Server Installation along with the following information for reference: Installation ID Activation Status Contract ID Operating System Machine CPUs Last Update Type Last Updated by Last Update Date Products installed Activation and deactivation history

The Installation ID is a unique identifier for Server Installations. This ID is provided along with the Activation Code in the email received when requesting activation.

Does Server Activation apply to MicroStrategy Suite?

Yes. The MicroStrategy Suite must be activated within 30 days of installation.

156 Server Activation FAQ

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

5
5.

CONFIGURING AND CONNECTING INTELLIGENCE SERVER

Introduction
After installing MicroStrategy, you must complete a few configuration tasks. This chapter addresses the processes used to configure the databases you intend to use in your business intelligence system, as well as an installed MicroStrategy suite of products. MicroStrategy platform includes a Tutorial project, which is a The sample data warehouse and a demonstration project you can use to learn about the various features that MicroStrategy offers. It is ready to be used and requires no additional configuration tasks. If you want to set up a new system using your own data, you must read this chapter and perform the tasks it describes. This chapter includes the following information: Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs, page 158 Initial MicroStrategy configuration, page 171 Connecting to a data source, page 210

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

157

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Creating a project, page 227 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation, page 227

If you are configuring MicroStrategy on a UNIX or Linux machine that does not have a GUI, you can perform configuration tasks with command line tools. For steps to perform configuration tasks using command line tools in UNIX and Linux, see Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

Establishing communication between MicroStrategy and your databases or other data sources is an essential first step in configuring MicroStrategy products for reporting and analysis of your data. This section explains how MicroStrategy communicates with various data sources and the steps required to set up this communication. ODBC (Open Database Connectivity) is a standard database access method. ODBC enables a single application to access database data, regardless of the database management system (DBMS) that stores the data. A DBMS is a collection of programs that enables you to store, modify, and extract information from a database. MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, when used in a three- or four-tier configuration, is the application that uses ODBC to access a DBMS. ODBC drivers translate MicroStrategy Intelligence Server requests into commands that the DBMS understands. MicroStrategy Intelligence Server connects to several databases (at a minimum, the data warehouse and the metadata repository) to do its work. This section describes the ODBC standard for connecting to databases and creating data source names (DSNs) for the ODBC drivers that are bundled with the MicroStrategy applications.

158 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

The diagram below illustrates the three-tier metadata and data warehouse connectivity used in the MicroStrategy system.

The diagram shown above illustrates projects that connect to only one data source. However, MicroStrategy allows connection to multiple data sources in the following ways: With MicroStrategy MultiSource Option, a MicroStrategy project can connect to multiple relational data sources. For information on MultiSource Option, see Chapter 9, Optimizing and Maintaining Your Project in the Project Design Guide. You can integrate MDX cube sources such as SAP BW, Microsoft Analysis Services, and Hyperion Essbase with your MicroStrategy projects. For information on integrating these MDX cubes sources into MicroStrategy, see the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

159

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

This section provides information and instructions on the following tasks: Setting up ODBC, page 160 Defining DSNs, page 165 Testing ODBC connectivity, page 169

Setting up ODBC
The following information assists you in setting up ODBC between Intelligence Server and your metadata database and data warehouse. ODBC is a standard method of communicating with database servers. Intelligence Server uses ODBC to connect to and communicate with all database servers in the system. Specifically, ODBC connects to and transfers data to and from data sources within relational databases. ODBC permits maximum interoperabilityan application can access data in diverse DBMSs through a single framework. A client application uses a database driver and a driver manager to make a connection to the data source. A data source, identified by a data source name, is the database or file accessed by a driver. Data source is another term for a logical database within a database server. A database server can contain multiple logical databases or data sources. When setting up the ODBC environment, you must create a separate ODBC connection to the data warehouse and metadata repository. This requirement is true even if both databases are accessed through the same DBMS. Further description of these two requirements is provided below: A data warehouse stores the data that users of the system must analyze to track and respond to business trends, and to facilitate forecasting and planning efforts. Metadata is a repository whose data associates the tables and columns of a data warehouse with user-defined attributes and facts to enable the mapping of business views, terms, and needs to the underlying database structure. Metadata can reside on the same server as the data warehouse or on a different server. It can be stored in different relational DBMSs.

A successful ODBC connection requires the following information: A data source name (DSN) is the name for a pointer used by a client application to find and connect to a data source. A data source is the database accessed by a driver. The information obtained through a DSN
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

160 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

generally includes the host computer name or IP address, instance name, and database name. However, the exact information varies depending on the type of database server. An ODBC driver is a type of software that translates information between the client application (Intelligence Server) and the database server API. Different database servers speak through different APIs. For example, Informix database servers use Informix Command Line Interface (CLI), Oracle database servers use the Oracle API, Sybase database servers use another API, and so on. For more information on ODBC drivers and how they work with MicroStrategy, see ODBC drivers, page 162. A connection string stores the information required to connect to a database server. A connection string usually includes a DSN, as well as the user ID and password required to log in to the database server. This information varies depending on the particular database server. The ODBC driver manager coordinates communication between a client application and a database server. The client application tells the driver manager that it needs to connect using a particular connection string. The DSN found in this connection string provides the driver manager with the type of database server to which the application needs access along with the driver to be used. From this information, the driver manager initiates the communication.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

161

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

The following diagram illustrates the ODBC connection requirements to connect MicroStrategy to a database.

Windows, MicroStrategy uses the ODBC driver manager In provided by Microsoft. In UNIX/Linux environments, MicroStrategy includes its own ODBC driver manager to facilitate the MicroStrategy to database server communication. This MicroStrategy ODBC driver manager has the equivalent functionality of the Microsoft Windows ODBC Driver Manager.

ODBC drivers
ODBC drivers are DBMS-specific and must be installed on MicroStrategy Intelligence Server prior to creating the ODBC connection to the warehouse and metadata databases. MicroStrategy embeds and brands DataDirect ODBC drivers in the MicroStrategy platform. These drivers are certified to work with MicroStrategy products. In addition, on Windows, a MicroStrategy installation includes Microsoft SQL Server ODBC from Microsofts MDAC component. The purpose of an ODBC driver is to translate MicroStrategy Intelligence Server requests into commands that the DBMS understands. ODBC drivers
162 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

submit SQL requests and also return results from the data warehouse to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. Users of the MicroStrategy platform can employ the MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers to connect MicroStrategy products to various DBMSs. For a list of the available ODBC drivers for Windows, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, and Redhat or SUSE Linux that are certified for Intelligence Server and different DBMS types, see Certified ODBC drivers for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 87. See the MicroStrategy Readme file for details about supported and certified ODBC drivers. To access the MicroStrategy Readme: On Windows: From the Start menu, point to Programs, then to MicroStrategy Documentation, and then choose ReadMe. On UNIX/Linux: From the UNIX/Linux File Manager, browse to INSTALL_PATH, where INSTALL_PATH is the directory that you specified as the install directory during installation. Double-click the ReadMe.htm file.

Note the following:

Although it is possible to use a non-certified driver, it is strongly recommended that you contact your database vendor to obtain a certified driver if the selected driver is not certified as valid. MicroStrategy products include certified ODBC drivers for you to use. The MicroStrategy General Information Readme lists these MicroStrategy ODBC drivers and recommended database connection settings for them. MicroStrategy ODBC drivers only work with MicroStrategy products.

Configuring ODBC with MicroStrategy for Windows

MicroStrategy components require 32-bit drivers to achieve ODBC connectivity. These applications call the driver manager, which in turn calls the drivers. Ideally, all ODBC drivers used on machines connected to data sources should be from the same vendor.

Default location for ODBC and driver files for Windows

The ODBC driver manager and support libraries are usually installed in the C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM or C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32 directories. Refer to your third-party documentation for the locations of ODBC support and driver files.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

163

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

The database-specific ODBC drivers are installed in the locations specified during the installation of the drivers. MicroStrategy-branded drivers are installed in C:\Program Files\Common Files\MicroStrategy. If you installed MicroStrategy on a 64-bit Windows environment, MicroStrategy-branded drivers are installed in C:\ Program Files (x86)\Common Files\MicroStrategy.

Configuring ODBC with MicroStrategy for UNIX and Linux

MicroStrategy components on Solaris, AIX, and Linux require 32-bit drivers to achieve ODBC connectivity. MicroStrategy components on HP-UX require 64-bit drivers to achieve ODBC connectivity. These applications call the driver manager, which in turn calls the drivers. Ideally, all ODBC drivers used on machines connected to data sources should be from the same vendor.

Default location for ODBC and driver files for UNIX and Linux
The ODBC driver manager and support libraries are usually installed in the following default directories:
Operating System Solaris AIX HP-UX RedHat and SUSE Linux Default Location for ODBC Driver Manager Libraries INSTALL_PATH/lib32 INSTALL_PATH/lib32 INSTALL_PATH/lib INSTALL_PATH/lib32

The database-specific ODBC drivers are installed in the locations specified during the installation of the drivers. MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers are installed in INSTALL_PATH/lib32 for Solaris, AIX, and Linux, where INSTALL_PATH is the directory you specified as the Install Directory in the Install Wizard. If you install on HP-UX, the MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers are installed in INSTALL_PATH/lib. MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard lists only the The MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers. However, this guide also provides information on how to install drivers from other vendors with MicroStrategy. For more information, Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers, page 451.

164 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Defining DSNs
After you install an ODBC driver, you can define one or more data sources for it. The DSN should provide a unique description of the data, for example, Payroll_Project_Metadata or Payroll_Warehouse. The DSN is the name for a pointer used by a client application (in this case MicroStrategy) to find and connect to a data source. Multiple DSNs can point to the same data source and one DSN can be used by different applications. You can define a data source connection with a DSN by using: The MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizardconfigures connectivity to data sources by creating a DSN that uses a MicroStrategy-branded ODBC driver (see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165). The Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administratorcreates a DSN for an ODBC driver that is not MicroStrategy-branded (see Managing ODBC and data sources with Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator, page 168).

Note the following:

It is strongly recommended you use the MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard when creating a new DSN for a MicroStrategy-branded ODBC driver. Use the Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator only if you intend to use a driver that is not MicroStrategy-branded. If you create DSNs using the Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator, you must create system DSNs. Otherwise, MicroStrategy interfaces will not recognize them.

Creating a DSN for a data source

If a DSN does not already exist in your empty metadata repository or the repository installed with MicroStrategy, you can add or create a new one. The MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard is a tool designed specifically to configure connectivity to data sources by creating a DSN that uses a MicroStrategy-branded ODBC driver.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

165

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

To create a DSN

1 If you are creating a DSN: On Windows, perform the following steps: Log in to the system as an administrator. From the Start menu, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy Tools, and then select Connectivity Wizard. The Welcome page of the Connectivity Wizard opens. On UNIX or Linux using the Connectivity Wizard interface, perform the following steps: From a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./mstrconnectwiz, and then press ENTER. The Welcome page of the Connectivity Wizard opens. On UNIX or Linux from the command line, then perform the following steps: From a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./mstrconnectwiz -h, and then press ENTER. This command displays command line operation syntax and examples for different database platforms. Create your command based on the syntax and examples displayed. Once you perform your command, the DSN is created and you can skip the rest of this procedure. For detailed steps on how to use the command line version of this tool, see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 416 in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools. 2 Click Next. A list of database drivers is displayed. The list available for Windows is different than the list available for UNIX/Linux. For a list of the available ODBC drivers for Windows, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, and Redhat or SUSE Linux that are certified for Intelligence Server and

166 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

different DBMS types, see Certified ODBC drivers for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 87. Windows, if you select Other Relational Databases and click For Next, you see a list of all other drivers installed on your machine, excluding the MicroStrategy and Microsoft SQL Server drivers. 3 Select a database driver with which to create a DSN and click Next. The Driver Details page opens. a few databases can contain metadata repositories. For Only details, refer to the MicroStrategy Readme. Only DSNs created to connect to these databases can be used to connect to metadata repositories. 4 Enter the information in the appropriate fields for connecting with the selected database driver. The information to enter varies depending on the database platform that you selected. For more information, see Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers, page 451. 5 Click Test to verify the connection. The Test Connection dialog box opens. 6 Enter the User Name and Password to connect to the database. 7 Click Connect to test and verify the connection. If the test is performed successfully, the connection with the database is established. If the test fails, verify the correct connection information with your database administrator and make any required changes to the information you provided in the previous steps. 8 Click Close, and then Finish to create the new DSN. you already have an existing DSN with the same name as the one If you provided, a message box appears. You have the following options: Select Yes to make sure the DSN points to the location you are expecting. This overwrites the existing DSN. Select No to save the DSN with a different name.

9 Repeat the above steps to create as many DSNs as you require. At a minimum, create one for your metadata and one for your warehouse.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

167

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Managing ODBC and data sources with Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator
The Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator manages database drivers and data sources on Windows. The Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator utility creates a log with which to trace calls to data sources and to view, create, and edit DSNs. The utility is available from Microsoft and is usually included with the purchase of an ODBC driver.

Note the following:

It is strongly recommended that you use the Connectivity Wizard when creating a new DSN for a MicroStrategy-branded ODBC Driver. Use the Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator only if you intend to use a non-MicroStrategy driver. If you choose to create DSNs using the Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator, they must be system DSNs. Otherwise, MicroStrategy interfaces cannot recognize them.

To create a DSN using the Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator

1 Log in to the machine as an administrator. This gives you the ability to create a system-wide DSN, rather than a user-specific DSN. 2 In most Windows systems you can access the ODBC Data Source Administrator from the Control Panel. Refer to your third-party Microsoft documentation for steps to access the ODBC Data Source Administrator tool. you are using a 64-bit version of Windows, the Microsoft ODBC If Data Source Administrator accessed from the Control Panel only displays 64-bit drivers. To view MicroStrategy ODBC drivers, which are all 32-bit drivers, you must use the 32-bit version of Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator. To access this version of the tool, locate the Windows SysWOW64 folder. Within this folder, double-click the odbcad32.exe file. 3 Click the System DSN tab. A list displays all the existing system data sources and their associated drivers.

To view all the installed ODBC drivers, click the Drivers tab.
4 Click Add. The Create New Data Source dialog box opens.
168 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

5 Select the desired driver and click Finish. A driver setup dialog box is displayed. is recommended that you select a MicroStrategy ODBC driver. It These drivers, whose names start with MicroStrategy, were installed when you installed the MicroStrategy application on the computer. 6 Enter the information in the appropriate fields to create a data source for the selected database driver. The information to enter varies depending on the database platform that you selected, which is discussed in Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers, page 451. 7 Click OK to create a new DSN.

Testing ODBC connectivity

ODBC connectivity is one of two layers of connectivity that are listed in the next table, along with the associated connectivity testing programs. Connectivity should be tested from the bottom upthe network layer first and then the ODBC layer.
Layer ODBC driver Network TCP/IP Test with Test ODBC mstrtestodbc or mstrtodbcx Simple Network Layer Testing Tool Ping, PING.EXE, for TCP/IP

test method described above reflects the situation when the The ODBC driver and the database network software are bundled. If they are not bundled, they must be configured and tested separately, using database-specific tools.

Using the DB Query Tool

The MicroStrategy DB Query Tool is available in Windows, UNIX, and Linux to test and troubleshoot connectivity to databases, create and execute SQL commands through ODBC, and run scripts.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

169

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Prerequisites Before you use the DB Query Tool, test the network layer with the network layer utility, PING.EXE. Consult your operating system or network system documentation for details.
To use the DB Query Tool

1 To use the DB Query Tool: On Windows using the DB Query Tool interface, perform the following step: From the Windows Start menu, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy Tools, and then choose DB Query Tool. On Windows from the command line, perform the following steps: From the Windows Start menu, select Run. The Run dialog box opens. In the Open drop-down list, type cmd and click OK. A command prompt opens. Type todbcx.exe and press ENTER. Prompts guide you through testing your ODBC connection from the command line and should be used in place of the steps below. For detailed steps on how to use the command line version of this tool, see Testing and examining ODBC connectivity, page 417 in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools. On UNIX or Linux using the DB Query Tool interface, perform the following steps: In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./mstrdbquerytool, then press ENTER. On UNIX or Linux from the command line, perform the following steps: In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation.

170 Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Browse to the folder bin and type ./mstrtodbcx, then press ENTER. Prompts guide you through testing your ODBC connection from the command line and should be used in place of the steps below. For detailed steps on how to use the command line version of this tool, see Testing and examining ODBC connectivity, page 417 in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools. 2 From the Session menu, select Open Connection, or click the Connect icon on the toolbar. The Connect dialog box opens. The connection interface varies depending on the destination database. 3 Select the DSN for a data source. 4 Enter the appropriate user name and password. 5 Click Connect. After your connection is opened, the connection string is displayed in the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool at the bottom. Your cursor is inserted automatically in the SQL Statement window. 6 In the SQL Statement window, type a SQL query such as: select count (*) from Table where Table is a system-defined table, such as SYSOBJECTS for Microsoft SQL Server or a MicroStrategy-created table such as DSSMDSYSPROP in the MicroStrategy metadata. 7 From the Queries menu, select Execute Query. A table of data from the database is displayed in the Query Result window. 8 From the Session menu, select Close Connection to close the database connection. 9 From the File menu, select Exit to close the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool. The DB Query Tool includes many useful features not discussed here. Refer to the DB Query Tool Online Help for details.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

The MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard automates much of the configuration process, prompting you only when critical information is
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Initial MicroStrategy configuration

171

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

required. With this tool, you can configure the metadata repository, statistics tables, History List tables, MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, and multiple project sources. If you are configuring MicroStrategy using the Windows operating system, you must have administrative privileges on the computer on which the Intelligence Server is installed, so that you can define the parameters necessary to start the Intelligence Server and to invoke server-definition objects. You can also configure your MicroStrategy installation using the Configuration Wizard in silent or unattended mode. This allows you to load an existing setup routine to configure your MicroStrategy installation. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. can also use the Configuration Wizard to configure MicroStrategy You Health Center, which can help you prevent, diagnose, and fix problems in your MicroStrategy system. Health Center detects known problems and provides an immediate solution to many of them. For steps on how to configure Health Center using the Configuration Wizard, see the System Administration Guide.

Configuration Wizard prerequisites

Before you begin using the Configuration Wizard you should review and complete the following requirements: Install the necessary MicroStrategy products. You should have at least MicroStrategy Developer and MicroStrategy Intelligence Server installed. For information on how to install MicroStrategy on Windows, see Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows. For information on how to install MicroStrategy on other operating systems, see Chapter 3, Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux. Have access to an empty database location certified to house the metadata. This includes creating DSNs for your databases (see Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs, page 158). For a list of certified metadata platforms, see the MicroStrategy Readme. In a UNIX or Linux environment, the Configuration Wizard must be able to communicate with Intelligence Server over TCP/IP network protocol. To achieve this, the hosts file in the /etc directory must include one entry identifying the local host in the form:

172 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

IP-address local-machine-name For example, 123.4.5.6 FakeISmachine. Modifying the hosts file may require an account with root privileges. MicroStrategy products must be configured on the machine on which they are installed. You cannot configure them remotely.

Configuring MicroStrategy software

The MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard opens automatically after you install MicroStrategy products and restart your machine. You can configure a MicroStrategy Web and Intelligence Server (four-tier), Intelligence Server (three-tier), or direct (two-tier) setup for MicroStrategy. The following figure describes how to configure MicroStrategy to suit an Intelligence Server (three-tier) environment. It also shows how the various components of the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard, the metadata

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

173

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

repository, Intelligence Server, and the project source interact with each other.

MicroStrategy Web (four-tier) setup involves configuring a web A server to communicate between Intelligence Server and MicroStrategy Web or Web Universal. For more information on deploying MicroStrategy Web or Web Universal, see Chapter 6, Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server. The figure below describes how to configure MicroStrategy to suit a direct (two-tier) environment. It also shows how the various components of the

174 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

Metadata, History List, and statistics repository tables

The metadata consists of tables that contain the definitions for nearly all MicroStrategy objects, including database logins, server definitions, database instances and connections, reports, metrics, facts, and so on. The metadata repository contains information that facilitates the transfer of data among MicroStrategy applications, and between MicroStrategy applications and the data warehouse. MicroStrategy applications use the metadata database to transform user requests into SQL queries. The results of these queries are then translated back as actionable data through MicroStrategy

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

177

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

objects such as reports and documents. It is mandatory to have a metadata repository to which Intelligence Server can connect. History List tables are used to store users report and document results for future use. History Lists can be stored on file systems of a server machine. The History List tables provide an alternative option to store History List information in a centralized database. For information on managing History Lists, see the System Administration Guide. Statistics tables are used to record a variety of statistical information about the usage and performance of a MicroStrategy system. You can set which statistics are recorded in the statistics tables, and then use MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager to analyze the data and locate opportunities for system performance tuning. For information on the statistics tables and Enterprise Manager, refer to the System Administration Guide. For steps to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, see Creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, page 179.

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server requires a server definition. A server definition is a MicroStrategy object stored in the metadata repository. It contains information about the configuration of Intelligence Server such as governing settings, which projects should be loaded, which communication protocols should be used, and so on. Before you can use Intelligence Server, you must use the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard to define the server definition that Intelligence Server should use. server definitions can exist in the metadata, but you can install Many only one Intelligence Server on one server machine and Intelligence Server uses only one server definition at a time. For steps to set up Intelligence Server, see Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 190.

Project sources
Project sources are the highest level objects in the MicroStrategy environment, which represent a connection to a metadata database or a MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. The project source stores the location of the metadata repository or the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server definition
178 Initial MicroStrategy configuration
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

that is used to run the project. Through a project source you can create, manipulate, and administer MicroStrategy projects. For steps to create project sources, see Creating project sources, page 196.

Creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories

You can create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories (a collection of database tables) using the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. Repositories for your metadata, History List, and statistics tables are created in the data source specified by the DSN(s) you connect to. is recommended that you create the metadata, History List, and It statistics repository tables in different databases to ensure enhanced performance. You can choose to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories using a response file with the Configuration Wizard. This lets you provide users with a configuration file to complete the configuration tasks rather than requiring users to step through the Configuration Wizard. Creating and using a response file can be done using the Configuration Wizard interface or a command line tool available for UNIX and Linux. The steps to perform these two configuration options are provided in the sections listed below: Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file, page 418 in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

As you complete the configuration process, messages may be displayed. For details on system messages displayed during the configuration process, see Configuration messages, page 190.

Required database permissions to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories
To create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories in a database, you need a database user account to associate with the tables created for the repositories. MicroStrategy recommends that the database user account used to create these repositories is granted full permissions for the database. If the database user account cannot be granted full permissions to the database, be aware that this account requires Select, Insert, Update, Create,

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

179

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Drop, and Delete permissions. These permissions are required for various database objects depending on the database type you are using. For example, the following database object permissions are required where applicable for your database type:
Database Object Tables Indexes Triggers Functions Packages Procedures Type of Permissions Required Select, Insert, Update, Create, Drop, Delete Create, Drop Create, Drop Create, Execute Create Create, Execute

creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, the While Configuration Wizard provides an option to preview the SQL statements that will be executed. You can review this SQL preview to have a better understanding of the tasks that will be required as part of creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories. Refer to your third-party database documentation for specific names and details on database permissions and database objects.

Creating a metadata repository

The metadata repository is a collection of tables that contain the definitions for nearly all MicroStrategy objects including database logins, server definitions, database instances and connections, reports, metrics, facts, and so on. You can create the metadata repository in the database location of your choice. Additionally, a default configuration is created in the metadata tables. This populates the tables with the basic data required for the MicroStrategy metadata, such as the default project folder structure and some basic connection information. you are upgrading your metadata from a previous version of If MicroStrategy rather than creating a brand new metadata, see the Upgrade Guide. Prerequisites Before you create a metadata repository, you should ensure that you are storing it on a certified database, ODBC driver, and operating system

180 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

combination. For a list of certified metadata repository environments, see the MicroStrategy Readme. A database user account to associate with the metadata tables. MicroStrategy recommends that the database user account used to create a metadata repository is granted full permissions for the database. If the database user account cannot be granted full permissions to the database, refer to Required database permissions to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, page 179 for additional details on the database permissions required for this configuration. While metadata creation errors are rare in general, you can review a list of potential errors in Metadata and other repository creation errors, page 528 to prepare for or avoid specific scenarios that can cause errors.

To create a metadata repository

1 Open the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. To do this, see To configure MicroStrategy through the Configuration Wizard, page 175. 2 Select Metadata, History List and Statistics Repository Tables, and click Next. The Repository Configuration: Repository Types page opens. 3 Select the Metadata Tables check box and click Next. The Repository Configuration: Metadata tables page opens. You can also select to create a History List and a statistics repository immediately after creating a metadata repository. If you create a History List or statistics repository as part of the same configuration routine as creating a new metadata repository, and the configuration is being done on a Windows environment, database instances are automatically created for the History List and statistics repositories. 4 From the DSN drop-down list, select the DSN for your metadata repository. If a DSN for your metadata repository does not exist, you can click New to open the Connectivity Wizard and create a new DSN. The steps to create a new DSN with the Connectivity Wizard are described in Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165. it is possible to use the Microsoft Access database for the Although metadata repository, it is not a suitable metadata repository for a production project. You should not use Microsoft Access for anything other than a proof-of-concept or demonstration type of application.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Initial MicroStrategy configuration

181

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

5 Type a User Name and Password that can connect to the data source. The database user that you provide becomes the owner of all metadata tables and objects. The database user is required to have the Select, Insert, and Update permissions. Intermediate tables are created in the metadata for recursive search queries, which requires Create and Drop permissions as well. Updating the schema requires the Delete permission. 6 After providing a valid user name and password, you can click SQL Preview to open the SQL Preview dialog box. This dialog box provides the SQL statements that will be executed on your data source to create the metadata tables. Click Close once you are done reviewing the SQL statements to return to the Configuration Wizard. If you use the advanced options to change the SQL script, you can click SQL Preview after selecting the new script to see an updated listing of the SQL statements that will be executed.
To specify a metadata table prefix and complete metadata repository creation

7 Click Advanced. Options to specify a table prefix and a SQL script to create metadata tables are displayed. 8 In the Table Prefix field, you can specify a prefix to be used when metadata tables are created in the database you select. This is an optional configuration. However, you must use different prefixes for your metadata tables and your History List tables if you store them in the same database. Most databases use a prefix of two characters. However, you can supply as many letters, numbers, underscores (_), and periods (.) as required to support your database prefixes. To determine character limits for a prefix, refer to your third-party database vendor documentation. 9 In the Script field, a SQL script to create metadata tables optimized for your database is selected. If you want to select a different script, click ... to browse to and select a customized script. For more information on the default SQL scripts, see SQL scripts, page 189. 10 Click Next. The next configuration page that opens depends on your configuration scenario: If your metadata repository does not need to be upgraded and you did not select to create History List or statistics tables, the Summary page

182 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

opens. You can complete your configuration as described in To review and save your metadata configuration below. If your metadata repository does not need to be upgraded and you selected to configure History List or statistics tables, you are prompted to configure these options as described in Creating a History List repository, page 183 and Creating a statistics repository, page 186. If your metadata repository needs to be upgraded, cancel this metadata creation process. If you continue with this process of creating metadata tables, your current metadata will be overwritten with a brand new metadata. For information on upgrading your metadata and suite of MicroStrategy projects, refer to the Upgrade Guide.

To review and save your metadata configuration

11 Review the summary information. You can click Save to save the configuration as a response (.ini) file to configure metadata repositories on other systems or to run silent configurations at a later time. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. 12 Click Finish to apply the configuration and create the metadata repository. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations.

Creating a History List repository

A History List repository stores users report and document results for future use. History Lists can be stored on file systems of a server machine. The History List tables provide an alternative option to store History List information in a centralized database. If you create a History List repository as part of the same configuration routine to create a metadata repository, and the configuration is being done on a Windows environment, a database instance is automatically created for the History List repository. If you create the History List repository

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

183

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

separately, you create it for an existing metadata repository, or you create it on a UNIX or Linux environment, you must create a database instance for the History List repository. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215. you are upgrading your History List repository from a previous If version of MicroStrategy rather than creating a brand new History List repository, see the Upgrade Guide. Prerequisites Before you create a History List repository, you should ensure that you are storing it on a certified database, ODBC driver, and operating system combination. For a list of certified History List repository environments, see the MicroStrategy Readme. A database user account to associate with the History List tables. MicroStrategy recommends that the database user account used to create History List Tables is granted full permissions for the database. If the database user account cannot be granted full permissions to the database, refer to Required database permissions to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, page 179 for additional details on the database permissions required for this configuration. The steps below are specific to creating a History List repository. If you also select to create a metadata repository, you must first complete the steps described in Creating a metadata repository, page 180. While History List creation errors are rare in general, you can review a list of potential errors in Metadata and other repository creation errors, page 528 to prepare for or avoid specific scenarios that may cause errors.

To create a History List repository

184 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

4 From the DSN drop-down list, select the DSN for your History List repository. If a DSN for your History List repository does not exist, you can select New to open the Connectivity Wizard and create a new DSN. The steps to create a new DSN with the Connectivity Wizard are described in Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165. 5 Type a User Name and Password that can connect to the data source. The database user you provide becomes the owner of all History List tables and objects. The database user is required to have the Select, Create, Insert, and Drop permissions. 6 After providing a valid user name and password, you can click SQL Preview to open the SQL Preview dialog box. This dialog box provides the SQL statements that will be executed on your data source to create the History List tables. Click Close once you are done reviewing the SQL statements to return to the Configuration Wizard. If you use the advanced options to change the SQL script, you can click SQL Preview after selecting the new script to see an updated listing of the SQL statements that will be executed.
To specify a History List table prefix and complete History List repository creation

7 Click Advanced. Options to specify a table prefix and a SQL script to create History List tables are displayed. 8 In the Table Prefix field, you can specify a prefix to be used when History List tables are created in the database you select. This is an optional configuration. However, you must use different prefixes for your metadata tables and your History List tables if you store them in the same database. Most databases use a prefix of two characters. However, you can supply as many letters, numbers, underscores (_), and periods (.) as required to support your database prefixes. To determine character limits for a prefix, refer to your third-party database vendor documentation. If you use a table prefix for your History List tables, you must also define this table prefix when you create a database instance to connect to the History List tables. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215. 9 In the Script field, a SQL script to create History List tables optimized for your database is selected. If you want to specify a different script, click ...
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Initial MicroStrategy configuration

185

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

to browse to and select a customized script. For more information on the default SQL scripts, see SQL scripts, page 189. 10 Click Next. The next configuration page that opens depends on your configuration scenario: If you did not select to create statistics tables, the Summary page opens. You can complete your configuration as described in To review and save your History List configuration below. If you selected to configure statistics tables, you are prompted to configure these options as described in Creating a statistics repository, page 186.

To review and save your History List configuration

11 Review the summary information. You can click Save to save the configuration as a response (.ini) file to configure History List repositories on other systems or to run silent configurations at a later time. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. 12 Click Finish to apply the configuration and create the History List repository. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations. Once you are finished configuring Intelligence Server and your project sources, a database instance to connect a project to a History List repository must be created. If you created the History List repository as part of the same configuration routine to create a metadata repository and the configuration is being done on a Windows environment, a database instance is automatically created for the History List repository. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215.

Creating a statistics repository

A statistics repository is a collection of database tables used to maintain and monitor system activity and performance. You can run MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager against the statistical information to analyze and interpret the statistics. For a detailed description of the statistics tables used in the Enterprise Manager Statistics database, the fields that each table contains, and the data
186 Initial MicroStrategy configuration
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

types associated with each field for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, refer to the Enterprise Manager Data Model and Object Definitions chapter in the Supplemental Reference for System Administration Guide. For details on how to configure projects to log statistics, refer to the Monitoring System Usage chapter in the System Administration Guide. If you create a statistics repository as part of the same configuration routine to create a metadata repository, and the configuration is being done on a Windows environment, a database instance is automatically created for the statistics repository. If you create the statistics repository separately, you create it for an existing metadata repository, or you create it on a UNIX or Linux environment, you must create a database instance for the statistics repository. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215. you are upgrading your statistics repository from a previous version If of MicroStrategy rather than creating a brand new statistics repository, see the Upgrade Guide. Prerequisites Before you create a statistics repository, you should ensure that you are storing it on a certified database, ODBC driver, and operating system combination. For a list of certified statistics repository environments, see the MicroStrategy Readme. A database user account to associate with the statistics tables. MicroStrategy recommends that the database user account used to create statistics tables is granted full permissions for the database. If the database user account cannot be granted full permissions to the database, refer to Required database permissions to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, page 179 for additional details on the database permissions required for this configuration. The steps below are specific to creating a statistics repository. If you also select to create a metadata repository or History List repository, you must first complete the steps described in Creating a metadata repository, page 180 or Creating a History List repository, page 183, respectively. While statistics creation errors are rare in general, you can review a list of potential errors in Metadata and other repository creation errors, page 528 to prepare for or avoid specific scenarios that may cause errors.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

187

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

To create a statistics repository

1 Open the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. To do this, see To configure MicroStrategy through the Configuration Wizard, page 175. 2 Select Metadata, History List and Statistics Repository Tables and click Next. The Repository Configuration: Repository Types page opens. 3 Select the Statistics Tables check box and click Next. The Repository Configuration: Statistics Tables page opens. 4 From the DSN drop-down list, select the DSN for your statistics repository. If a DSN for your statistics repository does not exist, you can select New to open the Connectivity Wizard and create a new DSN. The steps to create a new DSN with the Connectivity Wizard are described in the section Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165. 5 Type a User Name and Password that can connect to the data source. The database user you provide becomes the owner of all statistics tables and objects. The database user is required to have the Select, Create, Insert, and Drop permissions. 6 After providing a valid user name and password, you can click SQL Preview to open the SQL Preview dialog box. This dialog box provides the SQL statements that will be executed on your data source to create the statistics tables. Click Close once you are done reviewing the SQL statements to return to the Configuration Wizard. If you use the advanced options to change the SQL script, you can click SQL Preview after selecting the new script to see an updated listing of the SQL statements that will be executed.
To specify a statistics table prefix and complete statistics repository creation

7 Click Advanced. Options to specify a table prefix and a SQL script to create statistics tables are displayed. 8 In the Table Prefix field, you can specify a prefix to be used when statistics tables are created in the database you select. This is an optional configuration.

188 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Most databases use a prefix of two characters. However, you can supply as many letters, numbers, underscores (_), and periods (.) as required to support your database prefixes. To determine character limits for a prefix, refer to your third-party database vendor documentation. If you use a table prefix for your statistics tables, you must also define this table prefix when you create a database instance to connect to the statistics tables. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215. 9 In the Script field, a SQL script to create statistics tables optimized for your database is selected. If you want to specify a different script, click ... to browse to and select a customized script. For more information on the default SQL scripts, see SQL scripts, page 189. 10 Click Next. The Summary page opens. 11 Review the summary information. You can click Save to save the configuration as a response (.ini) file to configure statistics repositories on other systems or to run silent configurations at a later time. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. 12 Click Finish to apply the configuration and create the statistics repository. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations. Once you are finished configuring Intelligence Server and your project sources, a database instance to connect a project to a statistics repository must be created. If you created the statistics repository as part of the same configuration routine to create a metadata repository and the configuration is being done on a Windows environment, a database instance is automatically created for the statistics repository. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215.

SQL scripts
MicroStrategy has database-specific SQL scripts for creating metadata, History List, and statistics tables. The scripts for each certified database platform are shipped with the product. The MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard automatically selects a default script based on your ODBC drivers database platform.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

189

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

By default, all the scripts reside in the directory where you installed MicroStrategy and are identified by the .sql extension. It is highly recommended that no edits be performed on these scripts, except on rare occasions and only by skilled database personnel.

Configuration messages
Depending on the selected ODBC database, different messages might be displayed prompting you to complete the configuration successfully. Two examples are described below: Metadata tables already exist at this location. Would you like to recreate them? (This will drop all existing information in the Metadata) This message is displayed if the Configuration Wizard detects an existing metadata repository in the database location you specified. you continue, all information in the existing metadata repository If is overwritten. No Metadata Tables were found at this location, do you wish to create them now? This message is displayed if there is no existing metadata repository and you have not chosen to create one.

Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

You use the Configuration Wizard to create, use, or delete server definitions that are stored in the metadata repository. The following list describes these options in detail: must run the Configuration Wizard locally on the Intelligence You Server machine. You cannot create, use, or delete server definitions remotely. Create: When you create a new server definition in the metadata repository of your choice, all its parameters use the default settings. Creating a new server definition creates an entry in the machines configuration file. This entry points to the metadata and is used by MicroStrategy Intelligence Server at startup. You can modify a server definition using the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Configuration Editor. For information on the Intelligence Server Configuration Editor, refer to the MicroStrategy System Administration Guide.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

190 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Use: When you use an existing server definition different from the current server definition, you are changing the machines configuration information to point to a different server definition, which can be in an entirely different metadata. Delete: When you delete a server definition, you are deleting the server definition object from the metadata repository, but not from the Intelligence Server software that you installed.

If you create a new server definition or use an existing one, you can load the projects to use with the server definition from within the Configuration Wizard. If the password to the metadata has changed in the database, use the Server Configuration: Metadata Connection page in the Configuration Wizard to update your password. A procedure to use the Configuration Wizard to define server definitions is provided in To set up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server below. You can choose to configure the server definition, project source names, and the metadata and statistics repositories using a response file with the Configuration Wizard. This lets you provide users with a configuration file to complete the configuration tasks rather than requiring users to step through the Configuration Wizard. Creating and using a response file can be done using the Configuration Wizard interface or a command line tool available for UNIX and Linux. The steps to perform these two configuration options are provided in the sections listed below: Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file, page 418 in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

To set up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

1 Open the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. To do this, see To configure MicroStrategy through the Configuration Wizard, page 175. 2 Select MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, and click Next. The Server Configuration: Metadata Connection page opens.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

191

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

3 From the DSN drop-down list, select a DSN for the data source that stores the metadata and specify a User Name and Password. You can also use the options listed below: New to create a new DSN (see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165) Advanced if you want to specify a metadata table prefix, which is an identifier stored in the project metadata associated with a table or tables and is used to generate SQL

it is possible to use the Microsoft Access database for the Although metadata repository, it is not a suitable metadata repository for a production project. You should not use Microsoft Access for anything other than a proof-of-concept or demonstration type of application. 4 Click Next. If a message is displayed that your metadata is not up to date with the most recent version of MicroStrategy, you must upgrade your metadata to take advantage of the new features available in the most recent version of MicroStrategy. You can upgrade your MicroStrategy metadata as described in the MicroStrategy Upgrade Guide. 5 In the Server Configuration: MicroStrategy Authentication page, specify the MicroStrategy administrators User Name and Password. By default, the user name is Administrator and it has no password. If you are setting up Intelligence Server for the first time, use the default user name and password. security reasons, you should change the Administrator user For name and password as soon as possible after you initially configure the system. Refer to the System Administration Guide for details about passwords and other user management information. 6 Click Next. The Server Configuration: Server Definitions page opens.
To create, use, or delete a server definition

7 You can create a new server definition, use an existing server definition, or delete a current server definition. You can perform one of the following tasks: To create a server definition, select Create New Server Definition. In the Name field, type a name to identify the server definition. Select the Use as the active server definition check box to define

192 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Intelligence Server to use the new server definition when Intelligence Server starts. Click Next. The Server Configuration: Settings page opens, described in To define the Intelligence Server port number and other settings below. To use an existing server definition, select Use the selected Server Definition as active. From the Existing Server Definitions pane, select a server definition to use. Click Next. The Server Configuration: Settings page opens, described in To define the Intelligence Server port number and other settings below. To delete an existing server definition, select Delete Selected Server Definition. From the Existing Server Definitions pane, select a server definition to delete. Click Next. The Summary page opens, described in To complete Intelligence Server configurations below.

To define the Intelligence Server port number and other settings

8 If you select to create a server definition or use an existing server definition, you can define the Intelligence Server port number and other settings, as described below: Port number: You can use the default port number or specify another port number. The port number is how a server process identifies itself on the machine on which it is running. If the port number is used by another process, such as in a shared environment, specify an available port number. For instructions on how to find an available port number, see Port number is in use, page 527. Register Intelligence Server as a Service: This option is only available if you are configuring Intelligence Server on a UNIX or Linux machine, and you have root access and permissions to the UNIX or Linux machine that Intelligence Server is installed on. Select this check box to register Intelligence Server as a service. In Windows, Intelligence Server is automatically registered as a service upon completion of the configuration process. the Configuration Wizard again and clearing this check Running box does not unregister Intelligence Server as a service. To unregister Intelligence Server on UNIX or Linux, you must stop the service, and then use the mstrctl command line tool. The syntax is mstrctl -s IntelligenceServer us, where IntelligenceServer is the name of a server definition. For

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

193

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

information on starting, stopping, and registering Intelligence Server as a service, see the System Administration Guide. Projects to load at startup: This pane displays all the projects that are in the metadata repository. You can select projects to use with the server definition that you have chosen. The projects that you select are loaded on the server at startup. Start Intelligence Server when finished: Select this check box to have Intelligence Server start once you complete this configuration. If you use Windows NT authentication with SQL Server, you must type the Windows NT account user name and password in the Service Manager to successfully start Intelligence Server. For information on the Service Manager, see the System Administration Guide. Identify missing DSNs: Select this check box to verify that all DSNs, which are used for database instances created in MicroStrategy, are locally available. This helps to ensure that your database instances in MicroStrategy can connect successfully to their associated data sources. By default, this check box is cleared, which means the availability of all local DSNs used in database instances is not verified. While this may mean that all DSNs used in database instances are not available, it can save system resources required for the Intelligence Server configuration process. 9 Click Next. The SSL Configuration Page opens.
To encrypt the communications between Developer and Intelligence Server

10 You can enable or disable secure socket layer (SSL) protocol to encrypt the communication between Intelligence Server and Developer: Configure SSL: This option specifies whether to enable Intelligence Server and Developer to communicate using the SSL protocol. Clear this check box to disable the use of the SSL protocol for Intelligence Server and Developer communications. Select this check box to enable the use of the SSL protocol for Intelligence Server and Developer communications. Be aware that you must ensure the following prerequisites are met to enable the SSL protocol:

You must have access to the SSL certificate you created for Intelligence Server.

194 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

You must have the private key file that you created while requesting a certificate for Intelligence Server. For information on creating a private key and obtaining an SSL certificate, refer to the System Administration Guide.

When you select to enable the SSL protocol, you must provide the following information:

Certificate: The SSL certificate file you created for Intelligence Server. Click ... (the browse button) to navigate to and select the certificate file. Key: The private key file you created while requesting the certificate for Intelligence Server. Click ... (the browse button) to navigate to and select the private key file. Password: The password that you used while creating the private key for the SSL certificate. SSL Port: The port number to use for SSL access. By default, the port is 39321.

To enable SSL protocol communication in Developer, you must use the Project Source Editor. For steps to complete the other tasks required to enable SSL protocol communications, refer to the System Administration Guide. 11 Click Next. The Summary page opens.
To complete Intelligence Server configurations

12 Review the summary information. You can click Save to save the configuration as a response (.ini) file to configure Intelligence Server on other systems or to run silent configurations at a later time. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. 13 Click Finish to apply the Intelligence Server configuration. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations. If you created a new server definition, it is displayed in the list of existing server definitions for that metadata.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

195

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

If you assigned an existing server definition to Intelligence Server and the existing project source uses this Intelligence Server, a related message is displayed.

Starting, stopping, and restarting the server

The primary function of the Service Manager is to provide a way to start and stop Intelligence Server. For information on the Service Manager, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Creating project sources

When you create a metadata repository, by default it creates a server (three-tier) project source. You can use the Project Sources option in the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard if you need to create multiple project sources or a direct (two-tier) project source. The different types of project sources are: Direct project sources that connect directly to the metadata through ODBC. You cannot create a direct project source on UNIX or Linux. Server project sources that connect to the metadata through an Intelligence Server.

Prerequisites For Windows, the Project Source option is available only if the Developer product is installed on the machine.

You can choose to create project sources using a response file with the Configuration Wizard. This lets you provide users with a configuration file to complete the configuration tasks rather than requiring users to step through the Configuration Wizard. Creating and using a response file can be done using the Configuration Wizard interface or a command line tool available for UNIX and Linux. The steps to perform these two configuration options are provided in the sections listed below: Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file, page 418 in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

196 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Direct (two-tier)
A direct project source is used to connect directly to the metadata repository using ODBC. A direct project source connection does not allow you to access MicroStrategy Web, run Report Services documents, or use any of the other MicroStrategy features that are provided through Intelligence Server. You cannot create a direct project source on UNIX or Linux.
To create to a direct project source

1 Open the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. To do this, see To configure MicroStrategy through the Configuration Wizard, page 175. 2 Select Project Sources, and click Next. The Project Source Creation: Name page opens. 3 In the Project Source Name field, type a name for the project source. 4 Under Connection Type, select Direct (2-tier), and click Next. The Project Source Creation: Metadata Location page opens. 5 From the DSN drop-down list, select a DSN for the data source that stores the metadata and specify a User Name and Password. You can also click New to create a new DSN (see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165) and click Advanced to specify a metadata table prefix if necessary. 6 Click Next. The Project Source Creation: Authentication page opens. 7 Select the authentication mode for the project source. For information on the available authentication modes, see the Authentication modes, page 199. 8 Click Next. The Summary page opens. 9 Review the summary information. You can click Save to save the configuration as a response (.ini) file to configure a direct project source on other systems or to run silent configurations at a later time. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

197

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

10 Click Finish to create the project source. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations.

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server (three-tier)

A server (three-tier) project source is used to connect to the metadata using the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. A server project source connection allows you to access MicroStrategy Web, run Report Services documents, and use all of the other MicroStrategy features that are provided through Intelligence Server. you create a metadata repository, by default it creates a server When (three-tier) project source.
To create a MicroStrategy Intelligence Server (three-tier) project source

1 Open the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. To do this, see To configure MicroStrategy through the Configuration Wizard, page 175. 2 Select Project Sources and click Next. The Project Source Creation: Name page opens. 3 In the Project Source Name field, type a name for the project source. 4 Under Connection Type, select MicroStrategy Intelligence Server (3-tier), and click Next. The Project Source Creation: Metadata Location page opens. 5 In the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Machine Name drop-down list, select the Intelligence Server to connect to. 6 In the Port Number used by MicroStrategy Intelligence Server field, type the port number for the Intelligence Server to connect to. The port number is how the Intelligence Server process identifies itself on the server on which it is running. The default port number for Intelligence Server is 34952. If you use a non-default port number, this number must be provided while connecting through MicroStrategy Developer. 7 Select the Connection times out after (mins) check box to define and enforce a connection time out for inactive users connected to a project

198 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

source. In the field below, type a numerical value (in minutes) for the amount of inactivity that is allowed before a user is automatically disconnected from a project source. If this check box is cleared, users are not disconnected from project sources due to inactivity. 8 Click Next. The Project Source Creation: Authentication page opens. 9 Select the authentication mode for the project source. For information on the available authentication modes, see the Authentication modes, page 199. 10 Click Next. The Summary page opens. 11 Review the summary information. You can click Save to save the configuration as a response (.ini) file to configure a server project source on other systems or to run silent configurations at a later time. For information on running the Configuration Wizard with a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. 12 Click Finish to create the project source. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations.

Authentication modes
Authentication is the process through which the system identifies the user. Several authentication modes are supported for MicroStrategy project sources. They vary primarily by the system that verifies and accepts the login/password credentials provided by the user. Some authentication modes require a server project source (three-tier). Therefore, if you are creating a direct project source (two-tier) some of the authentication options listed below cannot be used: Network login ID: Windows authentication, page 200 Login ID and password entered by the user: Standard authentication, page 200 Guest account: Anonymous authentication, page 200 LDAP authentication, page 201

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

199

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Login ID and password entered by the user for the warehouse: Database authentication, page 201 Integrated authentication, page 201

For information on the benefits of the various authentication modes and other authentication topics, see the System Administration Guide.

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

2 Click Load. The Open dialog box displays. 3 Browse to the path where the response file is saved and click Open. The Summary page opens. 4 An overview of all of the configuration tasks performed by the response file is displayed. Review the configuration tasks and click Finish to perform the configuration. The summary information is updated as the configurations are completed, providing a way to track the progress of the configurations.
To use a response file through the Windows command line

The steps below are specific to configuring MicroStrategy installed on Windows. For steps to create and use a response file as well as perform other configurations using command line tools in UNIX and Linux, see Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools. 1 Type the following command in the Windows command line: macfgwiz.exe -r Path\response.ini Where Path\ is the fully qualified path to the response file. For example, the common location of a response file is: C:\Program Files\Common Files\MicroStrategy\ RESPONSE.INI 2 If an error message is displayed, check the path and name you supplied for the response file and make any required changes. Repeat the previous step to execute the configuration.

Response configuration parameters and options

It is recommended that you always create the response file through the GUI mode of the Configuration Wizard. However, you can also modify a response file with a text editor to make minor changes such as entering different user login and password information.

The file must be saved with ANSI encoding.

204 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

The response file for configuring MicroStrategy is divided into three areas of configuration, which are described in the sections below: Creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, page 205 Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 207 Creating and configuring project sources, page 209

Creating metadata, History List, and statistics repositories

The response file parameters within the [Repository] section define how metadata, History List, and statistics repositories are created. The table below lists the available parameters and the functionality of available options for each parameter.
Options [Repository] Description This section configures the metadata repository and statistics tables. You can have more than one [Repository] section. Additional repository sections can be included as [Repository1], [Repository2], and so on. Defines whether a metadata, History List, and statistics repositories are configured, as determined by the following values: 1: Configures metadata, History List, and statistics repositories. 0: Does not configure metadata, History List, and statistics repositories. Defines whether metadata tables are created in a metadata repository, as described below: 1: Creates metadata tables in the metadata repository and creates a default configuration 0: Does not create metadata tables in a metadata repository Defines whether a History List repository is created, as determined by the following values: 1: Creates a History List repository. 0: Does not create a History List repository. Defines whether a statistics repository is created, as determined by the following values: 1: Creates a statistics repository. 0: Does not create a statistics repository. Locates the SQL scripts for creating the metadata tables. Example paths to SQL scripts in different environments are listed below: 32-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files\Common Files\ MicroStrategy\MD8SQL8.sql. 64-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy\MD8SQL8.sql. UNIX/Linux: /INTELLIGENCE_SERVER_INSTALL_PATH/mdsql.sql.

Repository=

CreateMDTables=

CreateHistListTab les=

CreateStatTables=

MetadataPath=

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

205

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options HistoryListPath=

Description Locates the SQL scripts for creating the History List repository. Example paths to SQL scripts in different environments are listed below: 32-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files\Common Files\ MicroStrategy\content_server_db_Oracle.sql. 64-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy\content_server_db_Oracle.sql. UNIX/Linux: /INTELLIGENCE_SERVER_INSTALL_PATH/ content_server_db_Oracle.sql. Locates the SQL scripts for creating the statistics repository. Example paths to SQL scripts in different environments are listed below: 32-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files\Common Files\ MicroStrategy\statistics_SQLServer.SQL 64-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy\statistics_SQLServer.SQL UNIX/Linux: /INTELLIGENCE_SERVER_INSTALL_PATH/ statistics_DB2.sql. Defines the Data Source Name for configuring a metadata repository in the ODBC database. Defines the user name to log in to the database containing the metadata repository. Defines the password to log in to the database containing the metadata repository. Defines the Data Source Name for configuring the History List repository in the ODBC database. Defines the user name to log in to the database for configuring the History List repository. Defines the password to log in to the database for configuring the History List repository. Defines the Data Source Name for configuring the statistics repository in the ODBC database. Defines the user name to log in to the database for configuring the statistics repository. Defines the password to log in to the database for configuring the statistics repository. Defines whether the password is encrypted in the response file, as determined by the following values: 0: The password is not encrypted in the response file, which enables you to modify the password in the response file later using a text editor. You can then distribute the response file to multiple users with various login and password credentials. However, be aware that this can compromise your database security if you do not remove the password from the response file before distributing it. 1: Encrypts the password in the response file, which ensures that your password is secure. This is the default behavior.

StatisticsPath=

DSNName= UserName= UserPwd= DSNNameHist= UserNameHist= UserPwdHist= DSNNameStats= UserNameStats= UserPwdStats= EncryptPassword=

206 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Options DBName= TBName=

Description Defines the database name to create tables in DB2 z/OS. This option should only be used when connecting to a DB2 z/OS database. Defines the tablespace name to be created in the database.This option should only be used when connecting to a DB2 z/OS database.

Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

The response file parameters within the [Server] section configures an Intelligence Server definition. The table below lists the available parameters and the functionality of available options for each parameter.
Options [Server] Description In this section you can configure the Intelligence Server definition. You can have more than one [Server] section. Additional server sections can be included as [Server1], [Server2], and so on. Defines whether MicroStrategy Intelligence Server is configured, as determined by the following values: 1: Configures MicroStrategy Intelligence Server 0: Does not configure MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Defines whether a server definition is created, used, or deleted, as determined by the following values: 1: Creates a new server definition 2: Uses an existing server definition 3: Deletes an existing server definition 4: Creates a new server definition and uses it as the default Defines the name of the Intelligence Server instance. If you select to delete Intelligence Server instances, you can delete multiple instances by listing multiple instance names, separating each name with the \ character. For example, InstanceName= ServerInstance1\ServerInstance2. ProjectsToRegister= Defines projects to be loaded when Intelligence Server is started. You can select to load multiple projects, separating projects by the \character. For example, ProjectsToRegister=Project1\Project2. Defines projects to not be loaded when Intelligence Server is started. You can select to not load multiple projects, separating projects by the \ character. For example, ProjectsToUnRegister=Project1\ Project2. Defines the data source name for configuring the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. This is the data source that stores the metadata. Defines the user name to log in to the metadata database. Defines the password to log in to the metadata database.

Server=

Action=

InstanceName=

ProjectsToUnRegister=

DSName= DSNUser= DSNPwd=

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

207

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options EncryptPassword=

Description Defines whether the password is encrypted in the response file, as determined by the following values: 0: The password is not encrypted in the response file, which enables you to modify the password in the response file later using a text editor. You can then distribute the response file to multiple users with various login and password credentials. However, be aware that this can compromise your database security if you do not remove the password from the response file before distributing it. 1: Encrypts the password in the response file, which ensures that your password is secure. This is the default behavior. Defines the MicroStrategy user name to log in to the project. Defines the password for the MicroStrategy user name to log in to the project. Defines a prefix for metadata repository tables used by the server definition. Defines whether the Intelligence Server definition is set as the default server definition to use for Intelligence Server, as determined by the following values: True: Defines the Intelligence Server definition as the default server definition False: Does not define the Intelligence Server definition as the default server definition Defines the port used by the Intelligence Server. This option is only available on Intelligence Servers running on UNIX or Linux operating systems. Defines whether Intelligence Server is registered as a service. Registering Intelligence Server as a service is determined by the following values: 1: Registers Intelligence Server as a service. Performing this task requires a UNIX or Linux login with root level access and privileges. 0: Does not register Intelligence Server as a service.

DSSUser= DSSPwd= MDPrefix= UseAsDefault=

Port= RegisterAsService=

StartServerAfter Config=

Defines whether Intelligence Server is started after applying the configuration, as determined by the following values: 1: Intelligence Server is started after successfully applying the configuration. 0: Intelligence Server is not started after applying the configuration. Defines whether to enable Intelligence Server and Developer to communicate using the SSL protocol, as determined by the following values: 1: Enables the use of the SSL protocol for Intelligence Server and Developer communications. 0: Disables the use of the SSL protocol for Intelligence Server and Developer communications. Defines the port to use for SSL access. By default, the port is 39321.

ConfigureSSL=

SSLPort=

208 Initial MicroStrategy configuration

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Options CertificatePath= KeyPath= KeyPassword=

Description Locates the SSL certificate file you created for Intelligence Server. Type the full path to the SSL certificate file. Locates private key file you created while requesting the certificate for Intelligence Server. Type the full path to the private key file. Defines the password that you used while creating the private key for the SSL certificate.

Creating and configuring project sources

The response file parameters within the [Client] section create and configure project sources. The table below lists the available parameters and the functionality of available options for each parameter.
Options [Client] Description In this section you can configure the project source name. You can have more than one [Client] section. Additional client sections can be included as [Client1], [Client2], and so on. Defines whether project sources are configured, as determined by the following values: 1: Configures project sources 0: Does not configure project sources Defines whether the password is encrypted in the response file, as determined by the following values: 0: The password is not encrypted in the response file, which enables you to modify the password in the response file later using a text editor. You can then distribute the response file to multiple users with various login and password credentials. However, be aware that this can compromise your database security if you do not remove the password from the response file before distributing it. 1: Encrypts the password in the response file, which ensures that your password is secure. This is the default behavior. Defines the name of the new project source to create. Defines the database connection type for a project source. The following connection types are supported: 2: Connects a project source to the metadata using an ODBC DSN (Windows only). 3: Connects a project source to the metadata through a MicroStrategy Intelligence Server (three-tier). If using connection type 2 (ConnType=2), defines the name of the ODBC database. If using connection type 2 (ConnType=2), defines the user name to connect to the ODBC database.

Client=

EncryptPassword=

DataSource= ConnType=

DSN= UserName=

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Initial MicroStrategy configuration

209

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options UserPwd= ServerName= Port=

Description If using connection type 2 (ConnType=2), defines the password to log in to the database. If using connection type 3 (ConnType=3), defines the name of the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server to connect to. If using connection type 3 (ConnType=3), defines the port number for the Intelligence Server when creating a server (three-tier) project source. The default port number for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server is 34952. The following authentication modes are supported: 1: Standard or login ID and password entered by the user 2: Network login ID (Windows authentication) 8: Guest account (Anonymous authentication) 16: LDAP authentication 32: Database login ID and password (database authentication) 128: Integrated authentication For information on the available authentication modes, see the Authentication modes, page 199.

Authentication=

MDPrefix= Timeout=

If using connection type 2 (ConnType=2), defines a prefix for metadata repository tables. Defines and enforce a connection time out for inactive users connected to a project source. The following values are supported: 0: Defines that users are not disconnected from project sources due to inactivity. Numerical value greater than 0: A numerical value (in minutes) greater than 0 defines the amount of inactivity that is allowed before a user is automatically disconnected from a project source.

Connecting to a data source

For MicroStrategy users to be able to browse attribute elements and execute reports, a connection to a data warehouse must be created. A connection to other data sources can also support History Lists, statistics, and including data from multiple data sources into your MicroStrategy project. Although metadata connectivity settings are stored in the server definition and registry of the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server machine, data source connectivity settings are stored in the metadata itself. After Intelligence Server connects to the metadata at startup, it loads all project, user, and connection information from the metadata. You can perform data source

210 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

connection tasks from the Project Configuration Editor, which can be accessed by right-clicking a project and selecting Project Configuration. tasks described in this section require MicroStrategy The Administrator privileges.

Specifying warehouse connection information

A database instance is a MicroStrategy object, created in MicroStrategy Developer by an administrator, that represents a connection to a data source. A database instance specifies connection information, such as the data source name, Login ID and password, and other data source specific information. steps to create the required components of a database instance The are provided in the following sections: Creating a database instance, page 215, Creating a database connection, page 218, and Creating a database login, page 223. When a project architect creates a project, the architect assigns a database instance to that project. A project specifies only one warehouse database instance at a time, but a database instance can be assigned to multiple projects. Since only one data source can be included in the projects relational schema, all reports and documents return information from a single data source. If you have a license for the MultiSource Option feature, you can connect a project to multiple warehouse database instances. There can be multiple data sources that connect to the Warehouse Catalog for the project. Since these data source can be integrated as part of the projects relational schema, all reports and documents can return information from multiple data sources. For information on accessing multiple data sources in a project, see the Project Design Guide. Regardless of whether you have a license for the MultiSource Option, you can also extend a projects access to multiple data sources through other MicroStrategy features. Freeform SQL, Query Builder, and supporting access through MicroStrategy to other MDX cube sources such as SAP BW, Hyperion Essbase, and Microsoft Analysis Services allows non-project database instances to be included and used in a project along with the warehouse database instances. For information on Freeform SQL and Query Builder, see the Advanced Reporting Guide. For information on MDX cube sources, see the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Connecting to a data source

211

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

These non-project database instances can allow a project to connect to the data sources for the various features and additional data sources mentioned above, instead of accessing the data from the projects relational schema. For more information on the Warehouse Catalog, see the MicroStrategy Project Design Guide. The database instances that you create are separated into two categories: SQL data warehouses database instances, page 212 MDX cube database instances, page 214

SQL data warehouses database instances

A SQL data warehouse database instance is any database instance that connects to a database or other data source through SQL queries. More specifically, this covers database instances used for standard MicroStrategy reporting, Freeform SQL, Query Builder, data marts, and any other relational data source. You can also connect to History List and statistics tables through SQL data warehouse database instances. The SQL data warehouse database instances are available in the Project Configuration Editor, as shown below.

Selecting a database instance check box makes that database instance available in the project for standard MicroStrategy reporting, data marts,

212 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Query Builder, and Freeform SQL. If you have a license for the MultiSource Option, selecting a check box for a database instance also makes the database instance available from the Warehouse Catalog to be part of the projects relational schema. instances can be created as part of the Import Data feature. Database A database instance used for the Import Data feature is displayed with the icon. These database instances are created with security permissions for the user that created them while using the Import Data feature. If you select one of these database instances to be included as an available database instance in the project, it is recommended that you change the security permissions to a MicroStrategy user with administrative privileges. This includes taking ownership of the database instance and defining an appropriate access control list. This ensures that no changes are made to the database instance by other users, which could cause a loss of connectivity to the data source. For information on the Import Data feature, refer to the MicroStrategy Web online help. The shading and color of a database instance in the list of relational database instances reflects how the database instance is being used in the project: Blue text: This is the warehouse database instance, as selected from the warehouse database instance drop-down list. There can only be one warehouse database instance for a project, because this database instances data is populated in the Warehouse Catalog to define the projects relational schema. You cannot choose to disable the warehouse database instance for the project without first selecting a different warehouse database instance. If you have a license for the MultiSource Option, the primary database instance acts as the main source of data for a project and is used as the default database instance for tables added to the project. For information on the Warehouse Catalog as well as accessing multiple data sources with the MultiSource Option, see the Project Design Guide. Bold text: The project contains objects that are dependent on the database instance. You cannot choose to disable a database instance that has dependent objects for the project. Normal text: The database instance is not being used in the project.

Clearing the check box of a database instance removes the database instance from the project and deletes any unused Freeform SQL or Query Builder schemas. You can clear a database instance from a project only if there are no dependent objects in the project for the database instance. For more information on removing a database instance and related Freeform SQL and
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Connecting to a data source

213

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Query Builder schemas from a project, refer to the MicroStrategy System Administration Guide.

MDX cube database instances

An MDX cube database instance is any database instance that connects to an MDX cube source, such as SAP BW, Hyperion Essbase, or Microsoft Analysis Services. For information on connecting to and reporting on these MDX cube sources, refer to the MDX Cube Reporting Guide. The MDX cube database instances are available in the Project Configuration Editor, as shown below.

A database instance that has an MDX cube schema is represented with bold text. The shading and color of a database instance in the list of relational database instances reflects how the database instance is being used in the project: Bold: The project contains objects that are dependent on the database instance. You cannot choose to disable a database instance that has dependent objects for the project. Normal: The database instance is not being used in the project.

If you remove an MDX cube database instance from a project, you can delete any unused MDX cube schema objects. You can remove database instance from a project only if there are no dependent objects in the project for the

214 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

database instance. For more information on removing a database instance and related MDX cube managed objects from a project, refer to the System Administration Guide. For additional information on configuring MDX cube database instances, refer to the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

MDX schema loading and maintenance

You can click Schema Maintenance to perform various tasks for an MDX cube schema that is part of your project, as described below: You can choose when an MDX cube schema associated with a database instance is loaded for a project. By default, MDX cube schemas are loaded as needed when MDX cube reports are executed. You can also choose to load MDX cube schemas when Intelligence Server starts. For information on defining when MDX cube schemas should be loaded, refer to the MDX Cube Reporting Guide. When you integrate MDX cube sources into MicroStrategy, the data is integrated as an MDX cube schema. Once you integrate an MDX cube source into MicroStrategy, you can exchange the database instance used to connect to the MDX cube schema for a different database instance. This allows you to use different database instances with different login and connection information to access an MDX cube schema. For information on exchanging the database instance used to connect to the MDX cube schema, refer to the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

Creating a database instance

Database instances are created and modified in the Database Instance Manager, which can be found by expanding Administration for a project

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Connecting to a data source

215

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

source, then expanding Configuration Managers. When you choose to create a new database instance, the Database Instances Editor opens.

can also create a new database instance using the Database You Instance Wizard that is available in the Database Instance Manager shortcut menu. The Database Instances Editor has the following tabs: Generalspecifies the database instance name, connection type (data source platform or applicable data source), and default database connection. database connection type you choose should match your data The source and determines whether the database instance is a relational or an MDX cube database instance. Advancedspecifies the database name for intermediate table storage if a database other than the warehouse is used to store intermediate tables, as well as other options. Advanced tab is not available for MDX cube database The instances. Job Prioritizationspecifies the job prioritization scheme for the instance and the number of prioritized connections.

216 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

To create a database instance

1 In MicroStrategy Developer, log in to a project source with administrative privileges. 2 Expand Administration, then expand Configuration Managers, and then select Database Instances. 3 From the File menu, point to New, and then select Database Instance. The Database Instances Editor opens. 4 On the General tab, in the Database instance name field, type the name of the database instance. 5 In the Database connection type drop-down list, select the data source connection type according to the data source hosting your database. you have upgraded from a previous version of MicroStrategy, If you can click Upgrade to retrieve any database connection types that have been included since the previous version of MicroStrategy that you used. 6 On the Advanced tab, you can configure various options for the database instance, including: Intermediate table storage: You can specify the database name and table name space to use when intermediate tables are created. Intermediate tables are created to support various queries. Database gateway support: You can support backwards compatibility for database gateway support from MicroStrategy version 6.x. To enable database gateway support, select the Primary database instance check box, and then select a primary database instance from the drop-down list. The primary database instance is the database instance that should be used for element browsing against the selected table and for queries that do not require joins to other tables. For information on database gateway support, see the Project Design Guide.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Connecting to a data source

217

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Data mart optimization: You can support data mart optimization if the data source for the database instance is in the same data source that contains data marts. To enable data mart optimization, select the This database instance is located in the same warehouse as check box, and then select a database instance from the drop-down list.

Table prefix: If the tables in your data source use a table prefix, you can include the table prefix to identify the proper collection of tables. Click Select to select a table prefix or define a new table prefix. ODBC Version: You can define which ODBC version to use for the database instance, as described below: Use 2.0 ODBC Calls: ODBC 2.0 was used in pre-9.0 versions of MicroStrategy. You can use this option for backward compatibility if your database management system does not support ODBC 3.x. Use 3.x ODBC Calls: The support of ODBC 3.x is introduced in MicroStrategy 9.0. You should use this option if your database management system supports ODBC 3.x.

7 On the Job Prioritization tab, you can configure how jobs are prioritized for the database instance. For information on configuring job prioritization, see the System Administration Guide. 8 On the General tab, in the Database connection (default) pane, select the default data source connection and click OK. If the necessary database connection does not exist, you can create one by clicking New. For steps to create a database connection, see Creating a database connection below.

Creating a database connection

A database connection specifies the DSN and database login used to access the data source. A database instance designates one database connection as the default connection for MicroStrategy users; however, users and groups can be mapped to other database connections using connection mapping. For more details on connection mapping, see User connection mapping, page 225. You create database connections in the Database Instances Editor by clicking New on the General tab. Any database connection created within the Database Instances Editor is available for use across all database instances in

218 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

the project source. For more information on creating a database connection for MDX cube sources, refer to the MDX Cube Reporting Guide. When you choose to create a new database connection, the Database Connections dialog box opens.

The Database Connections dialog box has different options depending on the database instance type. SQL data warehouse database instances

General: Specifies the database connection name, the warehouse DSN, and the default database login. Advanced: Specifies the database driver mode, driver execution mode, and other miscellaneous warehouse connection settings.

MDX cube database instances

General: Specifies the database connection name, the default database login, and additional connection information that you must provide. For more information on creating a database connection for MDX cube sources, see the MDX Cube Reporting Guide.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Connecting to a data source

219

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Advanced: Specifies the connection settings, additional connection string parameters, and connection caching settings.

HiveThrift Connector database instances

General: Specifies the database connection name, the default database login, and additional connection information that you must provide. For more information on defining connection information to Hadoop Hive distributions by using a database connection, see ODBC Driver for Red Brick for UNIX/Linux, page 471. Advanced: Specifies the database driver mode, driver execution mode, and other miscellaneous warehouse connection settings.

The steps below show you how to create a database connection for a relational database instance. For information on creating a database connection for MDX cube sources, refer to the MDX Cube Reporting Guide. Prerequisites A database instance has been created, as described in Creating a database instance, page 215.

To create a database connection

1 On the General tab, in the Database connection name box, type a name to identify the database connection. 2 In the Local system ODBC data sources pane, select the data source name for the data source. 3 On the Advanced tab, you can define various options per your requirements and the requirements of the database you are connecting to, including: Database driver mode: Select one of the following database driver modes: Multi-process: Each connection to the warehouse database is spawned as a separate process, identified in Windows Task Manager as M8DBMPE.exe. If one process fails, such as when a database access thread hangs or is lost, other processes are not affected. Multi-threaded: All connections to the warehouse database are maintained inside the Intelligence Server process MSTRSVR.exe.

220 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

All connections, SQL submissions, and data retrievals from the database are handled within this process. MicroStrategy recommends setting all database drivers to multi-process mode. The robustness and stability which come with multi-process mode greatly overshadow any increased efficiency that may come with multi-threaded mode. Problems that appear random and sporadic in multi-threaded operation can often be resolved by switching to multi-process mode. Driver execution mode: Define the driver execution mode depending on the ODBC driver being used: Asynchronous Connection: All statements allocated within the connection should be able to run SQL asynchronously. Asynchronous Statement: For each statement, the asynchronous mode is explicitly set. Synchronous: Only one statement executes at a time. This is the default value. newer ODBC drivers do not support asynchronous mode Many because the driver is capable of opening a new thread and executing a new query while simultaneously running an earlier query. The MicroStrategy Readme gives recommendations for the driver execution mode options that can be used for different ODBC drivers. Use extended fetch: Select this check box to enable Intelligence Server to fetch blocks of data from the database into memory, instead of row-by-row.

MicroStrategy Readme recommends settings for ODBC The drivers and whether to use the extended fetch feature. Use parameterized queries: Select this check box to enable Intelligence Server to pass data to the database in blocks instead of row-by-row. For information on how parameterized queries can improve performance in MicroStrategy, see the Project Design Guide. Maximum cancel attempt time (sec): Defines the maximum amount of time the MicroStrategy Query Engine waits for a successful attempt before it cancels a query. Values of 0 and -1 indicate no limit. Maximum query execution time (sec): Defines the maximum amount of time a single pass of SQL can execute on the database. Values of 0 and -1 indicate no limit.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Connecting to a data source

221

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Maximum connection attempt time (sec): Defines the maximum amount of time Intelligence Server waits to connect to the database. Values of 0 and -1 indicate no limit. Additional connection string parameters: Enables you to pass additional ODBC connection parameters to the database as part of the connection string. This is useful if you need to change ODBC defaults. Click Preview to see the entire connection string. Table prefix: Defines a table prefix that specifies the schema containing the tables to access. Character set encoding for Windows drivers: The options listed below are only relevant when Intelligence Server is running on a Windows machine: Non UTF-8: Select this option if the ODBC driver returns information in a character encoding other than UTF-8. UTF-8: Select this option if the ODBC driver returns information in UTF-8 character encoding. Drivers for Teradata databases may require UTF-8 encoding.

Character set encoding for UNIX drivers: The options listed below are only relevant when Intelligence Server is running on a UNIX machine: Non UTF-8: Select this option if the ODBC driver returns information in a character encoding other than UTF-8. UTF-8: Select this option if the ODBC driver returns information in UTF-8 character encoding. Drivers for Teradata databases may require UTF-8 encoding.

Connection Caching: Specify the caching of the database connection using the following options: Connection lifetime (sec): Defines the amount of time an active database connection can remain open and cached on Intelligence Server to be re-used for additional jobs. You must also set the Connection idle timeout, described below, to a value greater than zero for database connections to be used by more than a single job. If a job requires a database connection to be open past its connection lifetime, the job is first allowed to complete, and then the database connection is dropped upon job completion. If you type a value of 0, when the job associated with a database connection is completed, the database connection is deleted and not put into a cache. If you type a value of -1, the lifetime of a

222 Connecting to a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

database connection is unlimited, which means it remains on Intelligence Server memory until the database connection is manually deleted or Intelligence Server is restarted. This can cause the memory resources to be reserved by the database connection for a potentially long time, and therefore it is recommended that you set finite limits on the connection lifetime. When defining the connection lifetime, you should determine whether the data source for the database connection also enforces connection lifetimes. Most databases enforce some type of limit on a connection lifetime. You should define the connection lifetime in MicroStrategy to be less than any limits on connection lifetimes for the data source. This is to avoid the scenario that the data source ends the database connection before MicroStrategy can complete the processing being done for that same database connection. Connection idle timeout (sec): Defines the amount of time an inactive connection to the database remains cached until it is terminated. You must also set the Connection lifetime, described above, to a value greater than zero for database connections to be used by more than a single job. Enforcement of the connection idle timeout can cause a database connection to be removed before it reaches its connection lifetime. You can use this connection idle timeout to ensure that database connections do not remain in Intelligence Server memory in an idle state for an extended amount of time. If you type a value of 0, when the job associated with a database connection is completed, the database connection is deleted and not put into a cache. If you type a value of -1, a database connection can remain idle and considered for new jobs until the database connection lifetime is reached. 4 On the General tab, in the Default database login name pane, select the default database login and click OK. If the necessary database login does not exist, you can create one by clicking New. For steps to create a database connection, see Creating a database login below.

Creating a database login

A database login specifies the user ID and password used to access the data source. The database login overwrites any login information stored in the DSN. A database connection designates one database login as the default

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Connecting to a data source

223

Configuring and Connecting Intelligence Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

login for MicroStrategy users, however users and groups can be mapped to other database logins using connection mapping. mapping is explained in User connection mapping, Connection page 225. You create database logins in the Database Connections dialog box by clicking New on the General tab. Any database login created within the Database Connections dialog box is available for use across all database connections in the project source. MicroStrategy reporting and analysis features require a general set of database login permissions that can connect to and modify the data source and metadata, as described below: For the metadata, the Select, Insert, and Update permissions are required. Intermediate tables are created in the metadata for recursive search queries, which requires Create and Drop permissions as well. Updating the schema requires the Delete permission. For the data warehouse, the Select, Create, Insert, and Drop permissions are required.

To help guide the rest of your installation and configuration steps, refer to the section Installing and configuring MicroStrategy on Windows, page 100 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation, for an installation and configuration checklist.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating a project

The ASP.NET version of MicroStrategy Web can be deployed with IIS only on Windows. Prerequisites For information on supporting IIS 6 and IIS 7, see Supporting MicroStrategy products with IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems, page 78 and Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76. You must have administrative privileges to deploy MicroStrategy Web for your project. If this is the first time you are logging in and you have not changed the default MicroStrategy administrative login, you can use Administrator as the login with no password. After the first time, the user name and password should be changed for security purposes. The Microsoft Windows Users group must have read and execute permissions to all of the files within the MicroStrategy common files folder. This ensures that Internet Information Services has the required permissions to host MicroStrategy Web. By default, this folder is stored in the following directory location:

32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ Common Files\MicroStrategy 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy

To connect MicroStrategy Web to your Intelligence Server

1 On the Windows Start menu, point to Programs, then to MicroStrategy Tools, and then choose Web Administrator. The MicroStrategy Web Administrator page opens. This is the page where you connect MicroStrategy Web to the Intelligence Server. 2 Type the name of your Intelligence Server in the Add a server manually box on the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with IIS (Windows)

231

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

3 Click Connect. All projects loaded on the Intelligence Server are now available from MicroStrategy Web. Click the Home icon to see the list of projects loaded on the Intelligence Server you specified. 4 Send your users the URL: http://webservername/MicroStrategy/asp/ where webservername is the name of the computer hosting your Web server. For example, if the name of your Web server machine is Web_Srv1, then the URL your users would use to access MicroStrategy Web would be http://Web_Srv1/MicroStrategy/asp You have manually connected MicroStrategy Web to the Intelligence Server. You can also connect automatically whenever MicroStrategy Web Server or Intelligence Server starts.
To make MicroStrategy Web connect to the Intelligence Server automatically

1 On the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page, click Modify in the Properties column of the Intelligence Server. 2 Select the Automatically connect to Intelligence Server when Web Server or Intelligence Server is restarted option and click Save.

Deploying Mobile Server

The ASP.NET version of MicroStrategy Mobile Server can only be deployed with IIS only on Windows. Prerequisites For information on supporting IIS 6 and IIS 7, see Supporting MicroStrategy products with IIS 6.x on 64-bit Windows operating systems, page 78 and Supporting IIS 7.0.x or IIS 7.5.x as a web server for MicroStrategy Web or Mobile Server, page 76. You must have administrative privileges to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server for your project. If this is the first time you are logging in and you have not changed the default MicroStrategy administrative login, you can

232 Deploying with IIS (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

use Administrator as the login with no password. After the first time, the user name and password should be changed for security purposes. The Users group for Microsoft Windows must have read and execute permissions to all of the files within the MicroStrategy common files folder. This ensures that IIS has the required permissions to host MicroStrategy Mobile Server. By default, this folder is stored in the following directory location:

32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ Common Files\MicroStrategy 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy

To connect MicroStrategy Mobile Server to your Intelligence Server

1 On the Windows Start menu, point to Programs, then to MicroStrategy Tools, and then select Mobile Administrator. The MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page opens. This is the page where you connect MicroStrategy Mobile Server to the Intelligence Server. 2 Type the name of your Intelligence Server in the Add a server manually box on the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page. 3 Click Connect. 4 Click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. You have manually connected MicroStrategy Mobile Server to the Intelligence Server. You can also connect automatically whenever MicroStrategy Mobile Server or Intelligence Server starts.
To make MicroStrategy Mobile Server connect to the Intelligence Server automatically

1 On the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page, click Modify in the Properties column of the Intelligence Server.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with IIS (Windows)

233

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

2 Select the Automatically connect to Intelligence Server when Mobile Server or Intelligence Server is restarted option. 3 Click Save.

General steps to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

After you have installed MicroStrategy Web Universal, you can deploy and configure it for your specific environment. The configuration and deployment steps are provided in the Web server and application server sections in this chapter. The table below lists the general steps for all environments.
High-Level Deployment Steps 1 Log on to the application server by using the proper user name and password. 2 Locate the MicroStrategy.war file in the MicroStrategy Web Universal Deployment Directory you specified during installation. 3 To increase the performance of the application before proceeding with the deployment, see the Performance-based setup information section, if available, for your environment and configure as necessary. Also, after deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal on your machine, there may be a few performance-based setup steps that you should complete. 4 Choose the desired deployment method and follow the deployment procedure. 5 Log on to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator Page. 6 Launch MicroStrategy Web Universal. 7 Start working with the application.

must perform extra configuration steps to allow graphs to You support non-Western European fonts on MicroStrategy Web Universal for a UNIX system. For more information, see Graph and document support of non-Western European fonts, page 526 of Appendix B, Troubleshooting. The same general steps used to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal can also be used to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP). Therefore, you can use the deployment steps for the various environments documented in this

234 General steps to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

chapter to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), and substitute a few configuration requirements specific to deploying Mobile Server (JSP).
High-Level Deployment Steps 1 Log on to the application server by using the proper user name and password. 2 Locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file in the MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) Deployment Directory you specified during installation. 3 To increase the performance of the application before proceeding with the deployment, see the Performance-based setup information section, if available, for your environment and configure as necessary. Also, after deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) on your machine, there may be a few performance-based setup steps that you should complete. 4 Choose the desired deployment method and follow the deployment procedure. 5 Log on to the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator Page. 6 From the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator Page, configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, as well as steps to deploy and configure a certificate server for Mobile Server, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. 7 Start working with the application.

Directory structure after deploying the WAR file

The following table shows the default directory structure after deploying the Web Universal WAR file in your application server.
Directory \images \javascript \jsp \style \WEB-INF \WEB-INF\classes \WEB-INF\lib \WEB-INF\log \WEB-INF\tlds \WEB-INF\xml Contents All image files Interface JavaScript files Interface JSP code files Interface style files Configuration information for MicroStrategy Web All resource files All library files All log files for MicroStrategy Web. All Tag Library Descriptor files All MicroStrategy Web xml and xsl files

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

General steps to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

235

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

This section provides information used to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal on the Oracle Solaris operating system, using Apache as the Web server and Oracle WebLogic Server as the application server. It provides information for WebLogic 10.3. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP). This section includes the following information: WebLogic paths and folder locations: Default folder structure for each version of WebLogic. Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP). Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying the application. Re-deploy the application: Instructions for re-deploying the application. Performance-based setup information: Optional configuration settings to increase the applications performance. additional configuration steps are not required for The MicroStrategy Web Universal to run, but these settings can increase its performance. Review the performance-based setup information prior to deploying the system to see if these changes are of interest to you.

WebLogic paths and folder locations

This section presents the default folder structure for each version of WebLogic, and provides the variable used throughout the rest of this chapter to represent the WebLogic mydomain folder path. Each version of WebLogic is installed with a different default path to the WebLogic mydomain folder. When deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must make some changes within the WebLogic folders. Thus, it is important to understand the WebLogic folder structure for the version of WebLogic you are using. The following path reflects the default folder

236 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

structure for WebLogic 10.3: WEBLOGIC_HOME/user_projects/ domains/mydomain/

Note the following:

WEBLOGIC_HOME is the WebLogic Server home path. The folder structures are configurable and your organization may have changed the default names or path.

Throughout this chapter, the WebLogic mydomain folder is referred to as WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER. This variable refers to the WebLogic mydomain folder in whatever location it resides on your system. The location of this variable is based on the version of WebLogic and whether your organization has changed the versions default name or path.

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal on your machine. This includes the following sections: Locating the WAR file Setting up Apache Web server to proxy requests to WebLogic

This section supports the configuration outlined in the following table. While your setup may vary slightly, for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same.
Requirement Operating system Web server Application server JDK Recommended Oracle Solaris 10.x or 11.x (on SPARC) Apache 2.x WebLogic 10.3 Oracle JDK 1.6.0 or 1.7.0 You can download the JDK from the following location: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html

Note the following:

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

For information on the version numbers supported or certified by MicroStrategy, see the MicroStrategy Readme.

Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

237

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

For information on installing these products, see http:// www.oracle.com/technology/products/weblogic/ integration/index.html Before you start the deployment process, locate the machine name and IP address.

Locating the WAR file

The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is packaged within a single file, called a WAR (Web ARchive) file, following J2EE specifications. You must deploy the WAR file to run the application in your application server environment. The WAR file is placed in the folder you specified when installing MicroStrategy Web Universal. The default location when installing on 32-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy\ WebJSP. The default location when installing on 64-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files (x86)\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on UNIX or Linux is described in Directory structure, page 143. Copy the WAR file to WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER. See WebLogic paths and folder locations, page 236 for information on the default folder structure. deploy MicroStrategy Web, you must follow a set of steps that are To specific to the application server you are using. For more details, see the application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You can also refer to the section Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), page 239 below for more details on deploying the WAR file. After deploying MicroStrategy Web, you can view the WEB-INF folder, which contains a subfolder named log. The log folder retains all the log files. For more information on the directory structure after deploying MicroStrategy Web, see Directory structure after deploying the WAR file, page 235.

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

238 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

processes used to deploy the MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file to deploy the Mobile Server (JSP) WAR file.

Installation and Configuration Guide

To deploy the WAR file

4 Transfer the WAR file to the following directory: /WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/autodeploy The application is automatically deployed. To add and connect to an Intelligence Server, see Configuring the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 246. increase the performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal, you can To configure additional settings after deployment. For more information, see Performance-based setup information, page 248.
To automatically deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal from an exploded directory

WAR file must be uncompressed by the same Solaris user who The started the application. 1 Locate the MicroStrategy.war file. It is located in the MicroStrategy Web Universal Deployment Directory you specified during installation. For more information, see Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux, page 126. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure. 2 Create the following new folder: /home/username/context_folder where username is your account name used to access the Web server machine, and context_folder is the name of the new folder. can create the new folder anywhere except in the following You location: /WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/autodeploy 3 Copy the WAR file to the new folder. 4 To explode the WAR file inside the folder you created, run the following command: # jar -xvf MicroStrategy.war

242 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

5 Delete the MicroStrategy.war file by using the following command: # rm MicroStrategy.war 6 Move the folder to the autodeploy folder with the following commands: # cd.. # mv context_folder /WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/ autodeploy The application is automatically deployed. To add and connect to an Intelligence Server, see Configuring the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 246. increase the performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal, you can To configure additional settings after deployment. For more information, see Performance-based setup information, page 248.

Deploying manually (production mode)

With manual deployment you can deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal from: A duplicate WAR file. When you deploy from a duplicate WAR file, you are required to manually configure the web.xml file within the WAR file to allow access to certain folders. Once this configuration is complete and the WAR file is recompiled, MicroStrategy Web Universal can be deployed using the single WAR file. An exploded directory where all the files contained in the WAR file were extracted. When you deploy from an exploded directory, all of the files and folders within the WAR file are exposed to WebLogic. This allows WebLogic to access the required folders to perform any necessary configurations to files in the exploded directory.

Perform the deployment in the /WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/ autodeploy directory.

To manually deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) from a duplicate WAR file

1 Locate the MicroStrategy.war file. It is located in the MicroStrategy Web Universal Deployment path, as described in Directory structure, page 143.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

243

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure.
To modify the web.xml file for multiple MicroStrategy Web Universal deployments

2 If you are deploying more than one MicroStrategy Web Universal environment on the same WebLogic application server, prior to deployment, you must modify the web.xml file as described below: a Unzip the WAR file by using the following command: #jar -xvf MicroStrategy.war b Open the web.xml file located in the /WEB-INF directory. c Modify the contextPath parameter. By default, this parameter does not have a value. Type a unique string for the value of the contextPath parameter. For example, type WebDep2.

d Save the web.xml file. e Zip the WAR file by using the following command: #jar -cvf MicroStrategy.war *
To deploy the WAR file

3 Transfer the WAR file to the /WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/ autodeploy directory. 4 Open the WebLogic Server Administration Console (WLS Admin Console) by typing the following address: http://IP address:port/console/ where IP address is the IP address of the machine on which you installed the WebLogic application server and port is the port number for the WebLogic application server. 5 Type a valid user ID and password at the prompt. The user ID and password are the ones you specified when installing the WebLogic Server on your machine. 6 To complete this operation, see Configuring from the WebLogic Server Administration Console, page 245.

244 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

To manually deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) from the exploded directory

1 Locate the MicroStrategy.war file. It is located in the MicroStrategy Web Universal Deployment Directory you specified during installation. For more information, see Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux, page 126. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure. 2 Create a folder in the /WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/autodeploy directory and transfer the WAR file to this directory. 3 Unzip the WAR file using the following command: #jar -xvf MicroStrategy.war 4 Open the WebLogic Server Administration Console by accessing the following address: http://IP address:Port/console/ where IP address is the IP address of the machine on which you installed the WebLogic application server and Port is the port number for the WebLogic application server. 5 Type a valid user ID and password at the prompt. The user ID and password are the ones you specified when installing the WebLogic Server on your machine. 6 To complete this operation, see Configuring from the WebLogic Server Administration Console below.

Configuring from the WebLogic Server Administration Console

To configure from the WebLogic Server Administration Console, refer to your WebLogic Server Administration Console documentation on steps to install a web application. Once you have installed MicroStrategy Web Universal as a WebLogic Server Administration Console web application, you have completed the steps required to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

245

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

To launch MicroStrategy Web Administrator and to configure MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, see Configuring the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 246. increase the performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal, you can To configure additional settings after deployment. For more information, see Performance-based setup information, page 248.

Configuring the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator pages
Before you start MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must configure the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page, which is the mstrWebAdmin servlet.
To access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages

1 The address to launch MicroStrategy Web is different for each deployment method. The following table lists the URL to access MicroStrategy Web Administrator as well as MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator. servlet names are case-sensitive. Make sure to use the correct The case when typing the mstrWebAdmin name. If the application

246 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

server is enabled with security, a dialog box related to the administrator authentication opens.
Deployment Method Address

Automatic deployment Access the Administrator page from a web browser using this URL: For Web Universal: http://IPaddress:7001/context_folder_Web/ servlet/mstrWebAdmin In the URL listed above, context_folder_Web is the name of the folder where the Web Universal application was exploded and IPaddress is the IP address of your machine. For Mobile Server (JSP): http://IPaddress:7001/ context_folder_Mobile/servlet/mstrWebAdmin In the URL listed above, context_folder_Mobile is the name of the folder where the Mobile Server application was exploded and IPaddress is the IP address of your machine. Manual deployment Access the Administrator page from a browser using this address: For Web Universal: http://IPaddress:7001/Web_name/servlet/ mstrWebAdmin In the URL listed above, IPaddress is the IP address of your machine. Replace the Web_name variable with the name you specified in the deployed name field when configuring Web Universal from WebLogic Server Administration Console, for example, MyWebApp. For Mobile Server (JSP): http://IPaddress:7001/Mobile_name/ servlet/mstrWebAdmin In the URL listed above, IPaddress is the IP address of your machine. Replace the Mobile_name variable with the name you specified in the deployed name field when configuring Mobile Server from WebLogic Server Administration Console, for example, MyMobileApp.

2 Type the same user ID and password that was used to start the WebLogic Server on your machine. In WebLogic, the deployment of MicroStrategy Web Universal automatically associates the WebLogic administrative user with the MicroStrategy Web Universal administrator. The WebLogic administrative user is the user who has permissions to start the WebLogic Server on a given machine. 3 After you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

247

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 Launch the MicroStrategy Web Universal project, as described below.

Launching the project

The address to launch MicroStrategy Web Universal is different for each deployment method. The table below lists the URL you can use to access MicroStrategy Web Universal.
Deployment Method Address

Automatic deployment Access MicroStrategy Web Universal from a web browser using this URL: http://IPaddress:7001/context_folder/servlet/mstrWeb where context_folder is the name of the folder where the application was exploded and IPaddress is the IP address of your machine. Manual deployment Access MicroStrategy Web Universal from a browser using the address: http://IPaddress/name/servlet/mstrWeb where IPaddress is the IP address of your machine. Replace the name variable with the name you specified in the deployed name field when configuring from WebLogic Server Administration Console, for example, MyWebApp.

Re-deploy the application

If you have already deployed MicroStrategy Web Universal with WebLogic and you change any parameters in the web.xml file, you must re-deploy the application using the WebLogic Server Administration Console. This allows the changes to take effect in the deployed application. To re-deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal, refer to your WebLogic Server Administration Console documentation on steps to re-deploy (update) a web application.

Performance-based setup information

The performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal can be increased by configuring it on various component levels. These additional setup settings are not required, but if you want to increase the performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal, some changes must be done before or after

248 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

the deployment procedure. This section provides the following configurations: Setting the Java heap size Precompiling JSP files Disable/relax auto-reload parameters Configuring Apache Web server to serve static files

Setting the Java heap size

The Java heap size for the WebLogic Server can be increased by modifying the MEM_ARGS variable in the startWebLogic.sh script.
To increase the Java heap size

1 Open the startWebLogic.sh script from / WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/bin/startWebLogic.sh. 2 Define the following line in the script: MEM_ARGS=-Xms512m -Xmx1024m This line reflects an initial Java heap size of 512 MB. MicroStrategy recommends the initial java heap size be set at a minimum of 512MB, assuming the machine has enough memory space. This value may need to be modified to reflect the requirements of your specific environment. Refer to your third-party application server documentation for information on how to determine a satisfactory Java heap size for your environment. 3 Stop and start the application server.

Precompiling JSP files

To avoid the time taken to load the Web pages in the application server when you access it for the first time, you must precompile the Java Server Pages (JSP) files before deploying the application. Do this by setting the application server to load all the pages in the application before deployment. Thus, when you connect for the first time, the pages are already loaded and the performance is better.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

249

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

To precompile the JSP files

1 Open the weblogic.xml file located in the /WEB-INF directory. 2 In the jsp-descriptor section, set the keepgenerated and the precompile parameters to TRUE, as follows: <jsp-descriptor> : : <jsp-param> <param-name>keepgenerated</param-name> <param-value>TRUE</param-value> </jsp-param> <jsp-param> <param-name>precompile</param-name> <param-value>TRUE</param-value> </jsp-param> : : </jsp-descriptor> 3 Save the file.

Disable/relax auto-reload parameters

To disable/relax auto-reload parameters, complete the following: Set the pageCheckSeconds parameter Set the WebLogic Reload Period parameter

Each parameter is explained below.

Set the pageCheckSeconds parameter

The pageCheckSeconds parameter sets the interval, in seconds, at which the WebLogic Server checks to see if JSP files have changed and need recompiling. Dependencies are also checked and recursively reloaded if changed.

250 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

You can set the following values:

Value 0 -1 n Description Pages are checked on every request. The page is not checked until the server is restarted. Any classes used by the JSP page that live in the servlet classpath are also reloaded. Interval (in seconds) in which WebLogic Server checks if JSP files have changed. For example, if this is set to 1, WebLogic checks the pages every second to see if the JSP has changed and needs recompiling.

To set the pageCheckSeconds parameter

1 Open the weblogic.xml file located in the /WEB-INF directory. 2 In the jsp-descriptor section, set the pageCheckSeconds parameter value. For example, the following code sets the value to -1: <jsp-descriptor> : : <jsp-param> <param-name>pageCheckSeconds </param-name> <param-value>-1</param-value> </jsp-param> : : </jsp-descriptor> 3 Save the file.

Set the WebLogic Reload Period parameter

In WebLogic, the Reload Period parameter sets how often WebLogic checks whether a servlet has been modified. If the servlet has been modified, WebLogic reloads it. As the MicroStrategy Web Universal servlets do not change after they have been deployed, MicroStrategy recommends that you disable the reload period by setting it to -1. A value of -1 means never reload, and a value of 0 means always reload. Use the appropriate procedure below, depending on whether you have MicroStrategy Web Universal deployed as a duplicate WAR file.
251

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

To set the WebLogic Reload Period

1 Open the weblogic.xml file located in the /WEB-INF directory. 2 In the container-descriptor section, set the servlet-reload-check-secs parameter value. For example, the following code sets the value to -1: <container-descriptor> <servlet-reload-check-secs>-1</ servlet-reload-check-secs> </container-descriptor> 3 Save the file.

Configuring Apache Web server to serve static files

Because Web servers are tuned to effectively serve static files, the perceived performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal is significantly enhanced if image, style sheet, and JavaScript files are served via the Apache Web server, and the WebLogic Server handles only the servlet requests. Do this by editing two main parameters, Alias and MatchExpression, in the Apache configuration file httpd.conf. The Alias parameter is used to create a virtual directory in the Apache Web server. The virtual directory is needed to serve static files such as images, style sheets, and JavaScript. The MatchExpression parameter is used to configure the Apache plug-in so that the WebLogic Server handles only the servlet requests.

To configure the Apache Web server to serve static files

1 To change the Alias parameter, add the following lines in the httpd.conf file: Alias /MicroStrategy/images/"/ WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/autodeploy/MicroStrategy/ images/"

252 Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

<Directory "/WEBLOGIC_MYDOMAIN_FOLDER/autodeploy/ MicroStrategy/images"> Options Indexes MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow, deny Allow from all </Directory> code excerpts assume the application name is These MicroStrategy. See Deploying with WebLogic and Apache (Solaris) for information on default folder structure. 2 Repeat the previous step for the JavaScript and style sheet folders, replacing the word images in the previous code with the folder name where the JavaScript and style sheet files are located. 3 Change the MatchExpression parameter by typing */servlet/* in the MatchExpression parameter. For example, <IfModule mod_weblogic.c> WebLogicHost 10.15.133.56 WebLogicPort 7001 MatchExpression */servlet/* </IfModule> 4 Stop and start the Apache Web server using the commands apachectl start and apachectl stop. The Web server now serves image (GIF), style sheet (CSS), JavaScript, and all other static files, thus reducing the load on the application server and increasing the applications performance.

Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

This section provides information used to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal on an AIX machine using the WebSphere Server and the IBM HTTP Web Server. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP).

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

253

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

This section includes the following information: Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP). Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying the application. Performance-based setup information: Optional settings to increase the applications performance. additional settings are not required, but can increase the These performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal. Review this information prior to deployment to see if any of these options are of interest to you.

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal on your machine. Preconfiguration includes the following step: Locating the WAR file

This section also provides additional setup information for the machine where the application server and Web server are already installed. This section supports the following configuration. While your configuration may vary slightly, for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same.
Requirement Operating system Web server Application server JDK Recommended AIX 5.3.x, 6.1.x, or 7.1.x(on IBM POWER Architecture) IBM HTTP Server 6.x, 7.x, or 8.x IBM WebSphere application server 7.x, 8.x, or 8.5.x IBM JDK 1.6.0 You can download these JDKs from the following location: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/aix/service.html

information on the version numbers certified and supported by For MicroStrategy, see the MicroStrategy Readme.

254 Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Locating the WAR file

1 Locate the MicroStrategy.war file in the MicroStrategy Web Universal Deployment Directory you specified during installation. For more information, see Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux, page 126. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure. 2 Copy the WAR file to the WAS_HOME/installableApps directory, where WAS_HOME is the WebSphere application server home path. The deployment process in this chapter assumes that MicroStrategy.war file is stored in this directory. deploy the WAR file, you must follow a set of steps that are specific To to the application server you are using. For more details, see the application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You should also follow any relevant preconfiguration instructions within this chapter. For information on the directory structure after deploying the WAR file, see Directory structure after deploying the WAR file, page 235.

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), you must use the WAR file for Mobile Server (JSP). The WAR file is placed in the folder you specified when installing Mobile Server (JSP). You can then use the same processes used to deploy the MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file to deploy the Mobile Server (JSP) WAR file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

255

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

Once your machine has the necessary settings configured, you can deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) on the WebSphere machine. Deployment involves the following steps: 1 Launching the WebSphere Administrative Console 2 Starting the WebSphere default application server 3 Installing the Enterprise Application 4 Regenerating plugin-cfg.xml 5 Restarting the application server 6 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page 7 Launching the project Performance-based setup information section provides The information on additional settings to increase application performance. These additional settings are not required, but can increase the performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal. Review this information prior to deployment to see if any of these options are of interest to you.

Launching the WebSphere Administrative Console

The WebSphere Administrative Console can be accessed only if the WebSphere server is started on the machine.
To start the Websphere Application Server

1 Execute the startServer script as follows: cd WAS_HOME/bin # ./startServer.sh SERVER_NAME

Typically, server1 is the default server name in WebSphere.

256 Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

2 Ensure that the Administrative Server has started successfully. Execute the following commands: cd WAS_HOME/bin # ./serverStatus.sh -all
To launch the WebSphere Administrative Console

1 In a browser, type the URL for the administrative console. The URL is of the following form: http://IP Address:Port/ibm/console where IP Address is the IP address of the computer on which you installed the WebSphere application server and Port is the port number for the WebSphere Administrative Console. Refer to your third-party WebSphere documentation to confirm the default port number for the administrative console.

Starting the WebSphere default application server

After you launch the WebSphere Administrative Console, you can deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal by starting the default application server. is applicable for WebSphere Network Deployment Edition or This WebSphere Enterprise Edition. For WebSphere Express or WebSphere Base Editions, there is no distinction between an administrative server and a default server. The StartServer.sh command starts the default application server automatically.
To start the default application server

When the WebSphere Administrative Console opens, a tree view is displayed. 1 Expand the Servers node, or click the link to expand the view. 2 Click the Applications Servers link. A table listing the application servers displays to the right of the navigation tree. This area is the Workspace. 3 Select the box next to the application server to start.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

257

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

4 Click Start above the table.

Installing the Enterprise Application

To install the Enterprise Application

1 Expand Applications, and then Enterprise Applications to display a list of installed applications. 2 Click Install.

Preparing for the application installation

The following steps describe the settings that must be specified for the installation.
To specify settings for the installation

1 To begin the installation for IBM WebSphere, expand Applications, then expand Application Types, and then select WebSphere enterprise applications. A list of enterprise applications is displayed. 2 Click Install. Options to specify the path to the new application are displayed. 3 You must specify the path to the WAR file by selecting either the local file system or remote file system option. For local file systems, you can click browse to navigate to the location of the MicroStrategy.war file. For remote file systems, type in the full path for the location of the MicroStrategy.war file. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, browse to or type the full path for the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. 4 Click Next to continue the installation. 5 Select to perform either a Fast Path or Detailed installation. Either type of installation can support the deployment of MicroStrategy Web or MicroStrategy Mobile.

258 Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

6 Select the Generate Default Binding check box, and ensure that the Override existing bindings check box is cleared. 7 Click Next. The Select installation options page opens. In the screens that follow, you are selecting settings that are used during the installation. 8 Perform the following configuration steps: Select the Precompile Java Server Pages files check box. Specify the value for the Directory to Install Application as ${APP_INSTALL_ROOT}/DefaultNode Specify an Application Name of your choice. Ensure that the Override class reloading settings for Web and EJB modules check box is cleared.

9 Click Next. The Map modules to application servers page opens. 10 Select the Web Tier check box and click Next. The Map context roots for web modules page opens. 11 Type a suitable name for ContextRoot, which is case-sensitive. Do not include .war in the name for ContextRoot as this can cause errors when attempting to start the application. URL to access MicroStrategy Web Universal (http:// The machine-name/ContextRoot/servlet/mstrWeb) contains ContextRoot, which should be replaced by any name of your choice. For example, you can use the default name of the WAR file, which is MicroStrategy. 12 Click Next. The Summary Page opens. 13 Review the summary and click Finish. A message appears stating that the installation and precompilation of JSPs was successful. Save the changes to the master repository. 14 As part of deploying MicroStrategy Web or MicroStrategy Mobile, you can control access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page or MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page respectively. To perform this configuration, map the admin role to the users or groups that will be given the MicroStrategy Web Administrator privileges. Role mapping enables the mapped users to access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page and MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

259

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

page. To access these options in WebSphere, expand the Security options, and then click Global Security. must be enabled for the WebSphere Server for this feature Security to work.

Regenerating plugin-cfg.xml
To regenerate plugin-cfg.xml

1 Expand Environment, and then click Update global WebServer Plug-in configuration. 2 Click OK, and then click Save to master configuration.

Restarting the application server

This section explains how to stop and start the application server. Performing these steps stops and starts all the applications running on the application server. To stop and start only the application in which you are working, see To start the Web module, page 261.
To restart the application server

option to stop and start the application server through the The administrative console is available only for the Websphere Network Deployment and Websphere Enterprise Editions. To stop and start the application server in Websphere Express and Websphere Base editions, see below. 1 Expand Servers, and then click the WebSphere Application Servers link. A table listing the application servers and an icon indicating their status appears: red: stopped green: started

2 Select the box next to the application server you want to stop, and click Stop. The status icon changes from green to red.

260 Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

3 Select the application server you want to start and click Start. The application server starts and the status icon changes to green. To stop and start the application server in Websphere Express and Websphere Base editions, use the following commands: stopServer.sh server1 to stop the application server startServer.sh server1 to start the application server.

Starting the Web module

This process starts only the Web application, rather than all the applications running on the application server. To stop and start all applications, see Restarting the application server, above.
To start the Web module

4 Expand Applications, then expand Application Types, and then select WebSphere enterprise applications. A list of enterprise applications is displayed, along with icons indicating their status: red: stopped green: started

263

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

2 Select the desired MicroStrategy Web application. 3 Click Uninstall. 4 Save the configuration in the master repository.

Performance-based setup information

The performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal can be increased by configuring it on various component levels. These additional settings are not necessary, but can increase the performance of MicroStrategy Web Universal. This section explains the following changes: Setting the Java heap size Precompiling JSP files Configuring the IBM HTTP Server to serve static files

Setting the Java heap size

You can increase the Java heap size for a given application server by configuring the WebSphere Administrative Console.
To increase the Java heap size

1 Access the Administrative Console. 2 Expand the Servers node. 3 Click the Application Servers link to view the list of application servers. 4 Click the application server name, scroll to Additional Properties and click Process Definition. 5 Click JVM Settings to set the Java heap size settings. MicroStrategy recommends that you initially set the Java heap size to a minimum of 500MB, assuming the machine has enough memory space. This value may need to be modified to reflect the requirements of your specific environment. Refer to your third-party application server

264 Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

documentation for information on how to determine a satisfactory Java heap size for your environment. 6 Click Apply and save your changes. 7 Stop and start the application server.

Precompiling JSP files

To avoid the time taken to load the Web pages in the application server when you access it for the first time, you must precompile the Java Server Pages (JSP) files. Precompilation can be done during deployment by selecting the Enable pre-compile of JSPs setting. Otherwise, it can be done after deploying the application. To precompile the JSPs after deployment, set the application server to load all the pages in the application. Then when you connect for the first time, the pages are already loaded and performance is improved. Before you precompile the JSP files, make sure that: The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is deployed in the WebSphere environment. You know the defined application name and the Web Modules name. You can retrieve these names from the Administrative Console. Locate the application name under the Enterprise Applications node. Locate the Web Module name by expanding the application and clicking Web Modules. The default name is Web Tier.

To precompile the JSP files

1 Change the directory to WAS_ROOT/bin. 2 Run the following command: ./JspBatchCompiler.sh -enterpriseapp.name ApplicationName -webmodule.name webModule -cell.name cellName -node.name nodeName -server.name serverName -keepgenerated TRUE If the administrative server is running in a security enabled mode, you are prompted for the user ID and password to connect to the Admin server.
265

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server (AIX)

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

username userID password password For each JSP file compiled without error, the following message appears: Code generation successful.

Configuring the IBM HTTP Server to serve static files

The IBM HTTP Server (Web server) is tuned to effectively serve static files. As a result, perceived performance is greatly enhanced if you configure the IBM HTTP Server to serve image, style sheet, and JavaScript files. This also reduces the load on the WebSphere Server so that it can handle only dynamic files while IBM HTTP Server handles static files. This requires that you do the following: Configure the application server level to serve the Java Server Pages (JSPs) and servlets, which are dynamic files and handled by WebSphere. Configure the Web server level to serve the images, JavaScripts, and style sheets, which are static files and handled by the IBM HTTP Server.

For more information, see the IBM WebSphere Application Server redbook covering System Management and Configuration. This book discusses separating static content from dynamic content.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

This section provides information used to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal on an Oracle Glassfish Server 3.1.x in a UNIX/ Linux environment. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP). Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP). Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server JSP.

266 Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Undeploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server JSP: Instructions for undeploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server JSP.

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary for deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal on your machine, which includes Locating the WAR file, page 267. It also provides additional setup information that needs to be done on the machine on which the application server and Web server are already installed. While your configuration may vary slightly, for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same:
Requirement Operating system Web server Application server JDK Configuration Details Solaris 10.x or 11.x (on SPARC) Oracle iPlanet Web Server 7.0 Oracle Glassfish Server 3.1.x You can download the JDK from the following location: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html

For information on the version numbers certified and supported by MicroStrategy, see the MicroStrategy Readme.

Locating the WAR file

The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is packaged within a single file, called a WAR (Web ARchive) file, following the J2EE specifications. You must deploy this file to run the application in your application server environment. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), you must use the WAR file for Mobile Server (JSP). You can then use the same processes used to deploy the MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file to deploy the Mobile Server (JSP) WAR file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

267

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

To locate the WAR file

1 Do one of the following: If you are deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, locate the MicroStrategy.war file in the MicroStrategy Web Universal Deployment Directory that you specified during installation. For more information, see Installation procedures on UNIX and Linux, page 126. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file in the folder that you specified when installing Mobile Server (JSP).

2 Copy the WAR file to the same machine as the Oracle Glassfish Server, or to a location that is accessible to the Oracle Glassfish Server machine. The deployment process in this chapter assumes that the MicroStrategy.war or MicroStrategyMobile.war file is stored in this directory. deploy the WAR file, you must follow a set of steps that are specific To to the application server you are using. For more details, see the application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You should also follow any relevant preconfiguration instructions within this chapter. For information on the directory structure after deploying the WAR file, see Directory structure after deploying the WAR file, page 235.

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

Once your machine has been configured, you can deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) with Oracle Glassfish Server 3.1.x. The deployment involves the steps below, which are explained in detail in the following sections: 1 Launching the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console, page 269 2 Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), page 270

268 Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

3 Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 272 4 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page, page 275 5 Connecting to the Web Universal project page, page 276 administration and deployment tools in Oracle Glassfish Server The have the same interface regardless of the operating system on which they run. Therefore, the deployment process is the same for all operating systems, and is described below. There are some minor changes in the Windows environment, which are highlighted where necessary.

Launching the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console

This procedure describes the steps to launch the Oracle Glassfish Server. Prerequisites: The Oracle Glassfish Server is installed. This installation should also include a default domain, commonly named domain1. If you plan to use a different domain, refer to your third-party Oracle documentation for creating a domain.

To launch the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console

1 Navigate to the following directory in the command prompt: InstallDir/bin where InstallDir is the directory where you installed Oracle Glassfish Server. 2 Type the following command to start the domain: asadmin start-domain --domaindir DomainDirectory DomainName

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

269

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

where: DomainDirectory is the path you defined when creating the domain. You can remove the --domaindir option if the domain uses the default directory. DomainName is the name of the domain you created in the previous steps.

For example, to start domain1, which is the default domain, type the following command: asadmin start-domain domain1 3 Access the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console by typing the following URL: http://MachineName:PortNumber where: MachineName is the IP address or the name of the machine where you installed Oracle Glassfish Server. PortNumber is the port number you provided when creating the domain. The default port number is 4848.

4 If prompted, type the user name and password that you provided when creating the domain.

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

After launching the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console, follow the steps below to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal as a WAR file. The steps provided below can also be used to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) as a WAR file. Prerequisites Save the WAR file (see Locating the WAR file, page 267) to the same machine as the Oracle Glassfish Server, or to a location that is accessible to the Oracle Glassfish Server machine. Access to the administrative pages for MicroStrategy Web Universal and MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) can be granted by using the admin security role and the associated mstradmin group. Granting this access

270 Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

to users can be done within the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console after deploying the WAR file. While this default behavior supports most deployment requirements, if you have specific security requirements for your system, you must modify the security role details prior to deploying the WAR file, as described in Managing the admin security role for specialized group authentication requirements, page 274.
To deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) as a WAR file

1 Access the Administration Console by typing the following URL: http://MachineName:PortNumber where: MachineName is the IP address or the name of the machine where you installed Oracle Glassfish Server. PortNumber is the port number you provided when creating the domain. The default port number is 4848.

2 If prompted, type the user name and password that you used to create the domain. 3 Expand the Tree pane on the left side of the Administration Console. 4 Click Applications. The Applications page is displayed. 5 Click Deploy. The Deploy Applications or Modules page is displayed. 6 Select Local Packaged File or Directory That Is Accessible from GlassFish Server, and then click Browse Files. The Browse Server dialog box opens. the WAR file in this manner is recommended as the Selecting Packaged File to Be Uploaded to the Server option uploads the WAR file via HTTP, which can require considerable time and system resources. 7 Browse to the location where you saved the MicroStrategy Web Universal (MicroStrategy.war) WAR file. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, browse to the MicroStrategyMobile.war file for the deployment process.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

271

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

8 Once you select the appropriate WAR file, click Choose File. 9 From the Type drop-down list, select Web Application. 10 In the Context Root field, type the context root for the application, which is included in various URLs for the application.

Note the following examples:

The URL to access MicroStrategy Web Universal (http:// IPAddress:PortNumber/ContextRoot/servlet/ mstrWeb) includes the applications context root, which should be replaced by any name of your choice. For example, you can use the default name of the WAR file, which is MicroStrategy. The URL to access the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator Page (http://IPAddress:PortNumber/ ContextRoot/servlet/mstrWebAdmin) includes the applications context root, which should be replaced by any name of your choice. For example, you can use the default name of the WAR file, which is MicroStrategyMobile.

11 In the Application Name field, type a descriptive name to distinguish the application from within the Administration Console. 12 In the Virtual Servers list, select the appropriate server. 13 Select or clear the additional deployment option check boxes according to your requirements. is recommended you select the Precompile JSPs check box to It quickly load the Web pages in the application server when you access it for the first time. 14 Click OK to deploy the application.

Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages
For security purposes, you must only assign certain users the authorization to access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages. To do this, users for whom you want to grant permission to access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator pages need to be assigned to the mstradmin group, which is part of the admin security role.
272 Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Oracle Glassfish Server supports the following authentication realms out-of-the-box: File realm Administration realm Certificate realm

realm, also called a security policy domain or security domain, is a A scope over which a common security policy is defined and enforced by the security administrator of the security service. For more information, see the following resource: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E18930_01/html/821-2435/ ggkuk.html#gkbiy In Oracle Glassfish Server, the file realm is the default realm. For controlling access to the Administration pages, you can create users and user groups and assign the mstradmin group to users in your security realm.
To create users that are assigned to the mstradmin group in the file realm

1 In the Administration Console, from the Tree pane on the left, click server (Admin Server). Ensure that the server is running or click Start to start the server. 2 From the Tree pane on the left, expand Configuration, then server-config, then Security, then Realms, and then select file. The Edit Realm page is displayed. 3 Click Manage Users. The File Users page is displayed. 4 Click New to create a new user. The New File Realm User page is displayed. 5 Type the following information for the new user: User ID: The ID that the user provides when authenticating with the system. Group List: The groups that the user is a member of. Type mstradmin to provide the user access to the MicroStrategy Web Universal or MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) Administrator pages. New Password: The password used to authenticate a user.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

273

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Confirm New Password: A confirmation of the password, required when creating a new user.

6 Click OK to create the user. You are returned to the File Users page, where you can continue to create and manage users for the administration realm. 7 To apply all of these changes, stop and restart the application server: a In the Administration Console, from the Tree pane on the left, select server (Admin Server). The General Information page is displayed. b Click Restart.

Managing the admin security role for specialized group authentication requirements
MicroStrategy provides a descriptor file, glassfish-web.xml, which enables Oracle Glassfish Server to map the existing users or groups to security roles. This file is located within the MicroStrategy WAR files, and after deployment can be found in the WebApplicationRootDir/WEB-INF folder. By default, the admin security role and its mstradmin group defined in this glassfish-web.xml file can be used to grant access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages. This provides administrative access without having to make any modifications to glassfish-web.xml. In these scenarios, you can use the steps provided in Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), page 270 and Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 272 to complete the deployment and authentication requirements. While this default behavior supports most deployment requirements, you can modify this glassfish-web.xml file if you have specialized group authentication requirements to use a group other than the default mstradmin group defined for the admin security role. Any groups that are used must be included as part of the admin security role. changes made to the glassfish-web.xml file must be done Any prior to deploying the MicroStrategy Web Universal or MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) application.

274 Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

The contents of this file are as follows, which may differ depending on your installation of Oracle Glassfish Server: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE glassfish-web-app PUBLIC "-//GlassFish.org// DTD GlassFish Application Server 3.1 Servlet 3.0//EN" "http://glassfish.org/dtds/glassfish-web-app_3_0-1.dtd"> <glassfish-web-app> <security-role-mapping> <role-name>admin</role-name> <group-name>mstradmin</group-name> </security-role-mapping> </glassfish-web-app> Once you make any changes to this file, you must deploy the application (see Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), page 270) and assign the security role to the necessary user accounts (see Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 272).

Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page
Before you start MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must configure the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page, which is the mstrWebAdmin servlet. If you are deploying Mobile Server (JSP), you can use the steps below to configure the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page, which also uses the mstrWebAdmin servlet.
To access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and MicroStrategy Mobile Server pages

1 Access the servlet by typing the following URL in a Web browser: For Web Universal: http://IPAddress:PortNumber/ ContextRootWeb/servlet/mstrWebAdmin In the URL listed above, ContextRootWeb is the name you provided for the ContextRoot for Web Module box in the section Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), page 270. For example, you can use the default name of the WAR file, which is MicroStrategy. The default port number is 8080.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

275

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

For Mobile Server (JSP): http://IPAddress:PortNumber/ ContextRootMobile/servlet/mstrWebAdmin In the URL listed above, ContextRootMobile is the name you provided for the ContextRoot for Web Module box in the section Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), page 270. For example, you can use the default name of the WAR file, which is MicroStrategyMobile. The default port number is 8080.

servlet names are case-sensitive. Use the correct case when The typing the mstrWebAdmin name. If the application server is enabled with security, a dialog box related to the administrator authentication opens. 2 Type the user ID and password for a user who is a member of the mstradmin group, as described in Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 272. 3 After you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page opens. Use it to add and connect to an Intelligence Server. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 Proceed to launch the MicroStrategy Web Universal project. For more information, see Connecting to the Web Universal project page immediately below.

Connecting to the Web Universal project page

After restarting the application server, follow the steps described here to connect to the project page.

276 Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

To connect to the Web Universal project page

In a Web browser, type the following URL: http://MachineName:PortNumber/ContextRoot If you have used all the default values, you can access the following URLs: http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/ or http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/servlet/mstrWeb You are now ready to use MicroStrategy Web Universal.

Undeploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server JSP

Oracle recommends undeploying an application before deploying a newer version. The steps below show you how to undeploy an existing MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) application, using the Oracle Glassfish Server Administration Console.
To undeploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

1 In the Administration Console, from the Tree pane on the left, click Applications. The Applications page is displayed. 2 Select the check box for the Web Universal application or Mobile Server (JSP) application. 3 Click Undeploy. 4 After the undeployment is finished, stop and restart the application server for the changes to take effect.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle Glassfish Server (Solaris)

277

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

This section provides information used to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal in a Tomcat-only environment. For information on how to configure Tomcat to work with IIS, see iishowto.html (Tomcat 6.0) in the Tomcat documentation. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP): Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP). Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying, including step-by-step procedures.

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal on Tomcat on your machine. While your setup may vary slightly, for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same.
Requirement Operating system Application server JDK Recommended Windows 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) Tomcat 6.0.x or 7.0.x Oracle JDK 1.6.0 or 1.7.0 You can download the JDK from the following location: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html

Configuring the JDK

If you have not installed the Oracle JDK yet, download the file from the http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html website. Be sure to install the JDK, not the JRE. download site displays a number of software options. These might The include terms such as JRE, JDK, and Java SDK. You must install a

278 Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

development kit (which is termed JDK or SDK) rather than installing only the JRE. configure the JDK, a system variable must point to the folder To where you install the JDK. If you install the JDK to a simple folder path such as C:\ setting the system variable is easier and more likely to be correct. After you install the Oracle JDK, you must configure it.
To configure the JDK

1 On your Windows machine, access the environment variables using the steps below: third-party products discussed below are manufactured by The vendors independent of MicroStrategy, and the steps to configure these products is subject to change. Refer to the appropriate Microsoft documentation for steps to access and modify the environment variables. a From the Start menu, select Computer. The Computer dialog box opens. b Click System properties. The System dialog box opens. c Click Advanced system settings. The System Properties dialog box opens.

d Click Environment Variables. The Environment Variables dialog box opens. 2 Under System Variables, click New to create a system variable. The New System Variable dialog box opens. 3 In the Variable Name field, type JAVA_HOME. 4 In the Variable Value field, type the path of the folder where you installed the JDK and click OK. For example, if the fully qualified path to your JDK executable is C:\ jdk1.6.0\bin\java.exe, the value of your JAVA_HOME variable is C:\jdk1.6.0. you have installed JDK under the Program Files folder, type If Progra~1 when specifying the folder name in the Variable Value box;

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

279

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

otherwise the system does not recognize the folder. For example, type C:\Progra~1\jdk1.6.0 in the Variable Value box.

Configuring Tomcat
This procedure assumes that you have downloaded and installed Tomcat on your machine. You can download Tomcat from the Apache website; depending on the version you want to download, you may need to locate the appropriate file in Apaches Archive area. Instructions for downloading and installing Tomcat are also available on the Apache website. To configure Tomcat, a system variable must point to the folder where you install Tomcat. If you install Tomcat to a simple folder path such as C:\ Tomcat then setting the system variable is easier and more likely to be correct. After you install Tomcat, you must configure it.
To configure Tomcat

280 Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

4 In the Variable Value field, specify the path of the folder where you installed Tomcat and click OK. For example, if you installed Tomcat directly to the C drive, the destination folder is C:\Tomcat. you installed Tomcat under the Program Files folder, type If Progra~1 when specifying the folder in the Variable Value box. Otherwise, the system does not recognize the folder. For example, type C:\Progra~1\Tomcat in the Variable Value box.

Setting the Java heap size

The Java heap size for the Tomcat can be modified by defining the JAVA_OPTS parameter in the catalina.bat file. For example, you can define this parameter as follows: JAVA_OPTS = "-Xms1024m -Xmx2048m" This value may need to be modified to reflect the requirements of your specific environment. Refer to your third-party application server documentation for information on how to determine a satisfactory Java heap size for your environment.

Locating the WAR file

The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is packaged within a single file, called a WAR file (Web ARchive), following the J2EE specifications, which you must deploy to run the application in your application server environment. The MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file (MicroStrategy.war) is located in the path you specified when installing MicroStrategy Web Universal. The default location when installing on 32-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on 64-bit Windows environments is C:\ Program Files (x86)\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on UNIX or Linux is described in Directory structure, page 143. To deploy the WAR file, you must follow a set of steps that are specific to the application server you are using. For more details, see the application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You should also follow any relevant preconfiguration instructions within this chapter.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

281

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

Assuming you have made all the necessary configurations described above, you can begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) with Tomcat. This involves the following steps: 1 Deploying using Tomcat as a stand-alone Web container 2 Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages 3 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page 4 Launching the project

Deploying using Tomcat as a stand-alone Web container

To deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) using Tomcat as a stand-alone Web container

1 Copy the MicroStrategy.war file to the Tomcat\webapps folder. Instructions on locating the MicroStrategy.war file can be found in the section Locating the WAR file, page 281. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file (see Locating the Mobile Server WAR file, page 282).
Stop and start Tomcat from the command line

2 From the Start menu, select Run. The Run dialog box opens.

282 Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

3 Type cmd in the Open drop-down list and click OK. The command prompt opens. 4 Browse to the Tomcat\bin folder, where Tomcat is the folder in which you installed Tomcat. For example, in the command prompt, type cd C:\Tomcat\bin 5 Press ENTER. C:\Tomcat\bin> is displayed at the command prompt. 6 Type startup to start Tomcat and shutdown to stop it. you installed Tomcat under the Program Files folder, type If Progra~1 when you change folders in the command prompt. Otherwise, the system does not recognize the folder. For example, type C:\Progra~1\Tomcat\bin in the command prompt. MicroStrategy Web Universal or MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) is deployed automatically, based on the following: If you have configured Tomcat to deploy an exploded WAR file, which is often the default behavior:

When deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, a MicroStrategy folder is created within the Tomcat\webapps folder. When deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), a MicroStrategyMobile folder is created within the Tomcat\ webapps folder.

If you have configured Tomcat to deploy an unexploded WAR file, the configuration files are created within the systems default temporary file directory. For Windows systems, the temporary file directory is commonly defined by the TMP environment variable:

When deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, a /microstrategy/ web-Version/ folder is created within the temporary file directory, where Version is the version number for the MicroStrategy Web Universal product. Within this folder location, various configuration files can be found within the WEB-INF folder and its subfolders. When deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), a / microstrategy/mobile-Version/ folder is created within the temporary file directory, where Version is the version number for the MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) product. Within this folder location, various configuration files can be found within the WEB-INF folder and its subfolders.
Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

283

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages
The MicroStrategy Web Administrator page is accessible only to users with an admin role. To create a user/password set that is authorized to access the Administrator page, you must create the users and assign them the role of admin under the Tomcat user configuration file. The steps to give a user access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page follow. If you are deploying Mobile Server (JSP), you can use the steps below to control access to the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page.
To control access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages

1 In the Tomcat\conf folder, open the tomcat-users.xml file in a program that allows you to edit the file, such as Notepad. 2 Add the following tag and save the file: <user name=administrator password=administrator roles= admin/> can specify any value in the user name and password fields. You These are used to log in to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page. 3 Stop and start Tomcat from the command line. Now you can start MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator to add and connect to an Intelligence Server. To configure MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator, see Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page, page 292.

284 Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

To configure the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

1 In a Web browser, access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page or the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page by specifying the following URL: For Web: http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/servlet/ mstrWebAdmin For Mobile Server (JSP): http://localhost:8080/ MicroStrategyMobile/servlet/mstrWebAdmin

The servlet names are case-sensitive. Make sure to use the correct case when typing the mstrWebAdmin name. If the application server is enabled with security, a dialog box related to the administrator authentication opens. you are using Tomcat integrated with IIS, you do not need to If specify the port number in the URL. However, when using Tomcat as a stand-alone Web container, you must specify the port number. The default port for Tomcat is 8080. 2 When prompted for a user name and password, use the same values you specified in the tomcat-users.xml file. 3 Once you log in, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page is displayed. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 Proceed to launch the MicroStrategy Web Universal project. For more information, see Launching the project, page 286 below.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Tomcat (Windows)

285

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Launching the project

In a Web browser, access MicroStrategy Web Universal using this URL: http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/servlet/mstrWeb

Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

This section provides information on how to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal with Tomcat in a Linux environment. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP): Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying, including detailed steps

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal with Tomcat on your Linux machine: Installing the JDK Configuring the JDK Installing Tomcat Configuring Tomcat Locating the WAR file

While your setup may vary slightly, for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same.
Requirement Operating system Recommended Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 (on x86-64)

286 Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Requirement Application server JDK

Recommended Tomcat 6.0.x or 7.0.x Oracle JDK 1.6.0 or 1.7.0 You can download the JDK from the following location: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html

Installing the JDK

If you have not installed Oracle JDK yet, download the shell file from the http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html website. Be sure to install the JDK, not the JRE. download site displays a number of software options. These might The include terms such as JRE, JDK, and Java SDK. You must install a development kit (which is termed JDK or SDK) rather than installing only the JRE. configure the JDK, a system variable must point to the folder To where you install the JDK. If you install the JDK to a simple folder path such as C:\ setting the system variable is easier and more likely to be correct. From the location in which to install the JDK, run the file you downloaded: jdk-Version-linux-i586.bin For example, to install version 1.6.0, type the following: jdk-1_6_0-linux-i586.bin

Configuring the JDK

After you install the Oracle JDK, you must configure it.
To configure the JDK

1 Open the /etc/profile file using a program that allows you to edit the file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

287

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

2 Add the following line: export JAVA_HOME=/PathName/jdkVersion; where PathName is the destination folder where you installed the JDK and Version is the version, such as 1_6_0, of the JDK.

Installing Tomcat
This procedure assumes that you have downloaded and installed Tomcat in a directory named Tomcat on your machine. If you have not installed Tomcat yet, download the zip file from the following website Tomcat 6.0.x: http://tomcat.apache.org/download-60.cgi Tomcat 7.0.x: website. http://tomcat.apache.org/ download-70.cgi

your System Administrator or visit the Apache website for Contact instructions on downloading and installing Tomcat.

Configuring Tomcat
After you install Tomcat, you must configure Tomcat. The Tomcat configuration includes creating the environment variable CATALINA_HOME and defining this environment variable to point to the Tomcat directory.
To configure Tomcat

1 Open the etc/profile file in a program that allows you to edit the file. 2 Type the following: export CATALINA_HOME = /PathName where PathName is the directory where you have installed Tomcat. For example, export CATALINA_HOME = /Tomcat

288 Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Setting the Java heap size

The Java heap size for the Tomcat can be modified by defining the JAVA_OPTS parameter in the catalina.sh file. For example, you can define this parameter as follows: JAVA_OPTS = "-Xms1024m -Xmx2048m" This value may need to be modified to reflect the requirements of your specific environment. Refer to your third-party application server documentation for information on how to determine a satisfactory Java heap size for your environment.

Locating the WAR file

The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is packaged within a single file, called a WAR file (Web ARchive), following the J2EE specifications. You must deploy the WAR file to run the application in your application server environment. The MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file (MicroStrategy.war) is located in the path you specified when installing MicroStrategy Web Universal. The default location when installing on 32-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on 64-bit Windows environments is C:\ Program Files (x86)\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on UNIX or Linux is described in Directory structure, page 143. deploy the MicroStrategy.war file, you must follow a set of To steps that are specific to the application server you are using. For more details, see your application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You should also follow any relevant preconfiguration instructions within this chapter. For information on the directory structure after deploying the WAR file, see Directory structure after deploying the WAR file, page 235.

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

289

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

processes used to deploy the MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file to deploy the Mobile Server (JSP) WAR file.

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

After you have performed the configurations described above, you can begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) with Tomcat. This involves the following steps: 1 Deploying using Tomcat as a standalone Web container 2 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page 3 Launching the project

Deploying using Tomcat as a standalone Web container

To deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) using Tomcat as a standalone Web container

1 Copy the MicroStrategy.war file to the Tomcat/webapps directory. Instructions on locating the MicroStrategy.war file can be found in the previous section, Locating the WAR file, page 289. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, copy the MicroStrategyMobile.war file to the Tomcat/webapps directory (see Locating the Mobile Server WAR file, page 289). Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure.
To start and stop Tomcat from the command line

2 Type # $CATALINA_HOME/bin/startup.sh and press ENTER to start Tomcat, which deploys MicroStrategy Web Universal or MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) automatically, based on the following: If you have configured Tomcat to deploy an exploded WAR file, which is often the default behavior:

When deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, a MicroStrategy folder is created within the Tomcat\webapps folder.

290 Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

When deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), a MicroStrategyMobile folder is created within the Tomcat\ webapps folder.

If you have configured Tomcat to deploy an unexploded WAR file, the configuration files are created within the systems default temporary file directory. For UNIX and Linux systems, the temporary file directory is usually /tmp/ or /var/tmp/:

When deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, a / microstrategy/web-Version/ folder is created within the temporary file directory, where Version is the version number for the MicroStrategy Web Universal product. Within this folder location, various configuration files can be found within the WEB-INF folder and its subfolders. When deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), a / microstrategy/mobile-Version/ folder is created within the temporary file directory, where Version is the version number for the MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) product. Within this folder location, various configuration files can be found within the WEB-INF folder and its subfolders.

Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages
The MicroStrategy Web Administrator page, mstrWebAdmin servlet, is accessible only to users with an admin role. To create a user and password set that is authorized to access the Administrator page, you must create the users and assign them the admin role under the Tomcat user configuration file. If you are deploying Mobile Server (JSP), you can use the steps below to control access to the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page.
To control access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages

1 In the Tomcat/conf directory, open the tomcat-users.xml file using a program that allows you to edit the file. 2 Add the following tags and save the file: <role rolename=admin/>

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

291

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

<user username=admin password=admin roles=admin/ > <user username=system password=goldengate roles= admin/> can specify any value in the user name and password fields. You These are used to log in to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages. The roles field must be admin. 3 Stop and restart Tomcat. Now you can start MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator to add and connect to an Intelligence Server. To configure MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator, see Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page, page 292.

Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

To configure the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

The servlet names are case-sensitive. Be sure to use the correct case when typing the mstrWebAdmin name. If the application server is enabled with security, a dialog box related to the administrator authentication opens. 2 When prompted for a user name and password, use the same values you specified in the tomcat-users.xml file. 3 When you log in, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page is displayed. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server.

292 Deploying with Tomcat (Linux)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 Proceed to launch the MicroStrategy Web Universal project. For more information, see Launching the project, page 293.

Launching the project

In a Web browser, access MicroStrategy Web Universal using the following URL: http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/servlet/mstrWeb

Deploying with SAP NetWeaver (Windows)

This section provides information used to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal on a Windows machine using the SAP application server. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP): Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP). Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying the application.

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal on your machine. It also provides additional setup information for the machine where the application server and Web server are already installed. The configuration required to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal on SAP is provided in the following table. While your configuration may vary slightly,

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with SAP NetWeaver (Windows)

293

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same.
Requirement Operating system Application server Recommended Windows 2008 Enterprise Edition SP2 (on x64) SAP NetWeaver Application Server 7.3.x

information on the version numbers certified and supported by For MicroStrategy, see the MicroStrategy Readme.

Locating the WAR file

The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is packaged within a single file, called a WAR file (Web ARchive), following the J2EE specifications. You must deploy this WAR file to run the application in your application server environment. The MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file (MicroStrategy.war) is located in the path you specified when installing MicroStrategy Web Universal. The default location when installing on 32-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on 64-bit Windows environments is C:\ Program Files (x86)\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on UNIX or Linux is described in Directory structure, page 143. deploy the WAR file, you must follow a set of steps that are specific To to the application server you are using. For more details, see the application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You should also follow any relevant preconfiguration instructions within this chapter. After deploying the MicroStrategy.war file, you can view the WEB-INF/ log folder. The log folder retains all the log files. For more information on the directory structure after deploying the WAR file, see Directory structure after deploying the WAR file, page 235.

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), you must use the WAR file for Mobile Server (JSP). The WAR file is placed in the folder you specified when installing Mobile Server (JSP). You can then use the same
294 Deploying with SAP NetWeaver (Windows)
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

processes used to deploy the MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file to deploy the Mobile Server (JSP) WAR file.

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

Once your machine has the necessary settings configured, you can deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) on the SAP-Windows machine. Deployment involves the following steps: 1 Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) with the SAP NetWeaver Application Server 2 Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages 3 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) with the SAP NetWeaver Application Server
Follow the steps provided in this section to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) as a WAR file.
To deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) as a WAR file

1 Copy the MicroStrategy.war file to the Windows machine hosting your application server. The location in which you store the file is used later and referred to as path_to_war_file. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, copy the MicroStrategyMobile.war file to the Windows machine hosting your application server. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure. 2 From the Windows Start menu, select Run. The Run dialog box opens. 3 In the Open drop-down list, type cmd, and click OK. A command prompt opens.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with SAP NetWeaver (Windows)

295

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

4 Using the command prompt, browse to the following directory within the SAP Application Server installation directory: /usr/sap/SID/Instance_Number/j2ee/deployment/scripts/ The SID and Instance_Number parameters are defined during installation and configuration of the SAP Application Server. The port number above refers to the P4 port number. The default port number is 50004. 5 Type the following command and press ENTER to deploy the MicroStrategy.war file: Deploy.bat user_name:password@localhost:port_number path_to_war_file The user name and password must have administrative access. The port number above refers to the P4 port number. The default port number is 50004. 6 Access NetWeaver web admin console using the following URL: http://localhost:PortNumber/nwa The PortNumber above refers to the J2EE engine port number. The default port number is 50000. 7 Log in as an administrative user. 8 From the Operation Management tab, select the Systems tab, and then click Start & Stop. 9 Select Java EE Applications. A list of applications deployed on the application server are displayed. 10 Select the MicroStrategy application just deployed from the list. 11 From the Application Details section, select the Status tab, and then click Start. 12 Select On all instances and Set "Started" as Initial State. When application is started, the status is displayed as Started.

296 Deploying with SAP NetWeaver (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages
You can configure security roles to control access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages. A security role named admin is created for the MicroStrategy Web Universal and Mobile Server applications within SAP NetWeaver, and is mapped to the administrators user group. This is defined in the web-j2ee-engine.xml file. To allow access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, modify this file to map users or groups to this admin security role, or include users in the administrators user group.

Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

Before you start MicroStrategy Web Universal, you must configure the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page. If you are deploying Mobile Server (JSP), you can use the steps below to configure the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page. You must have administrative privileges to access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page. For more information, see Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, page 297.
To access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

1 Access the servlet by typing the following URL in a Web browser: For Web: http://MachineName:PortNumber/MicroStrategy/ servlet/mstrWebAdmin For Mobile Server (JSP): http://MachineName:PortNumber/ MicroStrategyMobile/servlet/mstrWebAdmin

servlet names are case-sensitive. Use the correct case when The typing the mstrWebAdmin name. The login dialog box opens. 2 Specify a user name and password.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with SAP NetWeaver (Windows)

297

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

3 After you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page opens. Use it to add and connect to an Intelligence Server. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 Access the MicroStrategy Web Application on SAP Web Server by specifying the following URL in the Web browser: http://MachineName:PortNumber/MicroStrategy/servlet/ mstrWeb

Deploying with Oracle 10g (Windows)

This chapter provides information used to deploy and configure MicroStrategy Web Universal with Apache as the Web server and Oracle Application Server 10g R3 as the application server. You can also use the steps provided below to deploy MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP): Preconfiguration information: Configuration that must occur before you begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP). Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP): Instructions for deploying, including detailed steps.

Preconfiguration information
This section provides the preconfiguration information necessary to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal on your machine.

298 Deploying with Oracle 10g (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

This section uses the following setup. While your setup may vary slightly, for example, you may have different versions of these applications, the overall process remains the same.
Requirement Operating system Application server Web server JDK Recommended Windows 2003 SP2 (on x86) Oracle Application Server 10g 10.1.3 Apache 2.x Oracle JDK 1.6.0 or 1.7.0 You can download the JDK from the following location: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html

Locating the WAR file

The MicroStrategy Web Universal application is packaged within a single file, called a WAR file (Web ARchive), following the J2EE specifications, which you must deploy to run the application in your application server environment. The MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file (MicroStrategy.war) is located in the path you specified when installing MicroStrategy Web Universal. The default location when installing on 32-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on 64-bit Windows environments is C:\ Program Files (x86)\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on UNIX or Linux is described in Directory structure, page 143. deploy the MicroStrategy.war file, you must follow a set of To steps that are specific to the application server you are using. For more details, see your application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. For information on the directory structure after deploying the WAR file, see Directory structure after deploying the WAR file, page 235.

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle 10g (Windows)

299

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

processes used to deploy the MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file to deploy the Mobile Server (JSP) WAR file.

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

After your machine is configured, you can start the deployment of MicroStrategy Web Universal with Oracle Application Server 10g R3. To deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP), perform the following procedures: 1 Deploying using the Oracle Enterprise Manager 2 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page 3 Launching the project

Deploying using the Oracle Enterprise Manager

You can access Oracle Enterprise Manager from the following URL: http://MachineName:PortNumber/em where MachineName is the machine name or IP address of the Oracle machine, and PortNumber is the port number of Oracle Enterprise Manager.
To deploy with the Oracle Enterprise Manager

1 Start the Apache Web Server. From the Start menu, point to OracleAS 10g - DEFAULT_HOME1, and then choose Start ApplicationServerName.MachineName.domain. 2 To verify that the Apache Web Server has started, open Oracle Enterprise Manager, select HTTP Server, and then click Start. 3 Select the OC4J instance where you want to deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal. This procedure assumes you are using the default instance name home. Click home. The OC4J: home page opens.

300 Deploying with Oracle 10g (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

4 Select the Applications tab. 5 Click Deploy. The Deploy: Select Archive page opens. 6 In the Archive area, select Archive is present on local host. 7 Click Browse to navigate to and select the MicroStrategy.war file. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure. more information on locating the WAR file, see Locating the For WAR file, page 299. 8 In the Deployment Plan area, select Automatically create a new deployment plan and click Next. The Deploy: Application Attributes page opens. 9 Enter the Application Name and Context Root. This section on deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal with Oracle 10g uses MicroStrategy as the Application Name and /MicroStrategy as the Context Root. For Mobile Server Universal, this section uses MicroStrategyMobile as the Application Name and / MicroStrategyMobile as the Context Root. 10 Click Next. The Deploy: Deployment Settings page opens.
To map a user to the admin security role

The MicroStrategy Web Administrator page (mstrWebAdmin servlet) is accessible only to users with an admin security role. To control access to it, map the admin security role only to those users for whom you want to grant permission to work in the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page. In Oracle 10g, the security users and groups are defined in the Oracle Enterprise Manager. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, you can use the same steps provided below to control access to the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page (mstrWebAdmin servlet). 11 In the Map Security Roles task name, click the Go To Task (pencil) icon. The Deployment Settings: Map Security Roles page opens. 12 For the admin security role, select the Map Role (pencil) icon. The Deployment Settings: Map Security Role: admin page opens.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with Oracle 10g (Windows)

301

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

13 Select Map selected users and groups to this role. 14 In the Map Role to Users area, in the User field, type the user name to map to the admin security role and click Add. Repeat this step to add all users for whom you want to grant permission to work in the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages. 15 Click Continue, and then click OK. You are returned to the Deploy: Deployment Settings page. 16 Click on Deploy to deploy the application. 17 Stop and restart the Apache Web Server. Any users mapped to the admin security role can now access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages to add and connect to an Intelligence Server. For information about this, see Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page below.

Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

To access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

1 In a Web browser, access the administrator page by specifying the following URL: For Web: http://IPAddress:PortNumber/MicroStrategy/ servlet/mstrWebAdmin For Mobile Server (JSP): http://IPAddress:PortNumber/ MicroStrategyMobile/servlet/mstrWebAdmin

where IPAddress is the IP address of the Oracle machine and PortNumber is the port number used by the Oracle Application Server. The servlet name is case-sensitive, so be sure to use the correct case when typing the mstrWebAdmin name.

302 Deploying with Oracle 10g (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

2 When prompted for a user name and password, specify the values you used earlier when creating the user mapped to the admin security role (see Deploying using the Oracle Enterprise Manager above). 3 After you log in, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 You can now launch the MicroStrategy Web Universal project. For details, see Launching the project below.

Deploying with JBoss (Windows)

305

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

which you must deploy to run the application in your application server environment. The MicroStrategy Web Universal WAR file (MicroStrategy.war) is located in the path you specified when installing MicroStrategy Web Universal. The default location when installing on 32-bit Windows environments is C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on 64-bit Windows environments is C:\ Program Files (x86)\MicroStrategy\WebJSP. The default location when installing on UNIX or Linux is described in Directory structure, page 143. To deploy it, you must follow a set of steps that are specific to the application server you are using. For more details, see the application server vendor documentation or follow the instructions within this guide. You should also follow any relevant preconfiguration instructions within this chapter.

Locating the Mobile Server WAR file

Deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP)

Assuming you have made all the necessary configurations described above, you can begin deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) with JBoss. This involves the following steps: 1 Deploying using JBoss as a stand-alone Web container 2 Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages 3 Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page 4 Launching the project

306 Deploying with JBoss (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Deploying using JBoss as a stand-alone Web container

To deploy MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) using JBoss as a stand-alone Web container

1 Copy the MicroStrategy.war file to the JBOSS_HOME\server\ default\deploy directory. Instructions on locating the MicroStrategy.war file can be found in the previous section, Locating the WAR file, page 305. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) instead, locate the MicroStrategyMobile.war file. Use this WAR file for the rest of the steps in this procedure. 2 To start JBoss, browse to JBOSS_HOME\bin. Then run the following command: run.bat -b 0.0.0.0 MicroStrategy Web Universal or Mobile Server (JSP) is deployed automatically, based on the following: If you have configured JBoss to deploy an exploded WAR file, which is often the default behavior:

When deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal, a MicroStrategy folder is created within the JBOSS_HOME\server\default\ deploy directory. When deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), a MicroStrategyMobile folder is created within the JBOSS_HOME\ server\default\deploy directory.

If you have configured JBoss to deploy an unexploded WAR file, the configuration files are created within the systems default temporary file directory. For Windows systems, the temporary file directory is commonly defined by the TMP environment variable:

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with JBoss (Windows)

307

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

temporary file directory, where Version is the version number for the MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) product. Within this folder location, various configuration files can be found within the WEB-INF folder and its subfolders.

Controlling access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages
The MicroStrategy Web Administrator page is accessible only to users with an admin role. To create a user name and password set that is authorized to access the Administrator page, you must create the users and assign them the role of admin under the JBoss user configuration files. The steps below show you how to give a user access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page. If you are deploying Mobile Server (JSP), you can use the steps below to provide access to the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page.
To control access to the MicroStrategy Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages

1 Browse to the directory JBOSS_HOME\server\default\conf, where JBOSS_HOME is the location in which you installed JBoss. 2 Create the following two files within this directory:

users.properties roles.properties

3 Open the users.properties file in a text editor. 4 Include one line for each user to grant access to the Web Administrator and Mobile Server Administrator pages, using the following syntax: user_id=user_password For example, you create UserA and UserB with passwords 1234 and 5678 respectively using the following syntax: UserA=1234 UserB=5678 5 Save your changes and close the users.properties file.

308 Deploying with JBoss (Windows)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

6 Open the roles.properties file in a text editor. 7 Include one line for each user you included in the users.properties file and grant them administrative access, using the following syntax: user_id=admin For example, you define UserA and UserB to have administrative access using the following syntax: UserA=admin UserB=admin 8 Save your changes and close the roles.properties file. 9 To start JBoss, browse to JBOSS_HOME\bin. Then run the following command: run.bat -b 0.0.0.0 Now you can start MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator to add and connect to an Intelligence Server. To configure MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator, see Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page, page 309.

Accessing the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

To configure the MicroStrategy Web Administrator or Mobile Server Administrator page

1 In a Web browser, access the administrator page by specifying the following URL: For Web: http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/servlet/ mstrWebAdmin For Mobile Server (JSP): http://localhost:8080/ MicroStrategyMobile/servlet/mstrWebAdmin

The servlet names are case-sensitive. Make sure to use the correct case when typing the mstrWebAdmin name. If the application server is

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying with JBoss (Windows)

309

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

enabled with security, a dialog box related to the administrator authentication opens. 2 When prompted for a user name and password, type the user name for the administrator user you created in the roles.properties file and the login information in the users.properties file. 3 Once you log in, the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page is displayed. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. If you are deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP), after you are authenticated, the MicroStrategy Mobile Server Administrator page appears. Add and connect to an Intelligence Server. Once connected, click Mobile Configuration to configure your MicroStrategy Mobile applications to communicate with Mobile Server and Intelligence Server. For steps on how to define this configuration, see the MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide. Creating a configuration completes the steps required to deploy Mobile Server (JSP). 4 Proceed to launch the MicroStrategy Web Universal project. For more information, see Launching the project, page 310 below.

Launching the project

In a Web browser, access MicroStrategy Web Universal using this URL: http://localhost:8080/MicroStrategy/servlet/mstrWeb

Administering your MicroStrategy Web deployment

You configure and manage MicroStrategy Web and MicroStrategy Web Universal connections to Intelligence Servers in the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page.

Enabling users to install MicroStrategy Office from Web

From the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page, you can designate the installation directory path to MicroStrategy Office, and also determine

310 Administering your MicroStrategy Web deployment

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

whether or not a link to Office installation information appears in the MicroStrategy Web interface. Prerequisites You must install and deploy MicroStrategy Web Services to allow the installation of MicroStrategy Office from MicroStrategy Web. For information on deploying MicroStrategy Web Services, see the MicroStrategy Office User Guide.

To specify the path to MicroStrategy Office and determine whether or not users can install MicroStrategy Office from Web

1 From the Windows Start menu, select Programs, MicroStrategy Tools, and then Web Administrator. The MicroStrategy Web Administrator page opens.

If your server is not connected, click Connect.

2 Underneath Web Server on the left, click MicroStrategy Office. The MicroStrategy Office settings page opens. 3 In the Path to MicroStrategy Office Installation field, type the base URL of your MicroStrategy Web Services machine, for example: http://server:port/Web_Services_virtual_directory/ Office Web automatically attaches /Lang_xxxx/ MicroStrategy officeinstall.htm to the end of the URL, where Lang_xxxx refers to the currently defined language in MicroStrategy Web. For example, if the language in MicroStrategy Web is set to English, a completed URL may appear as follows: http://localhost/MicroStrategyWS/office/Lang_1033/ officeinstall.htm 4 Test the URL path by clicking Go. If the path you specified is correct, the MicroStrategy Office Installation page is displayed. 5 Click your browser's Back button to return to the Web Administration MicroStrategy Office settings page. 6 To ensure that an 'Install MicroStrategy Office' link is displayed at the top of users project selection and login pages in MicroStrategy Web, select the Show link to installation page for all users on the Projects and
311

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Administering your MicroStrategy Web deployment

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

Login pages check box. When users click the 'Install MicroStrategy Office' link, a page opens with instructions on how to install MicroStrategy Office on their machine. 7 Click Save to save the settings.

Using absolute paths to share configuration files

By default, absolute paths are not used for the configuration files of your MicroStrategy Web and Mobile deployments. You can modify the microstrategy.xml file to reference configuration files using absolute paths. By using absolute paths, you can allow the same configuration files to be accessed by multiple systems. For example, absolute paths can be used in a clustered environment in which you want all instances of the web server to access the same MicroStrategy Web or Mobile configuration files. Below is an example of some relative paths that are included in the microstrategy.xml file by default:
<parameter name="serverConfigFilesDefaultLocation" value="/ WEB-INF/xml/" /> <parameter name="serverLogFilesDefaultLocation" value="/ WEB-INF/log/" />

You can modify these to use absolute paths, as shown in the examples below:
<parameter name="serverConfigFilesDefaultLocation" value= "ABSOLUTE:/usr/User1/MicroStrategy/xml/" /> <parameter name="serverLogFilesDefaultLocation" value= "ABSOLUTE:/usr/User1/MicroStrategy/xml/log/" />

Configuring Salesforce.com for Import Data

You can use MicroStrategy Web to import data from different data sources, such as an Excel file, a table in a database, the results of a Freeform SQL query, or a Salesforce.com report, into MicroStrategy metadata, with minimum project design requirements. For additional steps to import data using MicroStrategy Web, refer to the Advanced Reporting Guide.

312 Using absolute paths to share configuration files

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

To import data from a Salesforce.com report, you first need to configure a connection between your Salesforce.com reports and MicroStrategy Web. The steps below show you how to make Salesforce.com reports available for import into MicroStrategy Web. Prerequisites You have set up a reporting environment in Salesforce.com. You need a Salesforce.com login with developer credentials to perform some of the steps provided below. You have deployed MicroStrategy Web. In addition, you must deploy MicroStrategy Web so that it uses secure, encrypted communications. For steps to enable secure communications for your MicroStrategy Web deployment, refer to the System Administration Guide. To ensure proper numeric value integration and formatting when using Import Data, your Salesforce.com reports must use the English locale. If you use a different locale for your Salesforce.com reports, you can still integrate this data into MicroStrategy using Import Data if you connect to Salesforce.com using the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce. For steps to configure this type of a connection to Salesforce.com, see MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce, page 470.

To configure a connection between Salesforce.com and MicroStrategy Web for Import Data

1 Log in to Salesforce.com by accessing https://login.salesforce.com/. 2 You must configure MicroStrategy Web as a remote access application in Salesforce.com. For the steps to define remote access applications in Salesforce.com, refer to your third-party Salesforce.com documentation. When configuring MicroStrategy Web as a remote access application in Salesforce.com, you must define the callback URL as the URL to access MicroStrategy Web, including the event 3137. Depending on how you deployed MicroStrategy Web, the syntax for this URL can take one of the following forms: For MicroStrategy Web deployments: https://WebServer/WebApplicationName/asp/ Main.aspx?evt=3137&src=Main.aspx.3137 For MicroStrategy Web Universal deployments:

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring Salesforce.com for Import Data

313

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Installation and Configuration Guide

https://WebServer:PortNumber/WebApplicationName/ servlet/mstrWeb?evt=3137&src=mstrWeb.3137 In the example URLs above: WebServer is the full domain name of your web server that is hosting MicroStrategy Web. Ensure that you use the full domain name rather than using an IP address, as using an IP address can require re-authentication when making the connection. PortNumber is the port number of your web server. WebApplicationName is the name of the MicroStrategy Web application. The default name for the MicroStrategy Web application is MicroStrategy.

3 When you save MicroStrategy Web as a remote access application, Salesforce.com provides a Consumer Key and a Consumer Secret. Save these two values as they are required later to configure the connection. 4 Access the MicroStrategy Web Administrator page. 5 On the left, click Security. The Security page is displayed. 6 In the Salesforce area, provide the following information: Consumer Key: Type the Consumer Key acquired by configuring MicroStrategy Web as a remote access application in Salesforce.com. Consumer Secret: Type the Consumer Secret acquired by configuring MicroStrategy Web as a remote access application in Salesforce.com. Callback URL: Type the MicroStrategy Web URL you used above to configure MicroStrategy Web as a remote access application in Salesforce.com.

7 Click Save to save your changes 8 Restart the web server that hosts MicroStrategy Web. The next time you log in to Web and use Import Data, Salesforce.com is now an available option. For steps to use Import Data to integrate data from Salesforce.com into MicroStrategy, refer to the Advanced Reporting Guide.

314 Configuring Salesforce.com for Import Data

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

Installation and Configuration Guide

Prerequisites
This chapter assumes the following: You are familiar with UNIX or Linux. You are familiar with MicroStrategy Developer and MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal. You are familiar with MicroStrategy HTML documents and Report Services documents. You have a Report Services product license if you are using Report Services documents. HTML documents do not require a Report Services product license. You have installed MicroStrategy Developer on a Windows machine. You have installed MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal on a UNIX or Linux machine.

Note the following:

Some of the steps described in this document may require root access permissions.

You must perform extra configuration steps to allow Report Services documents to support non-Western European fonts on a UNIX system. For more information, see Graph and document support of non-Western European fonts, page 526 of Appendix B, Troubleshooting.

Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux

A MicroStrategy Report Services document contains objects representing data coming from one or more reports, as well as positioning and formatting information. Report Services documents help format data from multiple reports in a single display and can be used for presentations. When you create a document, you can specify the data that appears, control the layout, formatting, grouping, and subtotaling of data and specify the position of page

318 Prerequisites

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

breaks. In addition, you can insert pictures and draw borders in the document. this chapter, the term document signifies a Report Services In document. For additional information on Report Services documents, refer to the MicroStrategy Document Creation Guide. An HTML document is a container for formatting, displaying, and distributing multiple reports on the same page, or at the same time within a project. You can create dashboards and scorecards to display a group of reports within the MicroStrategy platform. HTML documents are created using MicroStrategy Developer. Before creating or executing HTML documents, you must specify the HTML document directory using the Project Configuration dialog box in MicroStrategy Developer. The HTML document directory stores HTML templates that are required by the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal for executing HTML documents. You can store the HTML document directory on a UNIX or Linux platform, but you must share the directory with the Windows platform that includes MicroStrategy Developer. For more information on setting up the HTML document directory on a UNIX or Linux platform, see Setup for creating and executing HTML documents, page 319. additional information on HTML documents, see the HTML For Documents chapter in the MicroStrategy Advanced Reporting Guide.

Setup for creating and executing HTML documents

HTML documents can only be created with MicroStrategy Developer on a Windows platform, but they can be stored and executed from a directory within a UNIX or Linux platform. The directory that stores the HTML documents must be accessible on the computer with Intelligence Server Universal and the Windows computer with Developer. Using the Project Configuration dialog box in MicroStrategy Developer, you must specify the location of the HTML document directory as an absolute path. This document directory can be on a local machine or on a remote machine. Users require appropriate read and write permissions to access this directory. When MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal executes HTML documents, it requires read permission to the HTML document directory to access the HTML files.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux

319

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

Installation and Configuration Guide

For the procedure of setting up an HTML document directory between Windows and UNIX and Linux computers below, the following assumptions are made: You have installed MicroStrategy Developer on a Windows computer and installed MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal on a UNIX or Linux computer.

Developer can only be installed on a Windows computer.

MicroStrategy Developer users have at least read permissions to the HTML document directory for executing existing HTML documents. Write permissions to the directory are required for MicroStrategy Developer users to create new HTML documents. For the file paths described in the procedure below, machine-name is used to represent the name of the machine you store the HTML document directory on. For example, if you store the directory on a machine named UNIX1, machine-name should be replaced with UNIX1. This machine must have Samba installed to provide access to the folder on a Windows computer. You must have root permissions on any UNIX or Linux computer used to set up the HTML document directory. This includes the computer that stores the HTML document directory as well as any computer that must be setup to access the directory.

To set up the HTML document directory

1 Create a directory to hold the HTML document directory on the desired UNIX or Linux computer. This procedure assumes that the path of the HTML document directory is machine-name:/share/ htmldocuments. This is the machine that is referenced as machine-name in the steps below. To create this directory, enter the commands below: # cd / # mkdir share # cd share # mkdir htmldocuments 2 Install Samba software on the UNIX or Linux computer that you created the HTML documents directory in the step above. With this software, the HTML documents directory is accessible to the Windows computer with
320 Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

MicroStrategy Developer installed. You can get the latest version of Samba at http://www.samba.org. that Samba uses a .org extension and not the more Notice common .com extension. Using a .com extension takes you to an incorrect website. 3 Share the directory machine-name:/share across the network through NFS. For example, you must share UNIX1:/share. Make sure read and write permissions are set for the share. This step allows other UNIX/ Linux computers to access the directory. 4 Create a Samba share, named share, with read and write permissions that points to the directory machine-name:/share. For example, you must share UNIX1:/share.This step allows Windows computers to access the directory. The Samba share is created in the Samba smb.conf file. For specific instructions on how to setup a Samba share, refer to the Samba website at http://www.samba.org. 5 Restart Samba. 6 Mount the HTML document directory on the computer that has the Intelligence Server installed on it. Root privileges are required for this. On the computer with Intelligence Server, type the command su and the root password at the command prompt to log in as a superuser, or log in as root. The command prompt changes to the pound sign (#). Perform the commands below: the commands below, machine-name refers to the machine In name of the computer where you stored the HTML documents directory and created an NFS and Samba share. This may be a different name than the computer that you are mounting the directory on. final mount command contains a space between / The htmldocuments and /machine-name. cd / mkdir machine-name cd machine-name mkdir share cd share

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux

321

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

Installation and Configuration Guide

mkdir htmldocuments cd / mount machine-name:/share/htmldocuments / machine-name/share/htmldocuments 7 You can cache the connection to the UNIX/Linux HTML documents directory from the Windows computer so that you are not prompted for authentication each time the directory is accessed: a From the Windows computer that has MicroStrategy Developer installed, click Start, and select Run. The Run dialog box opens. b Type \\machine-name\share\htmldocuments, and click OK to open the top-level shared HTML documents directory. For example, type \\UNIX1\share\htmldocuments.

This must be performed every time you restart the computer.

8 Using the Project Configuration dialog box in MicroStrategy Developer, set the HTML document directory as an absolute path by following the steps below: a In Developer, right-click the project associated with the HTML documents and select Project Configuration. The Project Configuration dialog box opens. b Expand Project definition and click Advanced. The Project Configuration - Advanced options are displayed. c In the HTML document directory box, type the absolute path \\ machine-name\share\htmldocuments. For example, type \\ UNIX1\share\htmldocuments.

d Click OK to accept the changes. 9 Create a directory named xsls under the HTML document directory and copy the XSL files you require for creating HTML documents to the xsls directory, /machine-name/share/htmldocuments/xsls. If you stored XSL files in a different directory or did not copy them from their original default directory, you must copy them into the new xsls directory. For example, the default HTML document directory for the Tutorial project is Program Files\MicroStrategy\ Tutorial Reporting. 10 If you want to insert images into the HTML document, create a directory named images under the HTML document directory, and copy the

322 Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

images to the directory /machine-name/share/htmldocuments/ images. You are now ready to create and execute your HTML documents. Remember to create your HTML documents in the HTML document directory, otherwise, Intelligence Server cannot execute the HTML documents correctly.

Setup for executing existing HTML documents

If you have created HTML documents prior to establishing a connection between the HTML document directory on the UNIX or Linux machine with MicroStrategy Intelligence Server and the Windows machine with MicroStrategy Developer, you must make sure that all the files used for an HTML document are copied to the shared HTML document directory. After the connection is established, you should always create the HTML documents in the shared HTML document directory. Once the existing files are copied, you can execute the HTML documents using Intelligence Server. In the procedure of setting up existing HTML documents, the following assumptions are made: You have completed all the steps listed in the section Setup for creating and executing HTML documents, page 319. The location of the HTML document directory is /machine-name/ share/htmldocuments. For the file paths described in the procedure below, machine-name is used to represent the name of the machine on which you store the HTML document directory. For example, if you store the directory on a machine named UNIX1, machine-name should be replaced with UNIX1.

To set up existing HTML documents for execution

1 Copy the HTML file for any existing HTML document to / machine-name/share/htmldocuments. 2 View the source code of each HTML file and copy the XSL file used by each HTML document in an appropriate directory under / machine-name/share/htmldocuments. For example, if the location of the XSL file in the source code is xsl="\ xsls\myxsl.xsl, then copy myxsl.xsl to /machine-name/share/

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux

323

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

Installation and Configuration Guide

htmldocuments/xsls. If the location of the XSL file in the source code is xsl="\myxsl.xsl, then copy myxsl.xsl to /machine-name/ share/htmldocuments. 3 View the source code for the images used by each HTML document in an appropriate directory under /machine-name/share/ htmldocuments. For example, if the location of the image file in the source code is \ images\myimage.gif, then copy myimage.gif to /machine-name/ share/htmldocuments/images. If the location of the XSL file in the source code is \myimage.gif, then copy myimage.gif to / machine-name/share/htmldocuments. You are now ready to execute your HTML documents.

Setup for executing Report Services documents

A MicroStrategy Report Services document is used to format data from multiple reports. These documents can be exported to PDF format. To execute documents and export them to PDF format using MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal in a UNIX or Linux environment, you must perform some additional setup tasks. When Intelligence Server Universal is running on a UNIX or Linux platform, all fonts are converted to the Courier New font for: Reports exported to PDF format Report Services documents Graphs contained in HTML documents Graphs displayed in MicroStrategy Web

This occurs because the fonts required by the PDF component are missing from UNIX and Linux machines running Intelligence Server Universal. The missing fonts may include Microsoft True Type fonts. does not distribute or license Microsoft fonts, and MicroStrategy therefore cannot package Microsoft fonts with Intelligence Server Universal. To resolve this issue, you must install the font files in the PDFGeneratorFiles folder within the MicroStrategy installation path on the UNIX or Linux machine, as described below.
324 Executing documents and HTML documents in UNIX/Linux
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

To copy fonts to your UNIX or Linux machine

1 Log in to your UNIX or Linux machine that hosts Intelligence Server Universal. 2 Install the Microsoft True Type fonts. Refer to the following resources for information on licensing requirements for and installing Microsoft True Type fonts: http://www.microsoft.com/typography/RedistributionFAQ.mspx http://www.ascendercorp.com/msfonts/msfonts_main.html http://corefonts.sourceforge.net/

3 Copy the font files into the INSTALL_PATH/PDFGeneratorFiles directory, where INSTALL_PATH is the directory you specified as the MicroStrategy install directory during installation. 4 To update the list of fonts available, you must restart the Intelligence Server.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

After completing the steps to set up documents and HTML documents for UNIX and Linux, you can continue your setup and configuration. To help guide the rest of your installation and configuration steps, refer to the section Installation and configuration checklists, page 99 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation, for installation and configuration checklists.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

325

Setting Up Documents and HTML Documents

Installation and Configuration Guide

326 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

8
8.

AUTOMATED INSTALLATION ON WINDOWS

Introduction
This chapter explains the various possibilities for performing fully automated and unattended installations within the MicroStrategy platform. This includes customizations to the installation routines available with the product. It explains the different resources you can use to deploy MicroStrategy products through various scenarios including: Deploying the MicroStrategy platform across the network through the Microsoft System Management Server (SMS) or its equivalent (for example, IBM Tivoli) Embedding the MicroStrategy platform within third party custom applications and other installation routines Customizing the MicroStrategy installation to meet the various environment-specific requirements for a given site

This chapter provides the following information: The different types of installations that can be performed with MicroStrategy products.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

327

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

How to perform a fully automated MicroStrategy installation by modifying various installation parameters in Windows ini-like response files. How to customize certain aspects of the MicroStrategy installation to meet various site-specific requirements for multi-user environments, such as strict standards for software deployment to user communities and so on.

and silent installations require advanced techniques such Automated as creating and running response.ini files. Therefore, automated and silent installations should be handled by system administrators with full knowledge of the environment and the desired MicroStrategy installation. Before installing MicroStrategy products, you should refer to Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation for important pre-installation information.

Installation log file

Before you begin to learn about automated installation options, it is important to know about the installation log file. The setup program generates a log file in text format. This log file contains records of all actions performed by the setup program and by other executable files related to installation. The installation log file can be particularly helpful if you encounter errors during the installation process. For example, the log can tell you if a registry key or path was not added or if a critical file was not registered successfully. The setup.exe file writes to this log file. The log file data includes: Update dates Machine specifications User selections List of files to be registered List of files that do not require registration List of registry entries Identification of files that fail during registration Installation activity such as performance counter loading and DSN creation

328 Installation log file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Reboot time file registration results

The default location for the install.log file is: 32-bit Windows environments: Program Files\Common Files\ MicroStrategy 64-bit Windows environments: Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy

Both the location and the name can be changed. You can specify the log file name and location in the following places: Command line, reading the parameter LogFile. For example: setup.exe --LogFile=C:\install.log Response file in [LogFile]. See Configuring a response.ini file to install MicroStrategy, page 330 for more information.

Methods of installation
The installation methods discussed in this chapter are: Installing and configuring with a response.ini file, page 329 Silent installation, page 373

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

The response.ini file can facilitate the installation and setup of MicroStrategy products by allowing you to progress through the installation and project creation processes with a single keystroke. A response.ini file is an initialization file that is used to send parameters or selections to the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. This allows you to run it silently as all the options are pre-selected in that file. This section describes how to create and use response.ini for the following tasks: Configuring a response.ini file to install MicroStrategy, page 330 Configuring your installation with a response.ini file, page 370
Methods of installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

329

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Uninstalling with a response.ini file, page 371

Configuring a response.ini file to install MicroStrategy

The response.ini file for installation allows you to automate certain aspects of the installation by modifying a Windows ini-like response file. This option is typically implemented by: OEM applications that embed MicroStrategy installations within other products IT departments who want to have more control over desktop installations

The response.ini file specifies all the selections you want to make during the installation in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. You can either run it with all the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard options that are pre-selected, or run it without having to use the wizard at all. The response.ini file should not be confused with the setup.iss file, which is used by the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard to perform silent installation. When both response.ini and setup.iss are included in the setup, response.ini overrides setup.iss. For details on the setup.iss file, see Silent installation, page 373.

Component dependencies
When you use a response.ini file to install MicroStrategy products, there are some key dependencies among separate components you should be aware of. The products listed below require either pre-installed software or certain MicroStrategy components to be selected to successfully install the products with a response.ini file: MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Administrator requires SequeLink ODBC Socket Server to be included in the installation. MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server Subscription Portal requires SequeLink ODBC Socket Server to be included in the installation. MicroStrategy Function Plug-in Wizard requires Microsoft Visual C++ to be installed before running your response.ini file. MicroStrategy Analytic Modules requires MicroStrategy Developer or a combination of MicroStrategy Analyst and MicroStrategy Architect to be included in the installation.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

330 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

MicroStrategy Office can be installed along with other MicroStrategy components by using a response.ini file. However, you can also install MicroStrategy Office as its own stand-alone installation, which lets you install only MicroStrategy Office. For information on using the stand-alone installation of MicroStrategy Office, including performing the installation silently, see Silent installation of MicroStrategy Office, page 377.

Creating a response.ini file

You can create a response.ini file in any text editor and save the file as response.ini in the desired folder.

You must save the file as ANSI encoding.

The following tables describe the parameters and options for the all the sections, such as Installer, Paths, and so on in the response.ini file. It is followed by sample response.ini files for your reference. options are case sensitive, therefore they must be entered as The indicated in the tables below.

Installer
Options [Installer] HideAllDialogs = Description Section that begins the installation. TRUE or FALSE. Indicates whether the installation uses all default values. FALSE displays all the dialog boxes and you must browse using the Next buttons. The default is FALSE. Location where the install.log file is generated. If left empty, it takes the default location and file name of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ Common Files\MicroStrategy\install.log. 64-bit Windows environments: C:\ Program Files (x86)\Common Files\ MicroStrategy\install.log. TRUE or FALSE. TRUE creates the shortcuts for MicroStrategy products, tools, and documentation. The default is TRUE.

LogFile =

CreateShortcuts =

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

331

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options PreventReboot =

Description TRUE or FALSE. TRUE prevents the machine from rebooting after installation is done. Note the following conditions: If both ForceReboot = TRUE and PreventReboot = TRUE, then PreventReboot applies first. If both ForceReboot and PreventReboot are FALSE and HideDialog for [Finish] is set to TRUE, then the machine reboots only if it is required. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. TRUE reboots the machine after the installation is done. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. If you select FALSE, the warehouse and metadata files are not updated but the rest of the files for Enterprise Manager are updated. This prompt only impacts the files in the Microsoft Access database. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. When using silent install, set to FALSE to prevent the Configuration Wizard from coming up after reboot. The default is TRUE. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to specify whether to run the Configuration Wizard. The default is FALSE. Specify the name of the response file for the Configuration Wizard; otherwise, it takes the default name of response.ini. For more details on configuring the response.ini file for the Configuration Wizard, see Configuring your installation with a response.ini file, page 370.

ForceReboot = EnterpriseManagerOverwrite =

ShowConfigWizard =

RunConfigWizard = ConfigWizardResponseFile =

BackupFiles =

TRUE or FALSE. If you set the value to TRUE, it creates a backup of the following files: *.pds *.xsl *.asp *.css *.js *.sql The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to stop Internet Information Services (IIS) during installation. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. This option overwrites the Analytics Modules from a previous install. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to overwrite the Delivery Tutorial from a previous installation. The default is FALSE.

StopIIS = AnalyticsOverwrite = TutDeliveryOverwrite =

332 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options CheckRenameOperations =

Description TRUE or FALSE. In some instances, as a result of a previous installation or an uninstall, certain files may be missing or irreplaceable during installation. Therefore, you are prompted to do one of the following: Reboot at the beginning of installation to replace this file. It is recommended that you select this option. Continue with the installation at the risk of the software not functioning properly. If you enter FALSE, the prompt does not display. The default is TRUE.

EnableTracing =

TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to trace the setup process in a log file that is saved in the Temp folder. The log file records errors that are encountered during the installation. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to enable the ASP.NET MicroStrategy Web Services extensions that IIS Admin requires. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to enable the ASP MicroStrategy Web Services extensions that IIS Admin requires. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set to TRUE to display the Welcome screen after reboot. The Welcome screen is displayed only once after reboot. The default is TRUE. TRUE or FALSE. Set to TRUE to create new properties files. These files are related to the Tutorial Delivery component. The default is FALSE, which uses the current version of the properties files. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set to TRUE to check that the TCP/IP network protocol is active. If set to FALSE, the setup doesn't check for it. The default is TRUE. TRUE or FALSE. Set to TRUE to check for Internet Information Services. The default is TRUE. TRUE or FALSE. Set to TRUE to stop all services required to be stopped to complete a MicroStrategy installation. If set to FALSE, the user is prompted if services need to be stopped. The default is TRUE.

EnableASPNETServices =

EnableASPServices =

ShowWelcomeScreen =

PropertiesFilesOverwrite=

CheckTCPIP=

CheckIIS= StopAllServices=

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

333

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Paths
Options [InitialPaths] COMMONFILES = Description Section for specifying the path for the products that you select to install. Location where the common files like response.ini, install.log, and so on will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ Common Files\MicroStrategy 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ Common Files\MicroStrategy Location where Developer will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Desktop 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Desktop Location where Object Manager will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Object Manager 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Object Manager Location where Command Manager will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Command Manager 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Command Manager Location where Enterprise Manager will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Enterprise Manager 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Enterprise Manager Location where the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Intelligence Server 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Intelligence Server Location where MicroStrategy Web will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Web ASPx 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Web ASPx

Developer =

ObjectManager =

CommandManager =

EnterpriseManager =

Server =

Web =

334 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options WebUniversal =

Description Location where MicroStrategy Web Universal will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Web JSP 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Web JSP Location where MicroStrategy Web Services will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Web Services 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Web Services Location where MicroStrategy Web Services Universal will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Web Services JSP 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Web Services JSP Location where MicroStrategy Office will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Office 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Office Location where MicroStrategy Tutorial - Reporting will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Tutorial Reporting 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Tutorial Reporting Location where the Analytics Modules will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Analytics Modules 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Analytics Modules Location where the Narrowcast Server Delivery Engine will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Narrowcast Server\Delivery Engine 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Narrowcast Server\Delivery Engine

WebServices =

WebServicesUniversal =

Office =

TutorialReporting =

AnalyticsModules =

NCSAdminDeliveryEngine =

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

335

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options SubscriptionPortal =

Description Location where the Subscription Portal will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Narrowcast Server\ Subscription Portal 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Narrowcast Server\ Subscription Portal Location where MicroStrategy Tutorial - Delivery will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Narrowcast Server\Tutorial 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Narrowcast Server\Tutorial Location where MicroStrategy Integrity Manager will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Integrity Manager 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Integrity Manager Location where MicroStrategy Mobile will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Mobile Clients 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Mobile Clients Location where MicroStrategy Mobile Server ASP.NET will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Mobile Server ASPx 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Mobile Server ASPx Location where MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Mobile Server JSP 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Mobile Server JSP Location where MicroStrategy Portlets will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Portlets 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\Portlets

TutorialDelivery =

IntegrityManager =

Mobile =

MobileASPPath =

MobileJSPPath =

Portlets =

336 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options MDXCubeProvider =

Description Location where the MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\MDX Cube Provider 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\MDX Cube Provider Location where the MicroStrategy GIS Connectors will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\GISConnectors 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\GISConnectors Location where the MicroStrategy System Manager will be installed. If left empty, it takes the default location of: 32-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\SystemManager 64-bit Windows environments: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy\SystemManager

GISConnectors =

SystemManager =

Welcome dialog box

Options [Welcome] HideDialog = RemoveAll = Description Section for configuring the Welcome dialog box. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. This option is for the uninstall process only. Setting it to TRUE removes all MicroStrategy products during the uninstall process. The default is FALSE. For an example of a response file used to uninstall all MicroStrategy products, see Uninstalling with a response.ini file, page 371.

Customer Information dialog box

Options [UserRegistration] HideDialog = UserName = Description Section for specifying the customer information. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Indicates the user name of the currently logged user or a user who is already registered. If no information is provided, you cannot proceed to the next page.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

337

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options CompanyName = LicenseKey =

Description The name of the company for which the software is registered. The default is the company name in the registry. Specify the license key for the software. If you do not specify the license key, the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard will ask for it when it reaches that step. By default it is blank for a fresh install or displays the license key from a previous install.

Choose Destination Location dialog box

Options [SuiteTarget] HideDialog = TargetDirectory = Description Section specifying the name of the target directory from where you can run the MicroStrategy products. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Location of the root directory for the Program Files. The default is set to: 32-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy 64-bit Windows environment: C:\Program Files (x86)\ MicroStrategy

Select Components dialog box

In the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, the Select Components dialog box contains check boxes to select or clear for products to be installed. The [ComponentSelection] options specify whether you want the following products to be visible to the user. In addition, you can set the default selection for each product.
Options [ComponentSelection] Description Equivalent to the Select Components dialog box that you see during installation. For the Visible option, you can either enter TRUE to show a product or FALSE to hide it. If you do not specify a TRUE or FALSE value for each product, TRUE is used for all products. For the Select option, you can enter TRUE to select the check box next to a product. If you enter FALSE, the check box next to the product is not selected. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. MicroStrategy Analytics Modules MicroStrategy Architect

HideDialog = AnalyticsModulesVisible = ArchitectVisible =

338 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options CommandManagerVisible = DeliveryEngineVisible = DeveloperVisible = AnalystVisible = EnterpriseManagerVisible = FunctionPluginVisible = GISConnectorsVisible = IntegrityManagerVisible = IServerDistributionServicesVisible = IServerOLAPServicesVisible = IServerReportServicesVisible = IServerTransactionServicesVisible = IServerVisible = MobileClientVisible = MobileServerASPVisible = MobileServerJSPVisible = MobileVisible = NCSAdminVisible = ObjectManagerVisible = OfficeVisible = PortletsVisible = SequeLinkVisible = ServerAdminVisible = SubscriptionPortalVisible = SystemManagerVisible = MDXCubeProviderVisible = TutorialDeliveryConfigureVisible = TutorialDeliveryInstallVisible = WebAnalystVisible = WebProfessionalVisible =

Description MicroStrategy Command Manager MicroStrategy Delivery Engine MicroStrategy Developer MicroStrategy Analyst MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager MicroStrategy Function Plug-In Wizard MicroStrategy GIS Connectors MicroStrategy Integrity Manager MicroStrategy Distribution Services MicroStrategy OLAP Services MicroStrategy Report Services MicroStrategy Transaction Services MicroStrategy Intelligence Server MicroStrategy Mobile for BlackBerry client MicroStrategy Mobile Server (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) MicroStrategy Mobile MicroStrategy Narrowcast Administrator MicroStrategy Object Manager MicroStrategy Office MicroStrategy Portlets SequeLink ODBC Socket Server MicroStrategy Server Administrator MicroStrategy Subscription Portal MicroStrategy System Manager MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider MicroStrategy Tutorial - Delivery Configuration MicroStrategy Tutorial - Delivery Installation MicroStrategy Web Analyst MicroStrategy Web Professional

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

339

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options WebReporterVisible = WebServerASPNETVisible = WebServerJSPVisible = WebServicesASPNETVisible = WebServicesJSPVisible =

Description MicroStrategy Web Reporter MicroStrategy Web Server (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Web Server (JSP) MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Web Services Universal (JSP)

During the installation process in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, the Select Components dialog box contains check boxes to select or clear for products to be installed. You can either specify TRUE to install a product or FALSE to uninstall it. If you do not specify a TRUE or FALSE value for each product, the installation always uses the most recent selection from a previous install. means that if you have a product installed and you do not specify This a TRUE or FALSE value, the product is upgraded. If you specify TRUE, the product check box is selected. The [ComponentSelection] options specify whether the check box for each product will be selected or cleared.
Options AnalyticsModulesSelect = ArchitectSelect = CommandManagerSelect = DeliveryEngineSelect = DeveloperSelect = AnalystSelect = EnterpriseManagerSelect = FunctionPluginSelect = GISConnectorsSelect = IntegrityManagerSelect = IServerDistributionServicesSelect = IServerOLAPServicesSelect = IServerReportServicesSelect = IServerSelect = Description MicroStrategy Analytics Modules MicroStrategy Architect MicroStrategy Command Manager MicroStrategy Delivery Engine MicroStrategy Developer MicroStrategy Analyst MicroStrategy Enterprise Manager MicroStrategy Function Plug-In Wizard MicroStrategy GIS Connectors MicroStrategy Integrity Manager MicroStrategy Distribution Services MicroStrategy OLAP Services MicroStrategy Report Services MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

340 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options IServerTransactionServicesSelect = MobileClientSelect = MobileSelect = MobileServerASPSelect = MobileServerJSPSelect = NCSAdminSelect = ObjectManagerSelect = OfficeSelect = PortletsSelect = SequeLinkSelect = ServerAdminSelect = SubscriptionPortalSelect = SystemManagerSelect = MDXCubeProviderSelect = TutorialDeliveryConfigureSelect = TutorialDeliveryInstallSelect = WebAnalystSelect = WebProfessionalSelect = WebReporterSelect = WebServerASPNETSelect = WebServerJSPSelect = WebServicesASPNETSelect = WebServicesJSPSelect =

Description MicroStrategy Transaction Services MicroStrategy Mobile BlackBerry client MicroStrategy Mobile MicroStrategy Mobile Server (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Mobile Server (JSP) MicroStrategy Narrowcast Administrator MicroStrategy Object Manager MicroStrategy Office MicroStrategy Portlets SequeLink ODBC Socket Server MicroStrategy Server Administrator MicroStrategy Subscription Portal MicroStrategy System Manager MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider MicroStrategy Tutorial - Delivery Configuration MicroStrategy Tutorial - Delivery Installation MicroStrategy Web Analyst MicroStrategy Web Professional MicroStrategy Web Reporter MicroStrategy Web Server (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Web Server JSP MicroStrategy Web Services (ASP.NET) MicroStrategy Web Services Universal (JSP)

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

341

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation Files
Options [IODSourceLocation] Description Section specifying the location of the files required to install the MicroStrategy components you have selected for installation. Specifying the location of the installation files is only required if you have downloaded only a subset of the MicroStrategy installation files and stored some of the files in another location. For steps to determine the files required for your installation, see Creating custom installation packages, page 96. Determines whether the required installation files are provided in a folder or at a URL. You must define this parameter with one of the following values: FILESERVER: Type this value if the required installation files are stored in a folder on the local machine or a server machine. You must also provide the location of the files using the SourceLocation parameter. HTTP: Type this value if the required installation files are stored at an unsecured URL. You must also provide the location of the files using the URL parameter. HTTPS: Type this value if the required installation files are stored at a secured URL. You must also provide the location of the files using the URL parameter, as well as the user name and password to access the URL using the UserName and Password parameters. Location of the folder that stores any required installation files. Type the location of the local file path. If you store the files in a local folder, do not provide a location in the URL parameter. Location of the URL for the HTTP or HTTPS location that stores any required installation files. Type the URL for the location that stores any required installation files. If you store the files at an HTTP or HTTPS location, do not provide a location in the SourceLocation parameter. If you retrieve the installation files from a URL location, type a user name that has access to the URL location. If there is no login required to the URL or you retrieve the installation files from a local folder, you can leave this field blank. If you retrieve the installation files from a URL location, type a password for the user name. If there is no login required to the URL or you retrieve the installation files from a local folder, you can leave this field blank.

Style =

SourceLocation =

URL =

UserName =

Password =

MicroStrategy Web virtual directory

Options [WebVirtualDirectory] HideDialog = Description Section that specifies the virtual directory to be used for the MicroStrategy Web application. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE.

342 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options VirtualDirectory = RemoveVD =

Description Enter a name for the virtual directory. The default is MicroStrategy. YES or NO. This option is for the uninstall only. Set this option to remove an existing MicroStrategy Web virtual directory from a previous installation. The default is NO.

MicroStrategy Mobile Server virtual directory

Options [MobileVirtualDirector y] HideDialog = VirtualDirectory = ReconfigureVirtualDire ctory = Description Section that specifies the virtual directory to be used for the MicroStrategy Mobile Server applications. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Enter a name for the virtual directory. The default is MicroStrategyMobile. TRUE or False. This option is relevant to upgrading MicroStrategy from a pre-9.0.1m version. TRUE replaces the virtual directory used to support MicroStrategy Mobile for BlackBerry with the new virtual directory specified for MicroStrategy Mobile Server. For more information on upgrade installations, see the Upgrade Guide. YES or NO. This option is for the uninstall only. Set this option to remove an existing MicroStrategy Mobile Server virtual directory from a previous installation. The default is NO.

RemoveVD =

Health Center service account

Options Description

[HealthCenterService Section that configures the machine running the silent installation as a Health Agent. Account] HideDialog = Port = AccessCode =
TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Type the port number to use to connect to the Health Agent machine. The default port is 44440. Type the access code that must be provided by Health Center to access this Health Agent. If you leave this field blank, no access code is required to access this Health Agent. Health Agent, and you must supply the other information. The default is TRUE, which skips the configuration of the machine as a Health Agent.

SkipAccountSetting = TRUE or FALSE. FALSE requires that the machine is configured to be a

Domain =

Type the domain of a Windows login with full administrative privileges under which to run the Health Center service.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

343

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options

Description Type the user name of a Windows login with full administrative privileges under which to run the Health Center service. Warning: The user account used to run Health Center must have full administrator privileges for the local machine. If the administrator default privileges have been modified for the user account, connection errors can occur.

Password =

Type a valid password for the Windows login provided.

MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider virtual directory

Options [MDXCubeProviderVirtua lDirectory] HideDialog = VirtualDirectory = ReconfigureVirtualDire ctory = RemoveVD = Description Section that specifies the virtual directory to be used for the MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Enter a name for the virtual directory. The default is MicroStrategyMDX. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to TRUE if the virtual directory for the MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider should be reconfigured to support a new virtual directory. YES or NO. This option is for the uninstall only. Set this option to remove an existing MicroStrategy MDX Cube Provider virtual directory from a previous installation. The default is NO.

Subscription Portal virtual directory

Options [PortalVirtualDirectory] HideDialog = VirtualDirectory = RemoveVD = Description Section that specifies the virtual directory to be used for MicroStrategy Subscription Portal. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Enter a name for the virtual directory. The default is NarrowcastServer. YES or NO. This option is for the uninstall only. Set this option to remove an existing MicroStrategy Subscription Portal virtual directory from a previous installation. The default is NO.

344 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

MicroStrategy Web Services virtual directory

Options [WebServicesDirectory] HideDialog = VirtualDirectory = RemoveVD = Description Section that specifies the virtual directory to be used for MicroStrategy Web Services. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. Enter a name for the virtual directory. The default is MicroStrategyWS. YES or NO. This option is for the uninstall only. Set this option to remove an existing MicroStrategy Subscription Portal virtual directory from a previous installation. The default is NO.

Intelligence Server service account

Options [IServerServiceAccount] Description Section specifying the Windows account for the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server service. You have two options: bypass entering the account information enter the account information TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set TRUE to bypass the service account setting in the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Setting dialog box. If you bypass it, then the service runs with the local system account that is installing the products. The default is FALSE. Enter the domain where the account is located. Enter the user name of the account to use. Enter the password for the account. AUTO or MANUAL. Select to set the Intelligence Server service startup to be automatic or manual. The default is AUTO.

HideDialog = SkipAccountSetting =

Domain = Login = Password = ServiceStartup =

Narrowcast Server service account

Options [NarrowcastServiceAcco unt] HideDialog = Description Section specifying the Windows account from which the MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server service will run. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

345

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Options SkipAccountSetting =

Description TRUE or FALSE. If you specify this value as FALSE, the service account settings are not skipped and the MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server setting dialog box is displayed. Specify the details of the Windows account that the MicroStrategy Narrowcast Server services will use to log on and click Next to proceed with the installation process.

Domain = Login = Password =

Enter the domain where the account is located. Enter the user name of the account to use. Enter the password for the account.

MicroStrategy Web Services and Web Services Universal URL setting

Options [OfficeWebServicesURL] HideDialog = AllowBlankURL = Description Section specifying the URL for MicroStrategy Web Services and Web Services Universal. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Specify whether to allow a blank URL. The installation routine validates the provided URL. If no URL is provided, the user is informed that it has been left blank and needs to be configured with the MicroStrategy Office Configuration Tool. If this is set to TRUE, the user message is not displayed if the URL is left blank. The default is FALSE. Enter a URL pointing to a valid MicroStrategy Web Services installation, for example, http://localhost/MicrostrategyWS/ MSTRWS.asmx

URL =

MicroStrategy Office setting

Options [MSOfficeLoadOptions] HideDialog = ConfigureExcel = Description Section specifying the options that determine if the MicroStrategy Office toolbar is loaded in the installed Microsoft Office applications. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Specify to load the MicroStrategy Office toolbar by default when the Microsoft Excel application runs. This applies only if Excel is installed in the target machine. The default is TRUE.

346 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Options ConfigureWord =

Description TRUE or FALSE. Specify to load the MicroStrategy Office toolbar by default when the Microsoft Word application runs. This applies only if Word is installed on the target machine. The default is TRUE. TRUE or FALSE. Specify to load the MicroStrategy Office toolbar by default when the Microsoft PowerPoint application runs. This applies only if PowerPoint is installed on the target machine. The default is TRUE.

ConfigurePowerpoint =

Intelligence Server definition setting

Options [ServerDefinitionSetting] HideDialog = OverwriteServerDefinition = Description Section specifying whether or not the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server will use the server definition included with the Tutorial. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. This option relates to the Tutorial. Set this option to overwrite existing MicroStrategy Intelligence Server definitions from a previous install. The default is FALSE.

Analytics Module setting

Options [AnalyticsSetting] HideDialog = OverwriteDSN = Description Section that specifies the DSN used to connect to the MicroStrategy Analytics Modules. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE. TRUE or FALSE. Set this option to overwrite an existing DSN with the same name. The data source names are as follows: Analytics_Metadata CAM_WH_AC FRAM_WH_AC HRAM_WH_AC MicroStrategy_Tutorial_Data SAM_WH_AC SDAM_WH_AC The default is FALSE.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

347

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

Start Copying Files dialog box

Options [Summary] HideDialog = Description Section that specifies the installation summary in the Start Copying Files dialog box. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE.

MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete dialog box

Options [Finish] HideDialog = Description Section that specifies the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard Complete dialog box. TRUE or FALSE. FALSE displays the dialog box. The default is FALSE.

Example of a response.ini file

[Installer] PropertiesFilesOverwrite=FALSE EnableTracing=FALSE HideAllDialogs=TRUE ForceReboot=TRUE PreventReboot=FALSE CheckTCPIP=TRUE CheckIIS=TRUE CreateShortcuts=TRUE CheckRenameOperations=TRUE AnalyticsOverwrite=FALSE TutDeliveryOverwrite=FALSE BackupFiles=FALSE RunConfigWizard=FALSE StopAllServices=TRUE StopIIS=TRUE EnableASPServices=TRUE EnableASPNETServices=TRUE ShowWelcomeScreen=FALSE ShowConfigWizard=FALSE EnterpriseManagerOverwrite=FALSE ConfigWizardResponseFile=Response.ini LogFile=C:\Program Files\install.log

[Welcome]
348 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

HideDialog=TRUE RemoveAll=FALSE [UserRegistration] HideDialog=TRUE UserName=<UserNameHere> CompanyName=<CompanyNameHere> LicenseKey=<CustomerLicenseKeyHere> [SuiteTarget] HideDialog=TRUE TargetDirectory=C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy [ComponentSelection] HideDialog=TRUE ### Visible Components ### DeveloperVisible=TRUE AnalystVisible=TRUE ArchitectVisible=TRUE ServerAdminVisible=TRUE FunctionPluginVisible=FALSE CommandManagerVisible=TRUE EnterpriseManagerVisible=TRUE ObjectManagerVisible=TRUE IntegrityManagerVisible=TRUE IServerVisible=TRUE IServerOLAPServicesVisible=TRUE IServerReportServicesVisible=TRUE IServerDistributionServicesVisible=TRUE IServerTransactionServicesVisible=TRUE WebAnalystVisible=TRUE WebProfessionalVisible=TRUE WebReporterVisible=TRUE WebServerASPNETVisible=TRUE WebServerJSPVisible=FALSE WebServicesASPNETVisible=TRUE WebServicesJSPVisible=FALSE OfficeVisible=TRUE MobileVisible=TRUE MobileClientVisible=TRUE MobileServerASPVisible=TRUE MobileServerJSPVisible=FALSE AnalyticsModulesVisible=TRUE NCSAdminVisible=TRUE DeliveryEngineVisible=TRUE

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

349

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

SubscriptionPortalVisible=TRUE TutorialDeliveryInstallVisible=TRUE TutorialDeliveryConfigureVisible=TRUE SequeLinkVisible=TRUE PortletsVisible=TRUE MDXCubeProviderVisible=TRUE GISConnectorsVisible=TRUE SystemManagerVisible=TRUE ### Components To Install (TRUE) or Remove(FALSE) ### DeveloperSelect=TRUE AnalystSelect=TRUE ArchitectSelect=TRUE ServerAdminSelect=TRUE FunctionPluginSelect=FALSE CommandManagerSelect=TRUE EnterpriseManagerSelect=TRUE ObjectManagerSelect=TRUE IntegrityManagerSelect=TRUE IServerSelect=TRUE IServerOLAPServicesSelect=TRUE IServerReportServicesSelect=TRUE IServerDistributionServicesSelect=TRUE IServerTransactionServicesSelect=TRUE WebAnalystSelect=TRUE WebProfessionalSelect=TRUE WebReporterSelect=TRUE WebServerASPNETSelect=TRUE WebServerJSPSelect=FALSE WebServicesASPNETSelect=TRUE WebServicesJSPSelect=FALSE OfficeSelect=TRUE MobileSelect=TRUE MobileClientSelect=TRUE MobileServerASPSelect=TRUE MobileServerJSPSelect=FALSE AnalyticsModulesSelect=TRUE NCSAdminSelect=TRUE DeliveryEngineSelect=TRUE SubscriptionPortalSelect=TRUE TutorialDeliveryInstallSelect=TRUE TutorialDeliveryConfigureSelect=TRUE SequeLinkSelect=TRUE PortletsSelect=TRUE MDXCubeProviderSelect=TRUE

350 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

GISConnectorsSelect=TRUE SystemManagerSelect=TRUE [ServerDefinitionSetting] HideDialog=TRUE OverwriteServerDefinition=FALSE [HealthCenterServiceAccount] HideDialog=TRUE Port=<PortNumber> AccessCode=<AccessCode> SkipAccountSetting=FALSE Domain=<WindowsLoginDomain> Login=<WindowsLogin> Password=<WindowsLoginPassword> [AnalyticsSetting] HideDialog=TRUE OverwriteDSN=FALSE [WebVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategy ReconfigureVirtualDirectory=TRUE [MobileVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategyMobile ReconfigureVirtualDirectory=TRUE [PortalVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=NarrowcastServer ReconfigureVirtualDirectory=TRUE [WebServicesVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategyWS ReconfigureVirtualDirectory=TRUE [OfficeWebServicesURL] HideDialog=TRUE AllowBlankURL=FALSE URL=http://localhost/MicroStrategyWS/mstrws.asmx [MSOfficeLoadOptions]

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

351

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

HideDialog=TRUE ConfigureExcel=TRUE ConfigurePowerpoint=TRUE ConfigureWord=TRUE [IServerServiceAccount] HideDialog=TRUE SkipAccountSetting=FALSE Login=<NT_UserLoginHere> Password=<UserPasswordHere> Domain=<DomainHere> ServiceStartUp=AUTO [NarrowcastServiceAccount] HideDialog=TRUE SkipAccountSetting=FALSE Login=<NT_UserLoginHere> Password=<UserPasswordHere> Domain=<DomainHere> [Summary] HideDialog=TRUE [Finish] HideDialog=TRUE Copy and paste this example to create a response.ini file. Replace any text between angled brackets (<>) with your own specific information. For example, change UserName=UserNameHere to UserName=jsmith. Make sure you check for correct spaces and new lines in all file paths. license key determines which MicroStrategy components will be Your available for your installation. For example, if your license key does not include MicroStrategy OLAP Services, then you cannot use IServerOLAPServicesSelect=TRUE and IServerOLAPServicesVisible=TRUE to install these components.

Example of a response.ini file: Installs Intelligence Server, Enterprise Manager, and other components
[Installer] HideAllDialogs=TRUE ForceReboot=TRUE StopAllServices=TRUE StopIIS=TRUE
352 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

EnterpriseManagerOverwrite=TRUE [Welcome] HideDialog=TRUE RemoveAll=FALSE [UserRegistration] HideDialog=TRUE UserName=<UserNameHere> CompanyName=<CompanyNameHere> LicenseKey=<CustomerLicenseKeyHere> [SuiteTarget] HideDialog=TRUE TargetDirectory=C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy [ComponentSelection] HideDialog=TRUE ### Visible Components ### ServerAdminVisible=TRUE CommandManagerVisible=TRUE EnterpriseManagerVisible=TRUE ObjectManagerVisible=TRUE IServerVisible=TRUE IServerOLAPServicesVisible=TRUE IServerReportServicesVisible=TRUE IServerDistributionServicesVisible=TRUE IServerTransactionServicesVisible=TRUE IntegrityManagerVisible=TRUE SystemManagerVisible=TRUE DeveloperVisible=FALSE AnalystVisible=FALSE ArchitectVisible=FALSE FunctionPluginVisible=FALSE WebAnalystVisible=FALSE WebProfessionalVisible=FALSE WebReporterVisible=FALSE WebServerASPNETVisible=FALSE WebServerJSPVisible=FALSE WebServicesASPNETVisible=FALSE WebServicesJSPVisible=FALSE OfficeVisible=FALSE MobileVisible=FALSE MobileClientVisible=FALSE MobileServerASPVisible=FALSE
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

353

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

MobileServerJSPVisible=FALSE AnalyticsModulesVisible=FALSE NCSAdminVisible=FALSE DeliveryEngineVisible=FALSE SubscriptionPortalVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryConfigureVisible=FALSE SequeLinkVisible=FALSE PortletsVisible=FALSE MDXCubeProviderVisible=FALSE GISConnectorsVisible=FALSE ### Components To Install (TRUE) or Remove (FALSE) ### ServerAdminSelect=TRUE CommandManagerSelect=TRUE EnterpriseManagerSelect=TRUE ObjectManagerSelect=TRUE IServerSelect=TRUE IServerOLAPServicesSelect=TRUE IServerReportServicesSelect=TRUE IServerDistributionServicesSelect=TRUE IServerTransactionServicesSelect=TRUE IntegrityManagerSelect=TRUE SystemManagerSelect=TRUE DeveloperSelect=FALSE AnalystSelect=FALSE ArchitectSelect=FALSE FunctionPluginSelect=FALSE WebAnalystSelect=FALSE WebProfessionalSelect=FALSE WebReporterSelect=FALSE WebServerASPNETSelect=FALSE WebServerJSPSelect=FALSE WebServicesASPNETSelect=FALSE WebServicesJSPSelect=FALSE OfficeSelect=FALSE MobileSelect=FALSE MobileClientSelect=FALSE MobileServerASPSelect=FALSE MobileServerJSPSelect=FALSE AnalyticsModulesSelect=FALSE NCSAdminSelect=FALSE DeliveryEngineSelect=FALSE SubscriptionPortalSelect=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallSelect=FALSE

354 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

TutorialDeliveryConfigureSelect=FALSE SequeLinkSelect=FALSE PortletsSelect=FALSE MDXCubeProviderSelect=FALSE GISConnectorsSelect=FALSE [IServerServiceAccount] HideDialog=TRUE SkipAccountSetting=FALSE Login=<UserName> Password=<Password> Domain=<Domain> ServiceStartUp=AUTO [Summary] HideDialog=TRUE [Finish] HideDialog=TRUE Copy and paste this example to create a response.ini file. Replace any text between angled brackets (<>) with your own specific information. For example, change UserName=<UserNameHere> to UserName=jsmith. Make sure to check that all file paths are entered with correct spacing. license key determines which MicroStrategy components will be Your available for your installation. For example, if your license key does not include MicroStrategy OLAP Services, then you cannot use IServerOLAPServicesSelect=TRUE and IServerOLAPServicesVisible=TRUE to install these components.

Example of a response.ini file: Installs Intelligence Server components

[Installer] HideAllDialogs=TRUE ForceReboot=TRUE StopAllServices=TRUE [Welcome] HideDialog=TRUE RemoveAll=FALSE

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

355

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

[UserRegistration] HideDialog=TRUE UserName=<UserNameHere> CompanyName=<CompanyNameHere> LicenseKey=<CustomerLicenseKeyHere>

[SuiteTarget] HideDialog=TRUE TargetDirectory=C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy [ComponentSelection] HideDialog=TRUE ### Visible Components ### ServerAdminVisible=TRUE IServerVisible=TRUE IServerOLAPServicesVisible=TRUE IServerReportServicesVisible=TRUE IServerDistributionServicesVisible=TRUE IServerTransactionServicesVisible=TRUE CommandManagerVisible=FALSE EnterpriseManagerVisible=FALSE ObjectManagerVisible=FALSE IntegrityManagerVisible=FALSE DeveloperVisible=FALSE AnalystVisible=FALSE ArchitectVisible=FALSE FunctionPluginVisible=FALSE WebAnalystVisible=FALSE WebProfessionalVisible=FALSE WebReporterVisible=FALSE WebServerASPNETVisible=FALSE WebServerJSPVisible=FALSE WebServicesASPNETVisible=FALSE WebServicesJSPVisible=FALSE OfficeVisible=FALSE MobileVisible=FALSE MobileClientVisible=FALSE MobileServerASPVisible=FALSE MobileServerJSPVisible=FALSE AnalyticsModulesVisible=FALSE NCSAdminVisible=FALSE DeliveryEngineVisible=FALSE SubscriptionPortalVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallVisible=FALSE

356 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

TutorialDeliveryConfigureVisible=FALSE SequeLinkVisible=FALSE PortletsVisible=FALSE MDXCubeProviderVisible=FALSE GISConnectorsVisible=FALSE SystemManagerVisible=FALSE ### Components To Install (TRUE) or Remove (FALSE) ### ServerAdminSelect=TRUE IServerSelect=TRUE IServerOLAPServicesSelect=TRUE IServerReportServicesSelect=TRUE IServerDistributionServicesSelect=TRUE IServerTransactionServicesSelect=TRUE CommandManagerSelect=FALSE EnterpriseManagerSelect=FALSE ObjectManagerSelect=FALSE IntegrityManagerSelect=FALSE DeveloperSelect=FALSE AnalystSelect=FALSE ArchitectSelect=FALSE FunctionPluginSelect=FALSE WebAnalystSelect=FALSE WebProfessionalSelect=FALSE WebReporterSelect=FALSE WebServerASPNETSelect=FALSE WebServerJSPSelect=FALSE WebServicesASPNETSelect=FALSE WebServicesJSPSelect=FALSE OfficeSelect=FALSE MobileSelect=FALSE MobileClientSelect=FALSE MobileServerASPSelect=FALSE MobileServerJSPSelect=FALSE AnalyticsModulesSelect=FALSE NCSAdminSelect=FALSE DeliveryEngineSelect=FALSE SubscriptionPortalSelect=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallSelect=FALSE TutorialDeliveryConfigureSelect=FALSE SequeLinkSelect=FALSE PortletsSelect=FALSE MDXCubeProviderSelect=FALSE GISConnectorsSelect=FALSE

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

357

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

SystemManagerSelect=FALSE [IServerServiceAccount] HideDialog=TRUE SkipAccountSetting=FALSE Login=<UserName> Password=<Password> Domain=<Domain> ServiceStartUp=AUTO [Summary] HideDialog=TRUE [Finish] HideDialog=TRUE Copy and paste this example to create a response.ini file. Replace any text between angled brackets (<>) with your own specific information. For example, change UserName=<UserNameHere> to UserName=jsmith. Make sure to check that all file paths are entered with correct spacing. license key determines which MicroStrategy components will be Your available for your installation. For example, if your license key does not include MicroStrategy OLAP Services, then you cannot use IServerOLAPServicesSelect=TRUE and IServerOLAPServicesVisible=TRUE to install these components.

Example of a response.ini file: Installs MicroStrategy Web components

[Installer] HideAllDialogs=TRUE ForceReboot=TRUE StopAllServices=TRUE StopIIS=TRUE EnableASPServices=TRUE EnableASPNETServices=TRUE [Welcome] HideDialog=TRUE RemoveAll=FALSE [UserRegistration] HideDialog=TRUE

358 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

UserName=<UserNameHere> CompanyName=<CompanyNameHere> LicenseKey=<CustomerLicenseKeyHere> [SuiteTarget] HideDialog=TRUE TargetDirectory=C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy [ComponentSelection] HideDialog=TRUE ### Visible Components ### WebReporterVisible=TRUE WebAnalystVisible=TRUE WebProfessionalVisible=TRUE WebServerASPNETVisible=TRUE WebServerJSPVisible=TRUE WebServicesASPNETVisible=TRUE WebServicesJSPVisible=TRUE ServerAdminVisible=FALSE IServerVisible=FALSE IServerOLAPServicesVisible=FALSE IServerReportServicesVisible=FALSE IServerDistributionServicesVisible=FALSE IServerTransactionServicesVisible=FALSE CommandManagerVisible=FALSE EnterpriseManagerVisible=FALSE ObjectManagerVisible=FALSE IntegrityManagerVisible=FALSE DeveloperVisible=FALSE AnalystVisible=FALSE ArchitectVisible=FALSE FunctionPluginVisible=FALSE OfficeVisible=FALSE MobileVisible=FALSE MobileClientVisible=FALSE MobileServerASPVisible=FALSE MobileServerJSPVisible=FALSE AnalyticsModulesVisible=FALSE NCSAdminVisible=FALSE DeliveryEngineVisible=FALSE SubscriptionPortalVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryConfigureVisible=FALSE SequeLinkVisible=FALSE PortletsVisible=FALSE

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

359

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

MDXCubeProviderVisible=FALSE GISConnectorsVisible=FALSE SystemManagerVisible=FALSE ### Components To Install (TRUE) or Remove (FALSE) ### WebReporterSelect=TRUE WebAnalystSelect=TRUE WebProfessionalSelect=TRUE WebServerASPNETSelect=TRUE WebServerJSPSelect=TRUE WebServicesASPNETSelect=TRUE WebServicesJSPSelect=TRUE ServerAdminSelect=FALSE IServerSelect=FALSE IServerOLAPServicesSelect=FALSE IServerReportServicesSelect=FALSE IServerDistributionServicesSelect=FALSE IServerTransactionServicesSelect=FALSE CommandManagerSelect=FALSE EnterpriseManagerSelect=FALSE ObjectManagerSelect=FALSE IntegrityManagerSelect=FALSE DeveloperSelect=FALSE AnalystSelect=FALSE ArchitectSelect=FALSE FunctionPluginSelect=FALSE OfficeSelect=FALSE MobileSelect=FALSE MobileClientSelect=FALSE MobileServerASPSelect=FALSE MobileServerJSPSelect=FALSE AnalyticsModulesSelect=FALSE NCSAdminSelect=FALSE DeliveryEngineSelect=FALSE SubscriptionPortalSelect=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallSelect=FALSE TutorialDeliveryConfigureSelect=FALSE SequeLinkSelect=FALSE PortletsSelect=FALSE MDXCubeProviderSelect=FALSE GISConnectorsSelect=FALSE SystemManagerSelect=FALSE [WebVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE
360 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategy ReconfigureVirtualDirectory=TRUE [WebServicesVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategyWS ReconfigureVirtualDirectory=TRUE [Summary] HideDialog=TRUE [Finish] HideDialog=TRUE Copy and paste this example to create a response.ini file. Replace any text between angled brackets (<>) with your own specific information. For example, change UserName=<UserNameHere> to UserName=jsmith. Make sure to check that all file paths are entered with correct spacing. license key determines which MicroStrategy components will be Your available for your installation. For example, if your license key does not include MicroStrategy Web Reporter, then you cannot use WebReporterVisible=TRUE and WebReporterSelect=TRUE to install these components.

Example of a response.ini file: Installs Enterprise Manager components

361

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

TargetDirectory=C:\Program Files\MicroStrategy [ComponentSelection] HideDialog=TRUE ### Visible Components ### EnterpriseManagerVisible=TRUE ServerAdminVisible=FALSE CommandManagerVisible=FALSE ObjectManagerVisible=FALSE IServerVisible=FALSE IServerOLAPServicesVisible=FALSE IServerReportServicesVisible=FALSE IServerDistributionServicesVisible=FALSE IServerTransactionServicesVisible=FALSE IntegrityManagerVisible=FALSE DeveloperVisible=FALSE AnalystVisible=FALSE ArchitectVisible=FALSE FunctionPluginVisible=FALSE WebAnalystVisible=FALSE WebProfessionalVisible=FALSE WebReporterVisible=FALSE WebServerASPNETVisible=FALSE WebServerJSPVisible=FALSE WebServicesASPNETVisible=FALSE WebServicesJSPVisible=FALSE OfficeVisible=FALSE MobileVisible=FALSE MobileClientVisible=FALSE MobileServerASPVisible=FALSE MobileServerJSPVisible=FALSE AnalyticsModulesVisible=FALSE NCSAdminVisible=FALSE DeliveryEngineVisible=FALSE SubscriptionPortalVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryInstallVisible=FALSE TutorialDeliveryConfigureVisible=FALSE SequeLinkVisible=FALSE PortletsVisible=FALSE MDXCubeProviderVisible=FALSE GISConnectorsVisible=FALSE SystemManagerVisible=FALSE ### Components To Install (TRUE) or Remove (FALSE) ###
362 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

MDXCubeProviderSelect=FALSE GISConnectorsSelect=FALSE SystemManagerSelect=FALSE [Summary] HideDialog=TRUE [Finish] HideDialog=TRUE Copy and paste this example to create a response.ini file. Replace any text between angled brackets (<>) with your own specific information. Make sure to check that all file paths are entered with correct spacing. license key determines which MicroStrategy components will be Your available for your installation. For example, if your license key does not include MicroStrategy Developer, then you cannot use DeveloperVisible=TRUE and DeveloperSelect=TRUE to install these components.

Using the response.ini file

The setup program supports several command-line parameters. The following applies to this function: Parameters using double dashes, such as --auto, are defined by MicroStrategy. For example, you can use the --auto parameter as follows: Path\setup.exe --Auto=TRUE --LogFile=C:\install.log The command line is not case-sensitive.

The following parameters are supported by the setup program: Auto= instructs the setup program to use the response file and default values to enable a one-click installation. If a component, such as serial key or disk space has an invalid value, the setup program automatically reverts to multiple-click mode, and all dialog boxes are displayed. ResponseFile= contains responses to installation questions and redefines default parameters. The path and file name must be in double quotes ( ). If you use this parameter, do not use any other parameters. ConfigFile= used by the Configuration Wizard to set up a repository, a server, or a client. The path and file name must be in double quotes ( ).

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

369

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

LogFile= used to specify an alternative location and/or name (other than install.log) for the log file in the Common Files directory. If only the file name is entered, the default location remains the Common Files directory. Once specified, the alternative file becomes the default.

To use the response.ini file to install MicroStrategy components

1 Save your response.ini file to the directory C:\. You can save to a different directory, but the example command provided in these steps assumes the response file is saved to the directory location C:\. 2 From the Windows Start menu, select Programs, then select Accessories, and then right-click Command Prompt and select Run as Administrator. The User Account Control dialog box opens. steps to open a Windows command prompt with The administrator privileges may be different depending on your version of Windows. 3 Click Yes to open the command prompt with administrator privileges. The command prompt is displayed. 4 Type the following command in the Windows command line: Path\setup.exe --ResponseFile=C:\response.ini Where Path is the directory where the setup.exe file is stored. Press ENTER to begin the installation.

Activating your installation

After your installation is complete, you must activate your MicroStrategy software installation within 30 days. To activate your software you can follow the instructions provided in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation.

Configuring your installation with a response.ini file

The Configuration Wizard walks you through the process of setting up the environment for the MicroStrategy products installed in your system. It is possible to configure server definition, project source names, and the metadata repository using a response.ini file. The steps required to

370 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

create a response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy are provided in Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201.

Uninstalling with a response.ini file

You can uninstall all MicroStrategy products at once using a response.ini file. You must create a response file with the RemoveAll parameter set to TRUE in the Welcome section. This is also known as a silent uninstallation.

You must save the file as ANSI encoding.

Before uninstallation begins, the MicroStrategy application: Checks for user privileges. If they are not valid, uninstallation stops. Checks for running components. If one is found, uninstallation stops. Stops and deletes the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server service. Deletes application created files.

Example of a response.ini file to uninstall MicroStrategy

You can use the following response file to remove all MicroStrategy products: [Installer] PropertiesFilesOverwrite=FALSE EnableTracing=FALSE HideAllDialogs=TRUE ForceReboot=TRUE PreventReboot=FALSE CheckTCPIP=TRUE CheckIIS=TRUE CheckSP=TRUE CreateShortcuts=TRUE CheckRenameOperations=TRUE AnalyticsOverwrite=FALSE TutDeliveryOverwrite=FALSE BackupFiles=FALSE RunConfigWizard=FALSE StopAllServices=TRUE StopIIS=TRUE EnableASPServices=FALSE ConfigWizardResponseFile=

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

371

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

RegistrySizeReq= LogFile= [Welcome] HideDialog=TRUE RemoveAll=TRUE [WebVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategy RemoveVD=YES [MobileVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategyMobile RemoveVD=YES [PortalVirtualDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=NarrowcastServer RemoveVD=YES [WebServicesDirectory] HideDialog=TRUE VirtualDirectory=MicroStrategyWS RemoveVD=YES [Finish] HideDialog=TRUE For details on creating a response.ini file, see Creating a response.ini file, page 331. After you have created a response.ini file, open a Windows command prompt to uninstall all MicroStrategy products. From the Windows Start menu, select Programs, then select Accessories, and then right-click Command Prompt and select Run as Administrator. The User Account Control dialog box opens. steps to open a Windows command prompt with administrator The privileges may be different depending on your version of Windows. Click Yes to open the command prompt with administrator privileges. The command prompt is displayed. Type the following script at the command prompt to uninstall all MicroStrategy products: Path1\setup.exe --ResponseFile= Path2\response.ini
372 Installing and configuring with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

Where the Path1 for setup.exe must be the path to the original setup.exe used to install MicroStrategy products. The Path2 for the response file is the path where you saved your response.ini file.

Silent installation
A silent, or unattended, installation is one that presents no user interface. Silent installations are useful for system administrators who do not want users to interfere with the installation. They are typically implemented by IT departments that perform package-based installations across the network, such as SMS. The silent installation can be used for: Deployment with Microsoft System Management Server (SMS) OEM installations

installations with MicroStrategy must use a response.ini Silent file in conjunction with a setup.iss file. Using a setup.iss file without a response.ini file is not recommended or supported.

Silent installations through System Management Server environments

Upon setup completion, the Microsoft System Management Server (SMS) generates a Management Information Format (MIF) file. There are two ways to generate the MIF file: Using the command line with the switch -mFileNameWithoutExtension Adding the MIF section to the setup.ini file

in SMS also generates a corresponding MIF file if you Uninstallation use the command line with the switch -mFileNameWithoutExtension.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

373

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

OEM silent installations

You can use silent installation to easily embed MicroStrategy products with other applications. This can be done to develop an OEM application that includes MicroStrategy functionality. For information on performing a silent installation for OEM applications, see OEM silent installations, page 406.

Silent installation output

The system verifies compliance with installation prerequisites and places related messages in a file created for that purpose. The following applies to the generation and storage of output messages during silent installation: The MSTRInst.log file is created and placed in the Temp folder. The MSTRInst.log file is maintained during the entire setup. All system-generated messages, including messages containing reasons for pre-installation termination, are stored in the MSTRInst.log file.

there are installation termination messages in subsequent If installation instances that use the same dialog flow, they are also stored in the MSTRInst.log. The table below identifies the information that the MSTRInst.log file includes.
Line Function [F] Information [I] Warning [W] Description Identifies the function calls in the setup script. Logs information about the setup that is running. Includes feedback that you must verify related to the setup. For example, in normal mode, when MicroStrategy applications are running on a machine where the setup is being run, you are prompted to close all MicroStrategy applications before proceeding. In silent mode, you are not prompted, and instead the setup terminates. Includes fatal problems that prevent the setup from proceeding. For example, the Intelligence Server Service cannot be created and setup fails as a result.

Severe [S]

A typical line in the MSTRInst.log file includes source file name, function name, source line number, and time. It appears as follows: [Z:\InstallMaster\Setup\Script Files\ MALicense.rul][UseDLL][l: 28][1318179ms][W] Le file
374 Silent installation
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

C:\WINDOWS\TEMP\ {84D0D5E2-719A-11D7-847C-000C293B5019}\ {B339F3B3-E78C-45E8-B4D2-3C46C1C13663}\MAInst.dll couldn't be loaded in memory. reviewing warning messages in the MSTRInst.log file, look When for [W] and [S] to find related problems.

Activating silent installations

After your silent installation is complete, you must activate your MicroStrategy software installation within 30 days. To activate your software you can follow the instructions provided in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation.

Troubleshooting silent installations

Silent installation may not work if you are installing in a different environment than the one you recorded. This is the case because any dialog box that was not recorded previously is not recognized, such as if you are prompted to stop your Intelligence Server or your IIS Web server. If this happens, check: The version of Intelligence Server to ensure that you have the right one for the products you are installing You do not have any MicroStrategy applications running The setup.log file to see if the ResultCode=0 Check the install.log for any recorded errors during installation and the MSTRInst.log file for any possible errors The most common errors are: -8, which is an invalid path to the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard silent response .iss file. -12, which is dialog boxes out of order. This occurs because an unrecorded screen opened when running the silent install.

It is recommended that you create a silent install that can be used with a response.ini file. For more information, see OEM silent installations,

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

375

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

page 374. This way you can change the settings in the response.ini file without having to generate a new .iss file.

Silent installation of a hotfix

A hotfix is a file or a collection of files that you can apply to MicroStrategy products installed on your computer to correct a specific problem. Hotfixes are packaged in an executable (.exe) file, which is a self-installing format. When you install a hotfix, files are backed up automatically so that you can remove the hotfix later. You can apply a hotfix to MicroStrategy products using silent installation. For information on installing the hotfix of MicroStrategy Office, see Silent installation of MicroStrategy Office, page 377. Prerequisites You must obtain and unzip the MicroStrategy hotfix files. These files include HFResponse.ini and HFsetup.iss. The rest of this procedure assumes you have saved these files to the file path C:\. If you save it to another file path, replace C:\ with the file path to the HFReponse.ini and HFsetup.iss.

To perform a silent installation of a hotfix

you are installing a hotfix of MicroStrategy Office, see Silent If installation of MicroStrategy Office, page 377. 1 Insert the disk containing the Hotfix installable in the disk drive. 2 From the Windows Start menu, select Programs, then select Accessories, and then right-click Command Prompt and select Run as Administrator. The User Account Control dialog box opens. steps to open a Windows command prompt with The administrator privileges may be different depending on your version of Windows. 3 Click Yes to open the command prompt with administrator privileges. The command prompt is displayed. 4 Access the disk drive through the command prompt.

376 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

5 Run the silent installation with the following command: InstallPath\setup.exe -LLanguageValue --ResponseFile= "C:\HFresponse.ini" -s -f1C:\HFsetup.iss In the command listed above, you must supply the following information: InstallPath: The location in which to install the MicroStrategy hotfix. LanguageValue: Determines the language for the installation. Refer to Language settings for silent installations, page 409, for an explanation of the LanguageValue parameter.

You can check the status of the silent installation in Windows Task Manager. After applying the Hotfix, you can view it in the Add/Remove Programs window.

Silent installation of MicroStrategy Office

You can also install MicroStrategy Office as its own stand-alone installation, which lets you install only MicroStrategy Office. The stand-alone installation of MicroStrategy Office can also be used to install hotfixes of the MicroStrategy Office product. To perform a silent installation of MicroStrategy Office as a stand-alone installation, refer to the procedure below. can also perform an installation of MicroStrategy Office as its You own stand alone installation, but with the assistance of a MicroStrategy Office installation wizard. The steps to use the MicroStrategy Office installation wizard are provided in the MicroStrategy Office User Guide. Prerequisites You must have Microsoft .NET Framework and Microsoft Web Services Enhancement Runtime to install and support MicroStrategy Office. For the required versions of these components, see MicroStrategy product: MicroStrategy Office, page 46. You must have Microsoft Windows Installer 4.5 to install MicroStrategy Office. Microsoft Office must already be installed on the machine.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

377

Automated Installation on Windows

Installation and Configuration Guide

To perform a silent installation of MicroStrategy Office

1 Download the MicroStrategy Office stand-alone installation files. You can retrieve these from the MicroStrategy installation disk, or from the MicroStrategy download site. The MicroStrategy Office stand-alone installation files include files named MicroStrategyOffice.msi and MicroStrategyOffice64.msi. These .msi files are for installing MicroStrategy Office on 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Microsoft Office, respectively. 2 From the Windows Start menu, select Programs, then select Accessories, and then right-click Command Prompt and select Run as Administrator. The User Account Control dialog box opens. steps to open a Windows command prompt with The administrator privileges may be different depending on your version of Windows. 3 Click Yes to open the command prompt with administrator privileges. The command prompt is displayed. 4 From a command prompt, navigate to the MicroStrategy Office hotfix installation folder. 5 To view information on the options to run the silent install command, enter the following command: msiexec.msi /? This includes information on options to log the installation details to a log file. 6 To run the silent installation using installation options defined by the current MicroStrategy Office configuration, enter one of the following commands: To install on 32-bit versions of Microsoft Office: msiexec.exe /i MicroStrategyOffice.msi /qn To install on 64-bit versions of Microsoft Office: msiexec.exe /i MicroStrategyOffice64.msi /qn can also use additional parameters as part of the silent You installation command, including the following:

378 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on Windows

INSTALLDIR: Defines the directory in which MicroStrategy Office will be installed. For example, you can define this parameter as INSTALLDIR=C:\Program Files\ MicroStrategy\Office. WSURL: Defines the URL for MicroStrategy Web Services. For example, you can define this parameter as WSURL=http:// localhost/MicroStrategyWS/MSTRWS.asmx. LW: Specify whether to load the MicroStrategy Office toolbar by default when the Microsoft Word application runs. This applies only if Word is installed in the target machine. The default is 3, which loads the toolbar. You can set this option to 2 to not load the toolbar for Microsoft Word. LE: Specify whether to load the MicroStrategy Office toolbar by default when the Microsoft Excel application runs. This applies only if Excel is installed in the target machine. The default is 3, which loads the toolbar. You can set this option to 2 to not load the toolbar for Microsoft Excel. LP: Specify whether to load the MicroStrategy Office toolbar by default when the Microsoft PowerPoint application runs. This applies only if PowerPoint is installed in the target machine. The default is 3, which loads the toolbar. You can set this option to 2 to not load the toolbar for Microsoft PowerPoint. OFFICECREATESHORTCUTS: Specify whether to create a shortcut for MicroStrategy Office in the Windows Start menu. The default is 1, which creates the shortcut. You can set this option to 0 to exclude the creation of this shortcut.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

Installation and Configuration Guide

Silent installation
A silent or unattended installation is one that presents no graphical user interface (GUI). Silent installations allow you to automate the installation, so it can be called from a script and executed without user interaction. Silent installations are useful for system administrators who do not want users to run the installation themselves. The silent installation can be done on one or more computers.

Creating an options file

To run silent installation, you first create an options file and then run it with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard. Save the options file as options.txt. An example of an options.txt file is provided in Example of an options file below. You can use the example as a template and replace italicized text with your own information. This options file or response file is used with the command line argument -options to modify the wizard settings. The settings that can be specified for the wizard are listed in the next section, Parameters for a silent installation, page 385.
To use the options file

1 Log on to the computer where you are installing one or more MicroStrategy products. 2 You can access the installation files and the options file from a disk or you can ask your system administrator to share the files in a network location. For information on mounting or unmounting CD-ROM drives, see Mounting and unmounting CD-ROMs, page 522 in Appendix B, Troubleshooting. 3 Browse to the MicroStrategyInstallation/ QueryReportingAnalysis_UNIX directory. Depending on your UNIX or Linux environment, browse to one of the following folders: Solaris: QueryReportingAnalysis_SunOS AIX: QueryReportingAnalysis_AIX

382 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

HP-UX: QueryReportingAnalysis_HP-UX Linux: QueryReportingAnalysis_Linux

4 Open options.txt in a text editor. 5 Specify a value for a setting by replacing the characters Value. For detailed information on the parameters and values that can be supplied with the options.txt file for a silent installation, see Parameters for a silent installation, page 385. 6 Save the changes to the options.txt file. 7 To use the options file on a silent installation, specify -silent -options FileName as a command line argument to the wizard, where FileName is the name of this options file, for example, options.txt. For example, type the command: setup.sh -silent -options options.txt If you are installing a MicroStrategy hotfix, use the setupHF.sh file instead. For example, type the command: setupHF.sh -silent -options options.txt

Example of an options file

Copy and paste this example to create an options.txt file. Replace any italicized text with your own specific information. For example, change userRegistration.user=UserName to userRegistration.user= jsmith. Make sure you check for correct spaces and new lines in all file paths. For descriptions of each of the options listed in this example, see Parameters for a silent installation, page 385.

Be aware of the following:

The example below assumes you are not using a CPU-based license for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. For CPU-based licenses, you must add the parameter: cpuCount.number=maximum

The example below assumes you are using the full set of installation files to support the MicroStrategy installation. If you have downloaded only a subset of the .tzp files that are required

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

383

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

for the MicroStrategy installation, you must define where these files are stored, using the parameters described in Providing installation files for smaller installations, page 397. licenseAgreement.accept=true userRegistration.user=UserName userRegistration.company=CompanyName userRegistration.cdKey=License install.Instance=new install.Operation=FRESH_INSTALL suite.homeDirectory=Path suite.installDirectory=Path suite.logDirectory=Path SelectComponents.visible=true IntelligenceServer.visible=true IntelligenceServer.active=true ReportServices.visible=true ReportServices.active=true OLAPServices.visible=true OLAPServices.active=true DistributionServices.visible=true DistributionServices.active=true TransactionServices.visible=true TransactionServices.active=true WebAnalyst.visible=true WebAnalyst.active=true WebReporter.visible=true WebReporter.active=true WebProfessional.visible=true WebProfessional.active=true Portlets.visible=true Portlets.active=true GISConnectors.visible=true GISConnectors.active=true WebServices.visible=true WebServices.active=true MobileClient.visible=true MobileClient.active=true MobileServer.visible=true MobileServer.active=true CommandManager.visible=true CommandManager.active=true SystemManager.visible=true SystemManager.active=true IntegrityManager.visible=true IntegrityManager.active=true

384 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

WebUniversal.deployDirectory=Path Portlets.installDirectory=Path GISConnectors.installDirectory=Path WebServices.installDirectory=Path MobileClient.installDirectory=Path MobileServer.installDirectory=Path CommandManager.installDirectory=Path SystemManager.installDirectory=Path HealthCenter.port=PortNumber HealthCenter.accessCode=AccessCode HealthCenter.configureDaemon=true

Parameters for a silent installation

The following parameters define how a silent installation is performed. The settings follow their descriptions, in the format settingname=Value

License agreement
Define whether the license agreement is accepted by default. licenseAgreement.accept=Value You can define this parameter with one of the following values: true: The MicroStrategy license agreement is accepted by default. If you perform the installation as a silent installation that does not display the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, you must use this value to install MicroStrategy successfully. false: The MicroStrategy license agreement is not accepted by default. The user that installs MicroStrategy must select to accept the license agreement to continue with the MicroStrategy installation.

Customer information
Your name, the name of the company for which you work, and the license key.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

385

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

User: userRegistration.user=Value

Company: userRegistration.company=Value

License key: userRegistration.cdKey=Value

MicroStrategy installation instance

You can either install a new instance of MicroStrategy, or modify an existing MicroStrategy installation. To install a new instance of MicroStrategy: install.Instance=new To modify an existing MicroStrategy installation: install.Instance=InstallPath

MicroStrategy operations
In addition to installing MicroStrategy, you can also modify, repair, uninstall, and upgrade existing MicroStrategy installations. To install a new instance of MicroStrategy: install.Operation=FRESH_INSTALL To modify an existing MicroStrategy installation: install.Operation=MODIFY To repair an existing MicroStrategy installation by performing the previous installation attempt: install.Operation=REPAIR To uninstall an existing MicroStrategy installation: install.Operation=UNINSTALL

386 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

To upgrade an existing MicroStrategy installation: install.Operation=UPGRADE

To install a MicroStrategy hotfix installation: install.Operation=HOTFIX_INSTALL

To uninstall an existing MicroStrategy hotfix installation: install.Operation=HOTFIX_UNINSTALL

MicroStrategy install locations

The install locations of the product. Specify valid directories where the product should be installed. Home directory: The location where the MicroStrategy configuration files and application launchers are to be installed. suite.homeDirectory=Path For additional requirements when choosing a home directory, see Choose Destination Location, page 133. Install directory: The location where the MicroStrategy products are to be installed. suite.installDirectory=Path For additional requirements when choosing an install directory, see Choose Destination Location, page 133. Log directory: The location where the MicroStrategy application logs are to be created. silent.logDirectory=Path For additional requirements when choosing a log directory, see Choose Destination Location, page 133.

Product features
When you install products using an options file, the following two values may be specified for each product:

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

387

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

Each product includes a visible option, which can use one of the following values:

true: Indicates that the feature is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard as available for installation. false: Indicates that the feature is not displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard as available for installation. If you define a products visible option as false, it cannot be installed.

If you do not specify a true or false value for each product, true is used for all products. You can also define the visible option for all products using the parameter SelectComponents.visible. You can exclude these visible options for each product if you are using the options file as part of a completely silent installation where no user interface is displayed to the user. Each product includes an active option, which can use one of the following values:

true: Indicates that the feature is selected for installation. false: Indicates that the feature is not selected for installation, or the product is to be uninstalled as part of an installation that modifies or uninstalls previously installed MicroStrategy software.

To review a description of each MicroStrategy project, see MicroStrategy components, page 2.

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal

The state of whether MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: IntelligenceServer.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal. IntelligenceServer.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal for installation, use: IntelligenceServer.visible=true IntelligenceServer.active=true

388 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

MicroStrategy Intelligence Server Universal is installed if you select to install any of the following MicroStrategy products: MicroStrategy Report Services, page 389 MicroStrategy OLAP Services, page 389 MicroStrategy Distribution Services, page 390 MicroStrategy Transaction Services, page 390

MicroStrategy Report Services

The state of whether MicroStrategy Report Services is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: ReportServices.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Report Services. ReportServices.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Report Services for installation, use: ReportServices.visible=true ReportServices.active=true

MicroStrategy OLAP Services

The state of whether MicroStrategy OLAP Services is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: OLAPServices.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy OLAP Services. OLAPServices.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy OLAP Services for installation, use: OLAPServices.visible=true OLAPServices.active=true

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

389

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Distribution Services

The state of whether MicroStrategy Distribution Services is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: DistributionServices.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Distribution Services. DistributionServices.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Distribution Services for installation, use: DistributionServices.visible=true DistributionServices.active=true

MicroStrategy Transaction Services

The state of whether MicroStrategy Transaction Services is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: TransactionServices.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Transaction Services. TransactionServices.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Transaction Services for installation, use: TransactionServices.visible=true TransactionServices.active=true

MicroStrategy Web Universal Analyst

The state of whether MicroStrategy Web Universal Analyst is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: WebAnalyst.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Web Universal Analyst. WebAnalyst.active=Value

390 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

For example, to select MicroStrategy Web Universal Analyst for installation, use: WebAnalyst.visible=true WebAnalyst.active=true

MicroStrategy Web Universal Reporter

The state of whether MicroStrategy Web Universal Reporter is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: WebReporter.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Web Universal Reporter. WebReporter.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Web Universal Reporter for installation, use: WebReporter.visible=true WebReporter.active=true

MicroStrategy Web Universal Professional

The state of whether MicroStrategy Web Universal Professional is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: WebProfessional.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Web Universal Professional. WebProfessional.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Web Universal Professional for installation, use: WebProfessional.visible=true WebProfessional.active=true

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

391

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Portlets
The state of whether MicroStrategy Portlets is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: Portlets.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Portlets. Portlets.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Portlets for installation, use: Portlets.visible=true Portlets.active=true

MicroStrategy GIS Connectors

The state of whether MicroStrategy GIS Connectors is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: GISConnectors.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy GIS Connectors. GISConnectors.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy GIS Connectors for installation, use: GISConnectors.visible=true GISConnectors.active=true

MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE

The state of whether MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: WebServices.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE. WebServices.active=Value

392 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

For example, to select MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE for installation, use: WebServices.visible=true WebServices.active=true

MicroStrategy Mobile Blackberry Device Client Application

The state of whether MicroStrategy Mobile Blackberry Device Client Application is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: MobileClient.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Mobile Blackberry Device Client Application. MobileClient.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Mobile Blackberry Device Client Application for installation, use: MobileClient.visible=true MobileClient.active=true

MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP

The state of whether MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: MobileServer.visible=Value The selection state of Mobile Server JSP. MobileServer.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP for installation, use: MobileServer.visible=true MobileServer.active=true

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

393

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Command Manager

The state of whether MicroStrategy Command Manager is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: CommandManager.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Command Manager. CommandManager.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy Command Manager for installation, use: CommandManager.visible=true CommandManager.active=true

MicroStrategy System Manager

The state of whether MicroStrategy System Manager is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: SystemManager.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy System Manager. SystemManager.active=Value For example, to select MicroStrategy System Manager for installation, use: SystemManager.visible=true SystemManager.active=true

MicroStrategy Integrity Manager

The state of whether MicroStrategy Integrity Manager is displayed in the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard: IntegrityManager.visible=Value The selection state of MicroStrategy Integrity Manager. IntegrityManager.active=Value

394 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

For example, to select MicroStrategy Integrity Manager for installation, use: IntegrityManager.visible=true IntegrityManager.active=true

CPU license information

This value should be specified when the license being used for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server is based on CPUs. Legal values are integers between 1 and either the number of CPUs allowed by the license or the number of CPUs in the machine, whichever is lower. cpuCount.number=Value By default, the maximum number of CPUs is allowed. This is represented with the following value for this parameter: cpuCount.number=maximum

MicroStrategy product and component installation locations

You can define the installation locations for the following products and components: MicroStrategy Web Universal Install Location: WebUniversal.deployDirectory=Value MicroStrategy Portlets Install Location: Portlets.installDirectory=Value MicroStrategy GIS Connectors Install Location GISConnectors.installDirectory=Value MicroStrategy Web Services J2EE Install Location WebServices.installDirectory=Value MicroStrategy Mobile Blackberry Device Client Application Install Location MobileClient.installDirectory=Value

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

395

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP Install Location MobileServer.installDirectory=Value

MicroStrategy Command Manager Install Location CommandManager.installDirectory=Value

MicroStrategy System Manager Install Location SystemManager.installDirectory=Value

Health Center Agent configuration

You can configure the machine as a Health Center Agent as part of the silent installation: The port used by the Health Center Agent: HealthCenter.port=Value Provide a valid, available port value between 1,024 and 65,533. The access code required to access the Health Center Agent and its information: HealthCenter.accessCode=Value If no access code is provided, then the Health Center Agent can be accessed without supplying an access code. Configure the Health Center Agent as a daemon: HealthCenter.configureDaemon=Value You can define this parameter as true or false.

HealthCenter.configureDaemon=true Configures this Health Agent as a daemon, so that the Health Agent process is constantly running in the background. This requires you to configure the Health Agent using an account that has root access privileges to the machine.

HealthCenter.configureDaemon=false Configures the Health Agent as an application, which is required if you do not have root access to the machine. In this case, be careful not to stop the Health Agent process, so that the machine can remain part of the Health Center system at all times.

396 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Providing installation files for smaller installations

You can reduce the amount of data that has to be downloaded for the installation by excluding some of the .tzp files, located in the DataFiles folder, from the download. You can use this technique to download only the files required to complete your MicroStrategy installation, which can then also be used to reduce the amount of data packaged and downloaded for other MicroStrategy installations. you are performing a MicroStrategy hotfix installation, you must If include all of the files provided as part of the hotfix installation in their default location. This means that you cannot use the options provided below to point to the location of the hotfix installation files. To reduce the amount of data required for MicroStrategy installations, you first need to determine the files required to support your installation of MicroStrategy, as described in Creating custom installation packages, page 96. Once you determine and collect the .tzp files required to support your MicroStrategy installation, you can specify the location of these files using the following parameters: InstallOnDemand.style=Value Determines whether the required installation files are provided in a folder or at a URL. You must define this parameter with one of the following values:

FILESERVER: Type this value if the required installation files are stored in a folder on the local machine or a server machine. You must also provide the location of the files using the InstallOnDemand.sourceLocation parameter. HTTP: Type this value if the required installation files are stored at an unsecured URL. You must also provide the location of the files using the InstallOnDemand.url parameter. HTTPS: Type this value if the required installation files are stored at a secured URL. You must also provide the location of the files using the InstallOnDemand.url parameter, as well as the user name and password to access the URL using the InstallOnDemand.username and InstallOnDemand.password parameters.

InstallOnDemand.sourceLocation=Value Location of the folder that stores any required installation files. Type the location of the local file path. If you store the files in a local folder, do not provide a location for the InstallOnDemand.url parameter.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Silent installation

397

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

InstallOnDemand.url=Value Location of the URL for the HTTP or HTTPS location that stores any required installation files. Type the URL for the location that stores any required installation files. If you store the files at an HTTP or HTTPS location, do not provide a location for the InstallOnDemand.sourceLocation parameter.

InstallOnDemand.username=Value If you retrieve the installation files from a URL location, type a user name that has access to the URL location. If there is no login required to the URL or you retrieve the installation files from a local folder, you do not need to define a value for this parameter.

InstallOnDemand.password=Value If you retrieve the installation files from a URL location, type a password for the user name. If there is no login required to the URL or you retrieve the installation files from a local folder, you do not need to define a value for this parameter.

Unique post-installation configurations

MicroStrategy supports a large number of different UNIX and Linux environments with various system configurations. There are a few cases in which you must perform some manual configurations to support the use of MicroStrategy on your system. For more information, refer to Unique post-installation configurations., page 141 in Chapter 3, Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux.

Silent installation output

The installation returns 0 if the installation is successful and any other value if it is not. The install.log file located in the InstallPath directory provides more information on possible errors. For more information on the install.log file, see Installation log file, page 328 in Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows. the installation fails on any of the steps before it starts copying the If files, it does not give any feedback other than the return value different from 0.

398 Silent installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Activating a silent installation

After your silent installation is complete, you must activate your MicroStrategy installation within 30 days. To activate your installation you can follow the instructions provided in Chapter 4, Activating Your Installation.

Configuring MicroStrategy in command line mode

The MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard is provided in command line mode so that you can use the Configuration Wizard through the operating system console if you do not have access to the GUI. Running the Configuration Wizard in command line mode to configure MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux machines is covered in the Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file, page 418 section in Chapter 11, Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy in command line mode

399

Automated Installation on UNIX and Linux

Installation and Configuration Guide

400 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

10
10.

DEPLOYING OEM APPLICATIONS

Introduction
This chapter explains the common workflow for deploying the MicroStrategy platform as an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) application. The MicroStrategy platform can be deployed as an OEM application in various ways: MicroStrategy can be deployed as a software as a service model through the use of MicroStrategy Web. In this scenario MicroStrategy is installed and configured at a centralized location using the standard process, and the customized application is deployed as an OEM application using MicroStrategy Web. For information on deploying MicroStrategy Web, see Chapter 6, Deploying MicroStrategy Web and Mobile Server. For information on customizing MicroStrategy Web, see Customizing MicroStrategy Web, page 405. MicroStrategy can be deployed as part of an OEM software bundle directly to a customer environment. This chapter focuses on the development and deployment of this type of OEM application.

The table below provides a best practices checklist of how to deploy MicroStrategy as an OEM application. In addition to using the checklist

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

401

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

below to deploy a MicroStrategy as an OEM application, you can also use MicroStrategy System Manager. System Manager lets you define multiple configurations for your MicroStrategy environment that can be executed in a single workflow. For steps to use System Manager to deploy MicroStrategy configurations, see the System Administration Guide.
Complete Task Install MicroStrategy on an OEM environment. For information on installing MicroStrategy, see: Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows Chapter 3, Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux Create DSNs using the Connectivity Wizard, as described in Creating DSNs for OEM environments, page 402. Configure MicroStrategy using the Configuration Wizard. This tool allows you to save configurations as response files that can be used to automate the configuration for the OEM deployment. This allows you to re-use all the configurations performed when developing an OEM application for the deployment process as well, as described in Configuring a MicroStrategy installation, page 404. Design projects and a reporting environment. You can use the various MicroStrategy products and relevant documentation to create the required MicroStrategy environment. For additional best practices when designing a reporting environment, see Designing a project and reporting environment, page 404. Customize MicroStrategy Web through the use of the MicroStrategy SDK, as described in Customizing MicroStrategy Web, page 405. Deploy a MicroStrategy OEM application on an OEMs customer environment, as described in Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application, page 406. Create DSNs on the OEMs customer environment as necessary, as described in Creating DSNs for OEM environments, page 402. Configure and tune an OEM deployment through the use of various MicroStrategy tools, as described in Tuning an OEM deployment, page 411. If you are modifying a project that has already been deployed as an OEM application, see Updating OEM applications, page 412 for best practices on how to incorporate any custom reports or objects that may have been created for the deployed application. Troubleshoot your MicroStrategy OEM applications using MicroStrategy Health Center, as described in Troubleshooting support for MicroStrategy OEM applications, page 414

Creating DSNs for OEM environments

402 Creating DSNs for OEM environments

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying OEM Applications

to store the data warehouse and the MicroStrategy metadata, which are both required to support a MicroStrategy reporting environment. To create a connection to these data sources you need an ODBC driver as well as a data source name (DSN). MicroStrategy comes packaged with ODBC drivers to support connecting to various data sources. For more information on ODBC drivers, see Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs, page 158. When setting up your OEM environment, you must create a separate DSN to connect to the main data source and the metadata repository. This requirement is true even if the data source and metadata repository are stored in the same database or other data source. The main data source and the metadata are described below: A data source stores the data that users of the system can analyze through BI capabilities offered by MicroStrategy products. Metadata is a repository whose data associates the tables and columns of a data warehouse with user-defined attributes and facts to enable the mapping of business views, terms, and needs to the underlying database structure. Metadata can reside on the same server as the data warehouse or on a different server. It can be also be stored in a different relational database than your data warehouse. A metadata can be created using the Configuration Wizard, as described in Configuring a MicroStrategy installation, page 404.

A DSN can be created using the MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard, as described in Defining DSNs, page 165.

Creating DSNs as part of an OEM deployment

As part of the deployment of an OEM application, the Connectivity Wizard can also be run from the command line to create DSNs on UNIX and Linux environments. This allows you to perform this configuration using scripts. For information on creating DSNs using the command line version of the Connectivity Wizard, see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 416. For OEM deployments on Windows machines, use the Connectivity Wizard interface to create DSNs, as described in Defining DSNs, page 165.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for OEM environments

403

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring a MicroStrategy installation

After installing MicroStrategy, you can use the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard to configure the metadata repository, statistics tables, History List tables, MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, and multiple project sources. The Configuration Wizard interface guides you through each of these configurations, as described in Initial MicroStrategy configuration, page 171. In addition, all configurations that are performed using the Configuration Wizard can be saved as response files. These files can then be used later to automate much of the initial configuration of MicroStrategy when deploying it as an OEM application. This allows you to re-use all the configurations performed when developing an OEM application. For information on configuring MicroStrategy using a response file, see Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201.

Designing a project and reporting environment

You can use the various MicroStrategy products and relevant documentation to create the required MicroStrategy reporting environment for your OEM application. The following best practices can be helpful when creating this reporting environment: It is common to define objects such as reports, documents, attributes, metrics, and filters that are created for the OEM application so that they cannot be modified once it is deployed. You can modify the object security of each object so that it does not allow write access. This ensures that the reports provided out of the box with the OEM application are not modified and overwritten. Users can still use Save As to save their own personal copies of any objects to make any required changes. You can modify the folder permissions in MicroStrategy to determine where reports and objects can be created. Limiting the folders that allow write access can require users to create reports in their My Reports folder. If you are modifying a project that has already been deployed as an OEM application, see Updating OEM applications, page 412 for best practices on how to incorporate any custom reports or objects that may have been created for the deployed application.

404 Configuring a MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying OEM Applications

Customizing MicroStrategy Web

MicroStrategy Web provides users with a highly interactive environment and a low-maintenance interface for reporting and analysis. Using the MicroStrategy Web interface, users can access, analyze, and share corporate data through any web browser on any operating system. With the MicroStrategy SDK, you can customize, embed, or extend MicroStrategy Web into your application, or modify the standard interface or functionality. Common customizations for OEM deployments include: Customizing the look and feel of the MicroStrategy Web interface. This can include changing the color scheme, adding or removing content, using customized logos, and many other customizations. Integrating MicroStrategy Web with third-party applications such as:

Portals External security and user management systems Advanced data visualizations

Extending functionality to support composite applications includes such things as writeback capabilities and other custom features.

To customize MicroStrategy Web using the MicroStrategy SDK, refer to the MicroStrategy Developer Library (MSDL). The MSDL contains details about the architecture, object models, customization scenarios, code samples, and so on that are useful for building a sophisticated and highly functional, customized application. The MicroStrategy SDK and MicroStrategy Developer Library (MSDL) are not included in the MicroStrategy installation. You can download the MicroStrategy SDK from the MicroStrategy support site https:// resource.microstrategy.com/msdz/default.asp. You can also access the MicroStrategy Developer Library from the MicroStrategy support site.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Customizing MicroStrategy Web

405

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application

Once an OEM application is developed, it then must be deployed to the customers environment. Steps to deploy an OEM installation include: 1 Installing the required MicroStrategy products on the customers environment. This can be automated using silent installation techniques, as described in OEM silent installations, page 406. To use the Installation Wizard to install MicroStrategy products, see: Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows Chapter 3, Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux

2 Additional configurations are required, as described in Configuring an OEM deployment installation, page 410.

OEM silent installations

You can use silent installation to easily embed MicroStrategy products with other applications. The steps below show you how to use a silent installation to deploy an OEM application on a Windows environment. For additional information on silent installations, see Chapter 8, Automated Installation on Windows. To perform a silent installation on a UNIX or Linux environment, see Silent installation, page 382.
To perform an OEM silent installation

When MicroStrategy products are installed as software bundled with another product, the following procedure is strongly recommended: 1 Create an installation response file (response.ini) for the MicroStrategy products to install. The table that follows shows which sections of the file are mandatory and which are optional.

406 Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying OEM Applications

For detailed information regarding the contents of the response.ini file, see Configuring a response.ini file to install MicroStrategy, page 330.
Response File Section [Installer] HideAllDialogs = PreventReboot = StopAllServices = StopIIS = CheckRenameOperations = [UserRegistration] [ComponentSelection] EnterpriseManagerSelect = [InitialPaths] EnterpriseManager = Selection Required Required Optional Optional Optional Optional Required Required Required Required Required

HideAllDialogs = TRUE causes the script for the Setting response file to: Use default values as specified in the response.ini file. Not require user input. Keep the dialog flow consistent from one instance to the next. Consistency in the response file script from one instance to the next is necessary; if setup.iss detects an inconsistency in the dialog flow, installation is terminated and a log file for the failure is created.

The only dialog flow modifications pertinent to silent installation are specific to file location. Therefore, the only portion of the response.ini that may need to be modified is the [InitialPaths] section. The rest of this procedure assumes you have saved the response.ini file to the file path C:\. If you save it to another file path, replace C:\ response.ini with the file path of your response.ini file. You must save the response.ini file as ANSI encoding.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application

407

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

2 Create the setup.iss file to use in conjunction with the response.ini file for the silent installation. Use a text editor to create the setup.iss file with the following information: [InstallShield Silent] Version=v7.00 File=ResponseFile [File Transfer] OverwrittenReadOnly=NoToAll [Application] Name=MicroStrategy Version=x.y.z #x.y.z represent the version of the product# Company=MicroStrategy Lang=LanguageValue [{8CCF3F6C-55B7-4A27-8C68-ADF21D0585A2}-DlgOrder] Count=0 You must save the setup.iss file as ANSI encoding.

Be aware of the following

The version in the setup.iss file must match the MicroStrategy version you are installing exactly. For example, if you are installing version 9.3.0 you must enter Version=9.3.0. Entering a version as Version=9 or Version=9.3.x causes an error when trying to perform a silent installation of version 9.3.0. Refer to Language settings for silent installations, page 409, for an explanation of the LanguageValue parameter within the line Lang=LanguageValue.

3 From the Windows Start menu, select Programs, then select Accessories, and then right-click Command Prompt and select Run as Administrator. The User Account Control dialog box opens. steps to open a Windows command prompt with The administrator privileges may be different depending on your version of Windows. 4 Click Yes to open the command prompt with administrator privileges. The command prompt is displayed. 5 Run the silent install with the response.ini file in conjunction with the setup.iss file as follows: to Language settings for silent installations, page 409, for Refer an explanation of the LanguageValue parameter.
408 Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying OEM Applications

INSTALL_PATH\setup.exe -LLanguageValue --ResponseFile="C:\response.ini" -s -f1c:\setup.iss -f2c:\setup.log In the syntax shown above, the -s parameter indicates that the installation is to be completely silent. If the -s parameter is not included in the command, then an interface is displayed during the installation that shows the progress of the installation. the setup program encounters an invalid value for an If installation requirement, the setup terminates and the silent installation is ended. You can review any errors in the setup.log file. 6 If a restart is required after the installation is complete, a restart of the machine is automatically triggered. Power the machine back on to allow for the completion of any configurations that are required after the restart of the machine. 7 After the installation is complete, you can check the result of the installation process. If the silent installation is successful, the resulting code value is zero (ResultCode=0) in the setup.log file. This is the only indication of the installation being completed if the installation is completely silent and a restart of the machine is not required.

Language settings for silent installations

In the final two steps of the procedure to run an OEM silent installation: You can set MicroStrategy Developer language settings by setting the language value in the setup.iss file. You can bypass the language prompt by running setup.exe with the command line option for the language.

The following table lists the values for the different languages that MicroStrategy supports.
Language Danish Dutch English French Value 0006 0019 0009 0012

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application

409

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

Language German Italian Japanese Korean Portuguese Simplified Chinese Spanish Swedish Traditional Chinese

Value 0007 0016 0017 0018 0022 2052 0010 0029 1028

For example, to select English as the language: For the setup.iss file, change Lang=LanguageValue to: Lang=0009 To run the silent install, use the command line option as follows: Path\setup.exe -L0009 For the command line option, you must type -L in front of the language code to signify that you are entering a language.

Configuring an OEM deployment installation

Once MicroStrategy has been installed on the customers environment, the following additional steps must be taken to prepare the initial configuration of MicroStrategy software: Provide the MicroStrategy metadata that was developed for the OEM application. Create separate DSNs to connect to the data warehouse and the metadata, as described in Creating DSNs for OEM environments, page 402. Use the Configuration Wizard to configure metadata, Intelligence Server, and project sources. If you saved your configurations as response files, these configurations can be re-used for automated configuration. For

410 Deploying a MicroStrategy OEM application

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying OEM Applications

information on using the Configuration Wizard, see Configuring a MicroStrategy installation, page 404. Configure and tune an OEM deployment through the use of various MicroStrategy tools, as described in Tuning an OEM deployment, page 411.

Tuning an OEM deployment

A MicroStrategy OEM deployment requires additional tuning and configuration, both during deployment and throughout the life cycle of the OEM application. Various ways to perform these configurations are described below: Tuning with Command Manager, page 411 Configuring MicroStrategy in command line mode, page 412

Tuning with Command Manager

MicroStrategy Command Manager lets you perform various administrative and application development tasks by using text commands that can be saved as scripts. You can manage configuration settings within the MicroStrategy platform, for either project sources or Narrowcast Server metadatas. With Command Manager, you can change multiple configuration settings all at once, without using the MicroStrategy Developer or Narrowcast Administrator interface. Developers of OEM applications that use embedded MicroStrategy projects may find that they need flexibility in configuring their environment. Command Manager Runtime is a slimmed-down version of the Command Manager command-line executable for use with these OEM applications. For information about obtaining Command Manager Runtime, contact your MicroStrategy sales representative. OEM application deployments typically required on-premise configuration of environment-specific settings such as database user and password, governing options, caching options, and other tuning requirements. Command Manager Runtime scripts enable OEMs to automate a number of such configuration settings.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Tuning an OEM deployment

411

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

Command Manager Runtime uses a subset of the commands available for the full version of Command Manager. If you try to execute a script with statements that are not available in Command Manager Runtime, the script fails with the message You are not licensed to run this command. For a list of the commands available in Command Manager Runtime, with syntax and examples for each command, refer to the Supplemental Reference for System Administration.

Configuring MicroStrategy in command line mode

The MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard is provided in command line mode so that you can use the Configuration Wizard through the operating system console if you do not have access to the GUI. Running the Configuration Wizard in command line mode to configure MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux machines is covered in Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file, page 418.

Updating OEM applications

The life-cycle of an OEM application often requires the OEM application to be updated with new reports and other enhancements. These enhancements can be developed within the OEM application and then the customers existing application can be updated. For more information on updating OEM applications, see: Modifying deployed OEM applications, page 412 Deploying an OEM application update, page 413

Modifying deployed OEM applications

If you are modifying a project that has already been deployed as an OEM application, you must update the application in a way that does not disrupt any current customer development, as described below: Retrieve the customers metadata so that custom reports or other objects that have been created can also be included in the OEM application update.

412 Updating OEM applications

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Deploying OEM Applications

Any new objects deployed as part of the OEM application update should be tested to ensure that they do not negatively affect the objects provided with the previous deployment of the OEM application. MicroStrategy Integrity Manager can be used to automate the testing of including new objects in an OEM application. For information on Integrity Manager, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Deploying an OEM application update

Once updates for an OEM application are complete, the OEM application must then be deployed. There are two ways in which an updated OEM application can be redeployed, as described below: Replace the entire project in the OEM application, as described in Replacing a project in an OEM application, page 413. Merge new objects into the existing project for the OEM application, as described in Merging new objects into a project in an OEM application, page 413.

Replacing a project in an OEM application

Once updates for an OEM application are complete, the project can be replaced in an OEM application. This is commonly done by duplicating the updated OEM project, and then merging that project into the production OEM application. These tasks can be achieved using the MicroStrategy Project Duplication Wizard and Project Merge Wizard. Both of these tools can perform their tasks from the command line, which can allow the project duplication and replacement process to be automated. The steps to use these tools to duplicate and replace a project are provided in the System Administration Guide.

Merging new objects into a project in an OEM application

Once updates for an OEM application are complete, the updates to the project can be deployed through the use of update packages. An update package is a file containing a set of object definitions and conflict resolution rules. When you create an update package, you first add objects, and then specify how any conflicts involving the objects are resolved.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Updating OEM applications

413

Deploying OEM Applications

Installation and Configuration Guide

These update packages can be developed using Object Manager. Once the package is ready for deployment, it can be deployed using Object Manager or Command Manager Runtime. For information on creating and deploying an update package with Object Manager, refer to the information on managing projects provided in the System Administration Guide. For information on Command Manager Runtime, refer to the Supplemental Reference for System Administration.

Troubleshooting support for MicroStrategy OEM applications

MicroStrategy Health Center can help you diagnose and fix problems in your MicroStrategy system. It detects known problems and provides an immediate solution. In cases where Health Center cannot fix a problem immediately, it enables you to bundle relevant log files into a diagnostic package and transmit this package to MicroStrategy Technical Support for review and troubleshooting. Health Center is provided with a MicroStrategy installation. For information on using Health Center to diagnose and fix problems in your MicroStrategy environment, refer to the System Administration Guide.

414 Troubleshooting support for MicroStrategy OEM applications

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

11
11.

CONFIGURING MICROSTRATEGY USING COMMAND LINE TOOLS

Introduction
MicroStrategy tools are provided in command line mode on UNIX and Linux so that you can perform various configuration tasks through the operating system console. This enables you to perform your required configurations even if you do not have access to the MicroStrategy interface. On a Windows machine, it is recommended to use the appropriate MicroStrategy interfaces to perform the configurations described in this chapter. you perform MicroStrategy configuration tasks through the When UNIX or Linux operating system console, you must make sure reserved words and characters are not mistakenly included in your commands. To avoid issues caused by reserved words and characters, see Supporting reserved words and characters, page 441. This chapter covers the configurations listed below: Creating a DSN for a data source, page 416 Testing and examining ODBC connectivity, page 417

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

415

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file, page 418 Configuring and controlling Intelligence Server, page 437

Creating a DSN for a data source

After you install an ODBC driver (see Appendix A, Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs), you can define one or more data sources for it. The DSN should provide a unique description of the data, for example, Payroll_Project_Metadata or Payroll_Warehouse. The DSN is the name for a pointer used by a client application (in this case MicroStrategy) to find and connect to a data source. Multiple DSNs can point to the same data source and one DSN can be used by different applications. MicroStrategy provides a one-line command line version of the MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard to create DSNs on UNIX and Linux. can create DSNs using the MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard on You Windows, UNIX, and Linux machines, as described in Communicating with databases: ODBC and DSNs, page 158.
To create a DSN on UNIX/Linux from the command line

1 From a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. 2 Browse to the folder bin. 3 Type mstrconnectwiz -h, and then press ENTER to display command line syntax and examples for different database platforms. 4 Create your command based on the syntax and examples displayed. For example, the command below creates a DSN for an Oracle database and tests login credentials: mstrconnectwiz ORCLW MyOracleDSN 12.34.56.78 orcl 1521 -u:OracleUser -p:OracleUserPasword

416 Creating a DSN for a data source

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Testing and examining ODBC connectivity

For UNIX and Linux, the DB Query Tool (mstrdbquerytool) was created by MicroStrategy and is installed with MicroStrategy for UNIX and Linux in the target directory. A command line version of the DB Query Tool (mstrtodbcx) is also available in the same directory. This tool can test ODBC connectivity to a DSN, list tables available for a DSN, list all DSNs for an ODBC connection, and return other helpful information. can also use the DB Query Tool interface on Windows, UNIX, and You Linux machines, as described in Using the DB Query Tool, page 169.
To test and examine ODBC connectivity

1 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. 2 Browse to the folder bin. 3 Type mstrtodbcx, and then press ENTER. A welcome message is displayed. 4 Type .help, and then press ENTER to display command line syntax and available options. 5 To connect to a DSN, enter the command below: .cn -d DSN -u UserName -p Password In the syntax above, DSN is the data source name, UserName is the login name for the data source, and Password is the password for the data source login. To continue the example from To create a DSN on UNIX/ Linux from the command line, page 416, connect to the Oracle DSN with the following command: .cn -d MyOracleDSN -u OracleUser -p OracleUserPassword Basic connection information is displayed for the successful connection. 6 Run any required tests and options. For example, type .lt -t USER% and press ENTER to list all tables that start with USER. The % symbol is used as a wildcard character in this command.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Testing and examining ODBC connectivity

417

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

7 Once you are finished testing and review ODBC connectivity, type .disconnect and press ENTER to close the connection. 8 Type .quit and press ENTER to close the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

The MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard is provided in command line mode so that you can use the Configuration Wizard even if you do not have access to a GUI. You can perform the following configurations with the Configuration Wizard in command line mode: Create metadata, statistics, and History List tables Create new MicroStrategy Intelligence Server definitions in the metadata, assign an existing server definition for Intelligence Server, and delete existing server definitions Create MicroStrategy project sources in a server (three-tier) mode (two-tier) data sources are available only on the Windows Direct operating system. Using the Configuration Wizard in command line mode creates a response.ini file. This file can then be used from the command line to configure MicroStrategy without stepping through the pages of the Configuration Wizard. You can also distribute a response.ini file to other users and machines to perform multiple configurations without stepping through the Configuration Wizard for each configuration. This section covers the following procedures and information related to configuring MicroStrategy from the command line on a Linux or UNIX machine using a response.ini file: Creating a response.ini file, page 419 Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436 Parameters and options in the response.ini file, page 436

can also configure MicroStrategy using the Configuration Wizard You in command line mode on a Windows machine. However, on a Windows machine, it is recommended to use the Configuration

418 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Wizard graphical user interface to create and use a response file, which is described in Configuring MicroStrategy with a response file, page 201. Before you can configure MicroStrategy with the Configuration Wizard in command line mode, you must ensure that you meet the prerequisites listed in Configuration Wizard prerequisites, page 172.

Creating a response.ini file

This section describes how to configure MicroStrategy using the command line mode. Performing the steps in this section creates a response.ini file that can be used to configure MicroStrategy installations on UNIX and Linux machines.
To configure MicroStrategy using the command line mode

1 In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. 2 Browse to the bin directory. 3 At the command prompt, type mstrcfgwiz-editor, then press ENTER. The Configuration Wizard opens in command line mode. The sections or pages of the wizard displayed depend on your selections. 4 Review the information on the welcome screen and press ENTER to continue. 5 You can select to use a response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, or create a new response.ini file to support a new configuration, as described below: Type 1, and then press ENTER to use a response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy. For steps to use a response.ini file in command line mode, see Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436. Type 2, and then press ENTER to create a new response.ini file. You can select from various configuration tasks, as described in the Configuration tasks section within this procedure.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

419

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuration tasks

6 You can support the configuration tasks described in the sections listed below: Type 1, and then press ENTER to create metadata, History List, and statistics tables. Refer to Creating metadata, History List, and statistics tables, page 420 for steps to create metadata and statistics tables. Type 2, and then press ENTER to configure a MicroStrategy Intelligence Server definition. Refer to Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 429 for steps to configure an Intelligence Server definition. Type 3, and then press ENTER to create project sources. Refer to Creating a project source, page 434 for steps to create project sources.

Creating metadata, History List, and statistics tables

If you selected option 1 in Configuration tasks, page 420, you can create metadata tables, History List tables, and statistics tables. The steps to perform these configuration tasks are provided separately in the sections below: Creating metadata tables, page 420 Creating History List tables Creating statistics tables, page 427

Creating metadata tables

You can create metadata tables in a data source, as described in the procedure below. metadata tables already exist in the location you plan to store your If metadata tables in and you do not want to overwrite the current metadata tables, you should use the option described below. Prerequisite This procedure assumes you have already opened the Configuration Wizard in command line mode and selected to create metadata and statistics tables, as described in Creating a response.ini file, page 419.

420 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

To create metadata tables

1 In the prompt asking whether to create metadata tables, type Y, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted for ODBC data source information. 2 Type the number corresponding to the ODBC DSN for the database to store your metadata tables, and then press ENTER. you do not have a DSN defined on your UNIX or Linux machine, If see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 416. 3 If the Configuration Wizard detects an existing metadata repository in the database location you specified, a message is displayed on whether to re-create the metadata tables. If you type Y and press enter, all information in the existing metadata repository is overwritten when the response file is executed at a later time. 4 Depending on your database type, you may be prompted to provide a login and password to your DSN: a Type a login name for your database that stores your metadata tables, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a password for the login name. b Type a password for the login name provided, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a metadata prefix for the metadata tables. 5 Depending on your database type, you can enter characters to use as a prefix for the names of your metadata tables or use no prefix, as described below: Type the required prefix characters, and then press ENTER. Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to provide no metadata prefix.

6 The next configuration displayed depends on your ODBC data source details: If the data source points to a DB2 MVS database, steps to configure a DB2 MVS database are displayed. These are described in the To configure DB2 MVS database options section within this procedure.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

421

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

If the data source does not point to a DB2 MVS database, the step to select a metadata script is displayed. This step is described in the To select a metadata script, page 422 section within this procedure.

To configure DB2 MVS database options

These steps are displayed if you are creating your metadata tables in a DB2 MVS database. 7 You can enter the database name to use or use the default name, as described below: Type the database name to use, and then press ENTER. Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default database.

You are then prompted to provide the MVS table space name. 8 You can enter characters to use as a table space name for your metadata tables or use the default table space name, as described below: Type the required table space name characters, and then press ENTER. Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default table space name.

You are then prompted to select a metadata script to create the metadata tables.
To select a metadata script

9 You can select the script used to create the metadata tables or use the default script, as described below: Enter a valid path to a script file, and then press ENTER. Leave the field blank, and then press ENTER to use the default script for your database type.

You are then prompted to create History List tables.

To create History List tables

10 You can choose whether to create History List tables or not, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to create History List tables. Creating History List tables is described in Creating statistics tables, page 427.

422 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Type N, and then press ENTER to skip History List table creation. You are then prompted to create statistics tables, as described in the To create statistics tables section within this procedure.

To create statistics tables

11 You can choose whether to create statistics tables or not, as described below. Type Y, and then press ENTER to create statistics tables. Creating statistics tables is described in Creating statistics tables, page 427. Type N, and then press ENTER to skip statistics tables creation. You are then prompted to provide a name for the response.ini file, as described in the To generate a response.ini file section within this procedure.

To generate a response.ini file

12 By default, the configuration is saved as Response.ini in the / HOME_PATH/ directory, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. You can leave the field blank to use the default name or type a different name, and then press ENTER. The response.ini file is generated, and you are prompted whether to run the configuration immediately. 13 You can choose to run the configuration you just completed or to run the configuration using the response.ini file at a different time, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to run the configuration.

You can also use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436. Type N, and then press ENTER to quit without running the configuration. You can use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.

Creating History List tables

You can create History List tables in a data source, as described in the procedure below.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

423

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

Prerequisite This procedure assumes you have already opened the Configuration Wizard in command line mode and selected to create metadata, History List, and statistics tables, as described in Creating a response.ini file, page 419.

To create History List tables

1 After you create metadata tables (see Creating metadata tables, page 420) or skip both of the creation of metadata tables, you are prompted to create History List tables. To create History List tables, type Y, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted for ODBC data source information. 2 You can supply ODBC DSN information in various ways described below, which depend on whether you previously created metadata tables as part of the configuration process: If you did not create metadata tables as part of the configuration process, you are prompted to enter ODBC DSN information. The steps to enter this information is described in the To provide ODBC DSN information section within this procedure. If you created metadata tables as part of the configuration process, you are prompted whether to use the same metadata table ODBC DSN information for your History List tables. You have the following options: Type Y, and then press ENTER to create History List tables with the same ODBC DSN information entered for your metadata tables. You are then prompted to select a History List script to create the History List tables, which is described in the To select a History List script section within this procedure. Type N, and then press ENTER to provide different ODBC DSN information, which is described in the To provide ODBC DSN information section within this procedure.

424 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

To provide ODBC DSN information

3 Type the number corresponding to the ODBC DSN for a database to create your History List tables in, and then press ENTER. you do not have a DSN defined on your UNIX or Linux machine, If see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 416. 4 Depending on your database type, you may be prompted to provide a login and password to your DSN: a Type a login name for your database to create your History List tables in, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a password for the login name. b Type a password for the login name provided, and then press ENTER. 5 The next configuration displayed depends on your ODBC data source details: If the data source points to a DB2 MVS database, steps to configure a DB2 MVS database are displayed. These are described in the To configure DB2 MVS database options section within this procedure. If the data source does not point to a DB2 MVS database, the step to select a statistics script to create statistics tables is displayed. This step is described in the To select a History List script section within this procedure.

To configure DB2 MVS database options

These steps are displayed if you are creating your metadata tables in a DB2 MVS database. 6 You can enter the database name to use or use the default name, as described below: Type the database name to use, and then press ENTER. Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default database.

You are then prompted to provide the MVS table space name. 7 You can enter characters to use as a table space name for your metadata tables or use the default table space name, as described below: Type the required table space name characters, and then press ENTER.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

425

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default table space name.

You are then prompted to select a statistics script to create statistics tables.
To select a History List script

8 You can select the script used to create the History List tables or use the default script, as described below: Enter a valid path to a script file, and then press ENTER. Leave the field blank, and then press ENTER to use the default script for your database type.

You are then prompted to create statistics tables.

To create statistics tables

9 You can choose whether to create statistics tables or not, as described below. Type Y, and then press ENTER to create statistics tables. Creating statistics tables is described in Creating statistics tables, page 427. Type N, and then press ENTER to skip statistics tables creation. You are then prompted to provide a name for the response.ini file, as described in the To generate a response.ini file section within this procedure.

To generate a response.ini file

10 By default, the configuration is saved as Response.ini in the / HOME_PATH/ directory, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. You can leave the field blank to use the default name or type a different name, and then press ENTER. The response.ini file is generated, and you are prompted whether to run the configuration immediately. 11 You can choose to run the configuration you just completed or to run the configuration using the response.ini file at a different time, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to run the configuration. You can also use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.
426 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Type N, and then press ENTER to quit without running the configuration. You can use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.

Creating statistics tables

You can create statistics tables in a data source, as described in the procedure below. Prerequisites This procedure assumes you have already opened the Configuration Wizard in command line mode and selected to create metadata, History List, and statistics tables, as described in Creating a response.ini file, page 419.

To create statistics tables

1 After you create metadata tables (see Creating metadata tables, page 420), create History List tables (Creating History List tables, page 423), or skip both of these procedures, you are prompted to create statistics tables. To create statistics tables, type Y, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted for ODBC data source information. 2 You can supply ODBC DSN information in various ways described below, which depend on whether you previously created metadata tables as part of the configuration process: If you did not create metadata tables as part of the configuration process, you are prompted to enter ODBC DSN information. The steps to enter this information is described in the To provide ODBC DSN information section within this procedure. If you created metadata tables as part of the configuration process, you are prompted whether to use the same metadata table ODBC DSN information for your statistics tables. You have the following options: Type Y, and then press ENTER to create statistics tables with the same ODBC DSN information entered for your metadata tables. You are then prompted to select a statistics script to create the statistics tables, which is described in the To select a statistics script section within this procedure.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

427

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

Type N, and then press ENTER to provide different ODBC DSN information, which is described in the To provide ODBC DSN information section within this procedure.
To provide ODBC DSN information

3 Type a valid ODBC DSN for a database to create your statistics tables in, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a login to your DSN. 4 Type a login name for your database to create your statistics tables in, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a password for the login name. 5 Type a password for the login name provided, and then press ENTER. The next configuration displayed depends on your ODBC data source details: If the data source points to a DB2 MVS database, steps to configure a DB2 MVS database are displayed. These are described in the To configure DB2 MVS database options section within this procedure. If the data source does not point to a DB2 MVS database, the step to select a statistics script to create statistics tables is displayed. This step is described in the To select a statistics script section within this procedure.

To configure DB2 MVS database options

428 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default table space name.

You are then prompted to select a statistics script to create statistics tables.
To select a statistics script

8 You can select the script used to create the statistics tables or use the default script, as described below: Enter a valid path to a script file, and then press ENTER. Leave the field blank, and then press ENTER to use the default script for your database type.

You are then prompted to provide a name for the response.ini file.
To generate a response.ini file

9 By default, the configuration is saved as Response.ini in the / HOME_PATH/ directory, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. You can leave the field blank to use the default name or type a different name, and then press ENTER. The response.ini file is generated, and you are prompted whether to run the configuration immediately. 10 You can choose to run the configuration you just completed or to run the configuration using the response.ini file at a different time, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to run the configuration. You can also use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436. Type N, and then press ENTER to quit without running the configuration. You can use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.

Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

If you selected option 2 in Configuration tasks, page 420, you can set up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server to create, use, or delete server definitions.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

429

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

To begin setting up your server definition, you must enter information about your ODBC DSN and MicroStrategy connections.
To set up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server

1 Type the corresponding number for the ODBC DSN for a database to connect Intelligence Server to. This should be the data source that stores your metadata. Then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a login to your DSN. 2 Type a login name for your database to create your statistics tables in, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a password for the login name. 3 Type a password for the login name provided, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a metadata prefix. 4 You can enter characters to use as a prefix for the names of your metadata tables or use no prefix, as described below: Type the required prefix characters, and then press ENTER. Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to provide no metadata prefix.

You are then prompted to provide a temp table prefix. 5 You can enter characters to use as a prefix for the names of temp tables or use no prefix, as described below: Type the required prefix characters, and then press ENTER. Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to provide no temp table prefix.

You are then prompted to provide a MicroStrategy user login. 6 Type a valid MicroStrategy user login that has administrator privileges, and then press ENTER.You are then prompted to provide a password for the login name. The default administrator account is Administrator with a blank password. This should be changed after you initial configuration.

430 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

7 Type a password for the MicroStrategy user login provided, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to choose the type of Intelligence Server configuration to complete. 8 You can perform one of the Intelligence Server configuration tasks, which are described in the sections below: Type 1, and then press ENTER to create a new server definition. Refer to Creating and using a server definition, page 431 for steps to create a new server definition. Type 2, and then press ENTER to use an exiting server definition. This configuration follows the same steps for creating a new server definition, which are described in Creating and using a server definition, page 431. Type 3, and then press ENTER to delete a server definition. Refer to Deleting a server definition, page 433 for steps to delete a server definition. Type 4, and then press ENTER to create a new server definition and use it as the default server definition. This configuration follows the same steps for creating a new server definition, which are described in Creating and using a server definition, page 431.

Creating and using a server definition

You perform the same steps to complete the following actions: Create a new server definition Create a new server definition and use it as the default server definition Use an existing server definition.

The action taken depends on what action you selected to complete in the procedure To set up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 430. Prerequisites This procedure assumes you have already opened the Configuration Wizard in command line mode and entered configuration information for your Intelligence Server, as described in Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 429.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

431

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

To create and use a server definition

1 In the prompt that asks for a server definition name, type the name that distinguishes the server definition, and press ENTER. You can press ENTER without entering any information to use the default server definition. You are then prompted to choose the projects to load for the server definition. 2 Type the names of projects to load when the server definition starts, and then press ENTER. Separate the project names with the \ character. You are then prompted to choose projects to not load for the server definition. 3 Type the names of projects to not load when the server definition starts, and then press ENTER. Separate the project names with the \ character. You are then prompted to provide a TCP port to use for Intelligence Server. 4 You can use the default port number or enter a different port number for Intelligence Server, as described below: Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default port number. Type a port number, and then press ENTER.

You are then prompted whether to register Intelligence Server as a service. 5 You can choose whether to register Intelligence Server as a service, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to register Intelligence Server as a service. To perform this configuration, you must be logged into your UNIX or Linux machine with an account that has root level access and permissions. Type N, and then press ENTER to not register Intelligence Server as a service.

You are then prompted whether to start Intelligence Server when finished 6 Type y and press ENTER to start Intelligence Server after the response file is executed. You are then prompted to provide a name for the response.ini file.

432 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

To generate a response.ini file

7 By default, the configuration is saved as Response.ini in the / HOME_PATH/ directory, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. You can leave the field blank to use the default name or type a different name, and then press ENTER. The response.ini file is generated, and you are prompted whether to run the configuration immediately. 8 You can choose to run the configuration you just completed or to run the configuration using the response.ini file at a different time, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to run the configuration. You can also use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436. Type N, and then press ENTER to quit without running the configuration. You can use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.

Deleting a server definition

You can delete a server definition to remove it from the available server definitions for Intelligence Server. Prerequisites This procedure assumes you have already opened the Configuration Wizard in command line mode and entered configuration information for your Intelligence Server, as described in Setting up MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 429.

To delete a server definition

1 In the prompt that asks for server definitions to be removed, type the name that distinguishes the server definition, and press ENTER. You can list multiple server definitions to be deleted, separating server definition names with the \ character. You are then prompted to provide a name for the response.ini file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

433

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

To generate a response.ini file

2 By default, the configuration is saved as Response.ini in the / HOME_PATH/ directory, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. You can leave the field blank to use the default name or type a different name, and then press ENTER. The response.ini file is generated, and you are prompted whether to run the configuration immediately. 3 You can choose to run the configuration you just completed or to run the configuration using the response.ini file at a different time, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to run the configuration. You can also use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436. Type N, and then press ENTER to quit without running the configuration. You can use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.

Creating a project source

If you selected option 3 in Configuration tasks, page 420, you can create project sources, as described in the procedure below.
To create a project source

1 In the prompt that asks for a project source name, type the name for the project source to be created, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide the Intelligence Server name. 2 Type the Intelligence Server name, and then press ENTER. You can also press ENTER without typing any information to accept the default Intelligence Server. You are then prompted to provide a TCP port to use for Intelligence Server.

434 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

3 You can use the default port number or enter a different port number for Intelligence Server, as described below: Leave the prompt blank, and then press ENTER to use the default port number. Type a port number, and then press ENTER.

You are then prompted to define a time interval for a project source connection time out. 4 Type a numerical value (in minutes) for the amount of inactivity that is allowed before a user is automatically disconnected from a project source. This enforces a connection time out for inactive users connected to a project source. Type 0 to define that users are not disconnected from project sources due to inactivity. Then press ENTER. You are then prompted to select an authentication type for the project source. 5 You can type the corresponding number to select one of the authentication types listed in the command line. For information on each authentication type, see Authentication modes, page 199. You are then prompted to provide a name for the response.ini file.
To generate a response.ini file

6 By default, the configuration is saved as Response.ini in the / HOME_PATH/ directory, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. You can leave the field blank to use the default name or type a different name, and then press ENTER. The response.ini file is generated, and you are prompted whether to run the configuration immediately. 7 You can choose to run the configuration you just completed or to run the configuration using the response.ini file at a different time, as described below: Type Y, and then press ENTER to run the configuration. You can also use the response.ini file created for future configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436. Type N, and then press ENTER to quit without running the configuration. You can use the response.ini file created for future

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

435

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

configurations, as described in Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy, page 436.

Using the response.ini file to configure MicroStrategy

This section describes how to use the response.ini file through the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard. For information on how to configure through the MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard, see Creating a response.ini file, page 419.
To use the response.ini file through the Configuration Wizard in command line mode

1 In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. 2 Browse to the folder bin. 3 Type mstrcfgwiz-editor -r ReponseFile, where ReponseFile is the full qualified path to the response.ini file. For example: mstrcfgwiz-editor -r /home/username/MicroStrategy/ RESPONSE.INI 4 Press ENTER. If the path and the response file are valid, the configuration is performed and a successful configuration message appears. If an error occurs before or during the process, an error message displays the error that occurred when executing the response file.

Parameters and options in the response.ini file

For a list of all parameters and options available for a response.ini file, see Response configuration parameters and options, page 204.

436 Configuring MicroStrategy with a response.ini file

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Configuring and controlling Intelligence Server

MicroStrategy provides various command line tools to configure and control Intelligence Servers running on UNIX and Linux. Each command line tool provides descriptive prompts and help information to guide you on how you can use the tool. This section gives a general overview of each tools functionality, and how to access more detailed information on how to use the tools. a Windows machine, these configurations can be completed with On MicroStrategy Developer, Service Manager, and other MicroStrategy tools. For information on performing various administrative tasks, see the System Administration Guide.

Starting, configuring, and monitoring Intelligence Server with mstrsvr

If your Intelligence Server is installed on a UNIX or Linux machine, you can start, configure, and monitor your Intelligence Server from the command line with mstrsvr. This tool starts Intelligence Server from the command line and displays the following information about your Intelligence Server connection: Intelligence Server version number Intelligence Server instance name Metadata DSN Metadata login Intelligence Server definition name Port number

You can then perform various configuration and monitoring tasks for your running Intelligence Server, which includes but is not limited to: Display database connection information Open, idle, and resume projects Check and close jobs Monitor users

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring and controlling Intelligence Server

437

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

Define server clustering options Monitor memory usage information Stop the server Monitor lock contentions

To start, configure, and monitor Intelligence Server with mstrsvr

1 From a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. 2 Browse to the folder bin. 3 Type mstrsvr, and then press ENTER to start Intelligence Server and display available configuration and monitoring options. 4 Once Intelligence Server is started, general configuration information is displayed along with all available configuration and monitoring options. Perform any configuration and monitoring tasks you require. 5 To quit the tool and stop Intelligence Server, type S, and then press ENTER.

Configuring the default server instance with mstrsvr-configure

You can configure the default server instance for Intelligence Server using mstrsvr-configure, which is a wizard-style command line tool that prompts you for the required information.
To configure the default server instance with mstrsvr-configure

1 From a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. 2 Browse to the folder bin.

438 Configuring and controlling Intelligence Server

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

3 Type mstrsvr-configure, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a port number for Intelligence Server. 4 Type a port number, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a DSN to connect to. 5 Type a DSN, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a valid login for the DSN. 6 Type a valid login for the DSN, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a password for the DSN login. 7 Type a valid password for the DSN login, and then press ENTER. You are then prompted to provide a server definition name. 8 Type a server definition name, and then press ENTER. Your default server instance is configured.

Creating and configuring Intelligence Server instances with mstrctl

You can create and configure Intelligence Server instances with the mstrctl tool. Intelligence Servers running with a particular server definition are referred to as server instances.
To create and configure Intelligence Server instances with mstrctl

1 From a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory that you specified as the home directory during installation. 2 Browse to the folder bin. 3 Type mstrctl -h, and then press ENTER. Help information is displayed, which provides syntax standards and available configuration options. 4 Review the help information and run any required configuration tasks. There are some commands that can output information to a file, or require a long definition that can be retrieved from a file. For information on using files to store output from and provide input to mstrctl commands, see Using files to store output and provide input, page 440.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring and controlling Intelligence Server

439

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

You do not need to enter any command to quit the mstrctl tool because it is a one-line command line tool.

Using files to store output and provide input

With the mstrctl command line tool, you can perform the following tasks: Display and modify a server configuration Display and modify a service configuration Display and modify a server instance configuration

The commands that display the configurations listed above output long XML definitions to the command line. The commands that modify the configurations listed above require a long XML definition as input. Rather than displaying and inputting long XML definitions from the command line, you can use files to store and provide input for long XML definitions.

Be aware of the following:

Configuring Intelligence Server with XML files requires extensive knowledge of the various parameters and values used to define Intelligence Server configurations. Providing an incorrect XML definition to configure Intelligence Server can cause errors and unexpected functionality.

Prior to using commands to display and modify service configurations (gsvc and ssvc) you must register Intelligence Server as a service. You can perform this task by using the rs command for mstrctl. To register an Intelligence Server as a service on a UNIX or Linux machine, you must be logged in with an account that has root user privileges and permissions.

The following commands can have their output sent to a file: gsc: Displays a server configuration gsvc: Displays a service configuration gsic: Displays a server instance configuration

440 Configuring and controlling Intelligence Server

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

For example, you can run the following command to output the server instance configuration to an XML file: mstrctl -s IntelligenceServer gsic > ServerInstance.xml A ServerInstance.xml file is saved in the current directory. The following commands can read input from a file: ssc: Modifies a server configuration ssvc: Modifies a service configuration ssic: Modifies a server instance configuration

For example, you can run the following command to modify the server instance configuration by reading input from an XML file: mstrctl -s IntelligenceServer ssic < ServerInstance.xml The XML definition in ServerInstance.xml is used to define the server instance configuration. It would be difficult and time consuming to type a complete server, service, or server instance configuration from the command line. An easier way to provide this type of configuration is to output the current configuration to a file, modify the file with a text editor, and then use the file as input to a command to modify the configuration.

Supporting reserved words and characters

When you perform MicroStrategy configuration tasks through the UNIX or Linux operating system console, you must make sure reserved words and characters are not mistakenly included in your commands. UNIX and Linux operating system consoles use reserved words and characters to perform various actions. For example, the $ character may perform an action when included as part of a command executed through the operating system console. If this character is included in a command to configure, it can cause the command to fail.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Supporting reserved words and characters

441

Configuring MicroStrategy Using Command Line Tools

Installation and Configuration Guide

For example, you use the following command to create a DSN to an Oracle database: mstrconnectwiz ORCLW $MyOracleDSN 12.34.56.78 orcl 1521 -u:OracleUser -p:OracleUserPasword Notice that the name of the DSN begins with the $ character. If this is a reserved character, the command fails to execute properly. To avoid this problem, you can place single quotes () around any character strings that may include reserved words or characters. This prevents the operating system console from interpreting the characters as an operating system action, and instead includes them as part of the character string. For example, the same command as above to create a DSN can be rewritten as follows: mstrconnectwiz ORCLW $MyOracleDSN 12.34.56.78 orcl 1521 -u:OracleUser -p:OracleUserPasword This time, the name of the DSN $MyOracleDSN is enclosed by single quotes, which allows all of the characters to be interpreted as a string of characters.

Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

To help guide the rest of your installation and configuration steps, refer to the section Installing and configuring MicroStrategy on UNIX and Linux, page 101 in Chapter 1, Planning Your Installation, for an installation and configuration checklist.

442 Configuring your MicroStrategy installation

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

12
12.

ADDING OR REMOVING MICROSTRATEGY COMPONENTS

Introduction
This chapter describes how to add or remove MicroStrategy components on different operating systems. This chapter includes the following sections: Adding or removing MicroStrategy components on Windows Re-installing MicroStrategy components on Windows Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on Windows Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

443

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

Installation and Configuration Guide

Adding or removing MicroStrategy components on Windows

You can choose to add or remove one or more MicroStrategy components. If you installed the MicroStrategy components using a disk, you need your original installation disk to add or remove MicroStrategy components.
To add or remove MicroStrategy components

1 Close all installed MicroStrategy products. 2 On the Windows Start menu, point to Settings, and then choose Control Panel. The Control Panel window opens. 3 Double-click Add/Remove Programs. The Add/Remove Programs dialog box opens. 4 Select MicroStrategy and click Change/Remove. The MicroStrategy Setup Maintenance program opens. 5 Select Modify and click Next. 6 Select to accept the license agreement and click Next. 7 Verify your customer information and click Next. 8 Select the components to add by selecting their check boxes. Clear the check boxes for the components you want to uninstall. Click Next. components that are currently installed are displayed with The their check boxes selected. These components are not re-installed during the modification process. If you clear any of the check boxes, that particular component is uninstalled during the modification process. You are advised not to clear the check boxes of the components that are already installed, unless you want to remove the component. 9 If you are prompted to stop your Web server, click Yes to stop it and continue with adding or removing files. 10 Verify the settings and click Next to begin copying or removing the files.

444 Adding or removing MicroStrategy components on Windows

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

11 After the modification routine is complete, click Finish to close the maintenance program. For more details on each page of the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, see Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows.

Re-installing MicroStrategy components on Windows

You can re-install MicroStrategy components if you face problems with previously installed components. During re-installation the list of components previously installed are displayed and these components are re-installed. If you installed the MicroStrategy components using a disk, you need your original installation disk to repair the installation. re-installation of MicroStrategy Office must be performed The separately. The procedure for re-installing MicroStrategy Office is explained in the following section.
To re-install MicroStrategy components

1 Close all installed MicroStrategy products. 2 On the Windows Start menu, select Settings, and then choose Control Panel. The Control Panel window opens. 3 Double-click Add/Remove Programs. The Add/Remove Programs dialog box opens. 4 Select MicroStrategy and click Change/Remove. The MicroStrategy Setup Maintenance program opens. 5 Select Repair and click Next. 6 Accept the license agreement and click Next. 7 You are prompted to select Yes to continue with the re-installation procedure and overwrite the components. If you do not want to overwrite the components, select No.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Re-installing MicroStrategy components on Windows

445

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

Installation and Configuration Guide

8 If you are prompted to stop your Web server, click Yes to stop it and continue with the re-installation. 9 As part of a repair installation, you can also designate this machine as a Health Agent. Provide this configuration information as required and continue with the re-installation routine. 10 After the re-installation routine is complete, click Finish to close the maintenance program. For details on each page of the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, see Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows.

Re-installing MicroStrategy Office

This section describes the re-installation procedure for MicroStrategy Office.
To re-install MicroStrategy Office

1 Close all installed MicroStrategy products. 2 On the Windows Start menu, select Settings, and then choose Control Panel. The Control Panel window opens. 3 Double-click the Add/Remove Programs icon. The Add/Remove Programs dialog box opens. 4 Select MicroStrategy Office and click Change/Remove. The MicroStrategy Office Setup Maintenance program opens. 5 Select Repair and click Next. 6 Accept the license agreement and click Next. 7 You are prompted to select Yes to continue with the re-installation procedure and overwrite the components. If you do not want to overwrite components, select No. 8 If you are prompted to stop your Web server, click Yes to stop it and continue with the re-installation.

446 Re-installing MicroStrategy components on Windows

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

9 After the re-installation routine is complete, click Finish to close the maintenance program. For details on each page of the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, see Chapter 2, Installing MicroStrategy on Windows.

Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on Windows

The uninstallation procedure performs the following functions: Unregisters and removes selected files, registry entries, and shortcuts logged in the Uninst.isu log file. Calls a custom DLL to handle unlogged items, such as registry entries and files.

Before uninstallation begins, the DLL file performs the following functions: Checks for user privileges. If they are not valid, uninstallation stops. Checks for running components. If a component is found running, uninstallation stops. Stops and deletes the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server service. This occurs only when the Intelligence Server is being uninstalled. Deletes files created by the application, such as *.log, *.gid, *.ldb and *.tb.

uninstallation of MicroStrategy Office must be performed The separately. The procedure for uninstalling MicroStrategy Office is explained in the following sections.
To uninstall MicroStrategy components on Windows

1 Close all installed MicroStrategy products. 2 On the Windows Start menu, select Settings, and then Control Panel. The Control Panel window opens.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on Windows

447

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

Installation and Configuration Guide

3 Double-click Add/Remove Programs. The Add/Remove Programs dialog box opens. 4 Select MicroStrategy and click Change/Remove. The MicroStrategy Setup Maintenance program opens. 5 Select Remove and click Next. 6 Click Yes to any prompts that appear. 7 If you are prompted to stop your Web server, click Yes to stop it and continue with the uninstallation. 8 After the uninstall routine is complete, select Yes to restart your computer, or No to restart it later. 9 Click Finish to close the maintenance program.

You should restart the computer for a clean uninstall.

Uninstalling MicroStrategy Office
This section describes the uninstalling procedure for MicroStrategy Office.
To uninstall MicroStrategy Office

1 Close all installed MicroStrategy products. 2 On the Windows Start menu, select Settings, and then Control Panel. The Control Panel window opens. 3 Double-click Add/Remove Programs. The Add/Remove Programs dialog box opens. 4 Select MicroStrategy Office and click Change/Remove. The MicroStrategy Office Setup Maintenance program opens. 5 Select Remove and click Next. 6 You are prompted to select Yes to continue with the uninstallation procedure. To not remove the application with all of its components, select No.

448 Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on Windows

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

7 After the uninstallation routine is complete, click Finish to close the maintenance program.

Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on UNIX and Linux

This section discusses how to uninstall MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, Web Universal, and other MicroStrategy products on a UNIX or Linux platform.
To uninstall MicroStrategy products on UNIX and Linux

1 In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to INSTALL_PATH, where INSTALL_PATH is the directory you specified as the install directory during installation. 2 Browse to the /_uninst folder. 3 You can uninstall MicroStrategy products using the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard or through the command line as described in the options below: To uninstall using the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard, type ./ setup.sh and press ENTER. Follow the steps described in To complete uninstallation with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard below to complete the uninstallation process. To uninstall through the command line, type ./setup.sh -console and press ENTER. Follow the command line prompts to complete the uninstallation process.

To complete uninstallation with the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard

4 A dialog box opens, prompting you to select a language. Specify the language to be used for the MicroStrategy uninstallation and click OK to proceed to the next step. 5 The MicroStrategy Installation Wizard opens with the Welcome page displayed. Click Next. The MicroStrategy Installation Selection page opens.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on UNIX and Linux

449

Adding or Removing MicroStrategy Components

Installation and Configuration Guide

6 Select Use an existing installation, and then select the installation from the drop-down list. 7 From the Selected Operation area, select one of the following uninstallation options: Modify: Select this option to uninstall only some of the MicroStrategy products installed on the machine. Click Next and continue with the steps To specify which MicroStrategy products to uninstall below. Uninstall: Select this option to uninstall all MicroStrategy products installed on the machine. Click Next and continue with the steps To specify which MicroStrategy products to uninstall below.

To specify which MicroStrategy products to uninstall

8 The License Agreement page opens. Review the license agreement and select I accept the terms of the license agreement, and then click Next. The Customer Information page opens. 9 Type your user name, company name, and license key for your installation and click Next. The Select Components page opens. 10 Clear the check box for all MicroStrategy products that are to be uninstalled, and then click Next. can also install products as part of the uninstallation by You selecting the check box for any MicroStrategy product not previously installed. 11 On the Product Uninstallation page, select the products to uninstall. Click Next.
To complete the uninstallation process

12 On the Start installer operation page, verify the information and click Start. The products listed are uninstalled. 13 After uninstallation is complete, a message is displayed. Click Finish to complete the process and exit the MicroStrategy Installation Wizard.

450 Uninstalling MicroStrategy components on UNIX and Linux

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

A
CONNECTING TO DATABASES: ODBC AND DSNS
A.

Introduction
This appendix describes the DSN parameters required for ODBC drivers to connect MicroStrategy to various databases. DSNs can be created using the MicroStrategy Connectivity Wizard, and in UNIX and Linux, you can also configure ODBC parameters with the odbc.ini file. This appendix discusses these two topics in the following sections: Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers, page 451 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini, page 493

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

This section provides information on creating a DSN for each ODBC driver available through the Connectivity Wizard. The following table lists the information required for each type of ODBC driver when you create a new DSN using the Connectivity Wizard. For information on what operating

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

451

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

systems each ODBC driver is certified for, see Certified ODBC drivers for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 87.

Note the following:

For ODBC-specific driver details, refer to the different ODBC driver sections below the table.

You can create a DSN from the command line in UNIX or Linux. Browse to HOME_PATH/bin, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. In the console window, type ./mstrconnectwiz -h, then press ENTER. This command displays command line syntax and examples for different database platforms. Create your command based on the syntax and examples displayed. Once you run your command, a DSN is created in the odbc.ini file.
Driver Details Data source name IP address TCP port (in most cases, 50000) Database name Default user ID Password Data source name Host name Database name Port number

ODBC Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol for Windows

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 for UNIX/Linux

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol for iSeries/ Data source name DB2 for i for Windows and UNIX/Linux IP address Collection Location Isolation level Package owner TCP port (446 in most cases) MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 z/OS for Windows and UNIX/Linux Data source name IP address Collection Location Package collection Package owner TCP port (446 in most cases) Data source name Host name Port number (5432 in most cases) Database name

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Greenplum Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 457

452 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

ODBC Driver MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 458

Driver Details Data source name Host name Database name Port number (10000 in most cases) Data source name Host name Port number (21050 in most cases) Database name Data source name Server name Host name Port number (1526 in most cases) Database name Data source name Database name Server name Host name Service name Protocol type Data source name Host name Database name Port number User name

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Impala Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 458

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 459

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix 8 for Windows, page 459

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for MySQL Wire Protocol for Windows and Linux, page 460

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Oracle Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 461

Data source name and either: Standard connection: Host name Port number (in most cases, 1521) SID (MicroStrategy default is ORCL) Service name Alternate servers TNSNames connection: Server name TNSNames file

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Sybase ASE Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 462

Data source name Network address Database name Enable unicode support Data Source Name Host Name Port Number Database Name User Name

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for PostgreSQL Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 463

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

453

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

ODBC Driver SQL Server for Windows and UNIX/Linux, page 463

Driver Details The requirements to configure the ODBC driver for SQL Server depend on whether you are using a Windows environment or a UNIX/Linux environment: SQL Server for Windows, page 463 SQL Server for UNIX/Linux, page 464 Data source name Server name Database name Port number User name Password

Netezza SQL for Windows, page 465

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink, page 465

The MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink allows you to access Microsoft Access databases or Microsoft Excel files stored on a Windows machine from an Intelligence Server hosted on a UNIX or Linux machine. The MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce allows you to access resources on Salesforce.com, from an Intelligence Server hosted on a UNIX or Linux machine.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce, page 470

This section also provides information on how to install drivers from other vendors with MicroStrategy. The following ODBC drivers for Windows UNIX from other vendors are described as well: ODBC Driver for Red Brick for UNIX/Linux, page 471 ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ for UNIX/Linux, page 473 ODBC Driver for Teradata for UNIX/Linux, page 474 ODBC Driver for Informix 8 for UNIX, page 475 ODBC Driver for Informix 8 for UNIX and Linux is a The MicroStrategy-branded ODBC driver, but it is not accessible through the Connectivity Wizard. ODBC Driver for Netezza for UNIX/Linux, page 477 ODBC Driver for MySQL Community Server 5.x for Linux, page 478 ODBC Driver for Aster Database for Linux, page 480

454 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

ODBC Driver for Vertica for Linux or Solaris, page 482 Other data sources and relational databases for Windows, page 487

The following sections provide more details about each individual drivers parameters.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol for Windows

The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol when running against DB2 in Windows: Data Source Name: A name to identify the DB2 data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or DB2-1 can serve to identify the connection. IP Address: The IP Address of the machine where the catalog tables are stored. You can use an IP address such as 123.456.78.90, or a host name such as localhost. TCP Port: The DB2 DRDA listener process's port number on the server host machine provided by your database administrator. The default port number is usually 50000. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. Default User ID: The default user logon ID for your DB2 database. Password: The password necessary to connect to the DB2 database for the user logon entered in the Default User ID text box above.

to a DB2 for OS/390 database is supported (not certified) Connection for use with MicroStrategy. For information on connecting to a DB2 for OS/390 database, refer to MicroStrategy Tech Note TN11223.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 for UNIX/Linux

The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 when running against DB2: Data Source Name: A name to identify the DB2 data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or DB2-Serv1 can serve to identify the connection.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

455

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Host Name: The name of the machine that runs the DB2 server. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default, which is assigned by the database administrator. Port Number: The DB2 server listener's port number. In most cases, the default port number is 50000, but you should check with your database administrator for the correct number.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol for iSeries/ DB2 for i for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol for iSeries/DB2 for i: Data Source Name: A name to identify the DB2 for i data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or DB2fori-1 can serve to identify the connection. IP Address: The IP Address of the machine where the catalog tables are stored. This can be either a numeric address such as 123.456.789.98, or a host name. If you use a host name, it must be located in the HOSTS file of the machine or a DNS server. Collection: The name that identifies a logical group of database objects. Location: The DB2 location name, which is defined during the local DB2 installation. Isolation Level: The method by which locks are acquired and released by the system. Package Owner: The package's AuthID if you want to specify a fixed user to create and modify the packages on the database. The AuthID must have authority to execute all the SQL in the package. TCP Port: The DB2 DRDA listener process's port number on the server host machine provided by your database administrator. The default port number is usually 446.

456 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 z/OS for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 z/OS (formerly known as OS/390): Data Source Name: A name to identify the DB2 z/OS data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or DB2z/OS-1 can serve to identify the connection. IP Address: The IP Address of the machine where the catalog tables are stored. This can be either a numeric address such as 123.456.789.98, or a host name. If you use a host name, it must be located in the HOSTS file of the machine or a DNS server. Collection: The name that identifies a logical group of database objects, which is also the current schema. On DB2 z/OS, the user ID should be used as the Collection. Location: The DB2 z/OS location name, which is defined during the local DB2 z/OS installation. To determine the DB2 location, you can run the command DISPLAY DDF. Package Collection: The collection or location name where bind packages are created and stored for searching purposes. Package Owner (Optional): The package's AuthID if you want to specify a fixed user to create and modify the packages on the database. The AuthID must have authority to execute all the SQL in the package. TCP Port: The DB2 DRDA listener process's port number on the server host machine provided by your database administrator. The default port number is usually 446.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Greenplum Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Greenplum Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Greenplum data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or Greenplum-1 can serve to identify the connection.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

457

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Host Name: The name or IP address of the machine on which the Greenplum data source resides. The system administrator or database administrator assigns the host name. Port Number: The port number for the connection. The default port number for Greenplum is usually 5432. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. The database administrator assigns the database name.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Apache Hive Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Apache Hive data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or ApacheHive-1 can serve to identify the connection. Host Name: The name or IP address of the machine on which the Apache Hive data source resides. The system administrator or database administrator assigns the host name. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. If no database name is provided, the default database is used for the connection. The database administrator assigns the database name. Port Number: The port number for the connection. The default port number for Apache Hive is usually 10000. Check with your database administrator for the correct number.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Impala Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Impala Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Impala data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or Impala-1 can serve to identify the connection.

458 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Host Name: The name or IP address of the machine on which the Impala data source resides. The system administrator or database administrator assigns the host name. Port Number: The port number for the connection. The default port number for Impala is usually 21050. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. If no database name is provided, the default database is used for the connection. The database administrator assigns the database name.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Informix data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or Informix-1 can serve to identify the connection. Server Name: The client connection string designating the server and database to be accessed. Host Name: The name of the machine on which the Informix server resides. The system administrator or database administrator assigns the host name. Port Number: The Informix server listener's port number. The default port number for Informix is commonly 1526. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default, which is assigned by the database administrator.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix 8 for Windows

Client Software (Client-SDK) must be installed before you Informix create a DSN. However, this software is not included in the MicroStrategy product suite installation. It must be obtained through

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

459

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

the database vendor or a third party. For more information, see ODBC Driver for Informix 8 for UNIX, page 475. does not support this platform for use as a metadata MicroStrategy repository. The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix 8: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Informix data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or Informix-1 can serve to identify the connection. Database: The name of the database to connect to by default, which is assigned by the database administrator. Server Name: The client connection string designating the server and database to be accessed. Host Name: The name of the machine on which the Informix server resides. Service Name: The service name, as it exists on the host machine. The system administrator assigns the service name. Protocol Type: The protocol used to communicate with the server.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for MySQL Wire Protocol for Windows and Linux
The MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for MySQL Wire Protocol is for use with MySQL Enterprise 5.0 on Windows and Linux. The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for MySQL Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the MySQL data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or MySQL-1 can serve to identify the connection. Host Name: The name or IP address of the machine on which MySQL Enterprise 5.0 resides. The system administrator or database administrator assigns the host name. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. The database administrator assigns the database name.

460 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Port Number: The port number for the connection. The default port number for MySQL is usually 3306. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. User Name: The name of a valid user for MySQL Enterprise 5.0.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Oracle Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for MicroStrategy ODBC driver for Oracle Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: Enter a name to identify the Oracle data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or Oracle-1 can serve to identify the connection. A DSN is required for any Oracle Wire Protocol connection. Depending on whether you want to use a standard connection or a TNSNames connection, refer to one of the following lists of options below: Standard Connection: A standard connection is configured through Oracle Wire Protocol with the following connection parameters:

Host Name: The name of the Oracle server to be accessed. This can be a server name such as Oracle-1 or an IP address such as 123.456.789.98. Port Number: The Oracle listener port number provided by your database administrator. The default port number is usually 1521. One of the following parameters; which one you choose is up to your personal preference: SID: The Oracle System Identifier for the instance of Oracle running on the server. The default SID is usually ORCL. Service Name: The global database name, which includes the database name and the domain name. For example, if your database name is finance and its domain is business.com the service name is finance.business.com.

Alternate Servers: A list of alternate database servers to enable connection failover for the driver. If the primary database server entered as the SID or service name is unavailable, a connection to the servers in this list is attempted until a connection can be established.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

461

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

You can list the servers in SID or service name format, as shown in the following examples: Using an SID: (HostName=DB_server_name: PortNumber= 1526:SID=ORCL) Using a Service Name: (HostName=DB_server_name: PortNumber=1526:ServiceName=service.name.com) TNSNames Connection: A TNSNames connection uses a TNSNAMES.ORA file to retrieve host, port number, and SID information from a server (alias or Oracle net service name) listed in the TNSNAMES.ORA file. A TNSNames connection requires the following parameters:

Server Name: A server name, which is included in a TNSNAMES.ORA file included in the TNSNames File text box below. TNSNames File: The location of your TNSNAMES.ORA file. Make sure to enter the entire path to the TNSNAMES.ORA file, including the file name itself. You can specify multiple TNSNAMES.ORA files.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Sybase ASE Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for Sybase ASE Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Sybase ASE data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or SybaseASE-1 can serve to identify the connection. Network Address: The network address, in the format ServerName_or_IPAddress,PortNumber. For example, if your network supports named servers, you can specify an address such as SybaseASE-1,5000. You can also specify the IP address such as 123.456.789.98,5000. Contact your system administrator for the server name or IP address. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. The database administrator assigns the database name. Enable Unicode support (UTF8): Select this check box if the database supports unicode.

462 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for PostgreSQL Wire Protocol for Windows and UNIX/Linux
The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for PostgreSQL Wire Protocol: Data Source Name: A name to identify the PostgreSQL data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or PostgreSQL-1 can serve to identify the connection. Host Name: The name or IP address of the machine on which the PostgreSQL database resides. The system administrator or database administrator assigns the host name. Port Number: The port number for the connection. The default port number for PostgreSQL is usually 5432. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. The database administrator assigns the database name. User Name: The name of a valid user for the PostgreSQL database.

SQL Server for Windows and UNIX/Linux

Microsoft SQL Server is used for Windows platforms. A MicroStrategy-branded version of SQL Server is used for UNIX and Linux.

SQL Server for Windows

The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the Microsoft SQL Server driver: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Microsoft SQL Server data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Personnel or SQLServer-1 can serve to identify the connection. Server Name: The name of a SQL Server on your network, in the format ServerName_or_IPAddress,PortNumber. For example, if your network supports named servers, you can specify an address such as SQLServer-1,1433. You can also specify the IP address such as 123.45.678.998,1433.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

463

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Additionally, if you use named instances to distinguish SQL Server databases, you can include the named instance along with either the server name or IP address using the format ServerName\ NamedInstance or IPAddress\NamedInstance. The following are examples of providing the server name for your SQL Server database:

SQLServer-1\Instance1,1433 123.45.678.998\Instance1,1433

Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. The database administrator assigns the database name. Use Windows NT Authentication for login ID: This option is available if you are configuring the Microsoft SQL Server driver on Windows. Select this check box to use Windows NT authentication to pass a users credentials on the Windows machine to execute against a SQL Server database. If you use Windows NT authentication with SQL Server, you must enter the Windows NT account user name and password in the Service Manager. For information on the Service Manager, see the System Administration Guide. date data into SQL Server 2000 tables can cause errors if Inserting the systems Regional Settings are not set properly. Ensure that the date format is defined to be in an English format.

SQL Server for UNIX/Linux

The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy-branded version of the SQL Server driver for UNIX and Linux systems: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Microsoft SQL Server data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Personnel or SQLServer-1 can serve to identify the connection. Host Name: Enter the name of a SQL Server on your network. For example, if your network supports named servers, you can specify an address such as SQLServer-1. You can also specify the IP address such as 123.45.678.998. Contact your system administrator for the server name or IP address. Additionally, if you use named instances to distinguish SQL Server databases, you can include the named instance along with either the server name or IP address using the format ServerName\

464 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

NamedInstance or IPAddress\NamedInstance. The following are examples of providing the server name for your SQL Server database:

SQLServer-1\Instance1 123.45.678.998\Instance1

Port Number: The port number for the connection. The default port number for SQL Server is usually 1433. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. Database Name: The name of the database to connect to by default. The database administrator assigns the database name. Enable SQL Database (Azure) support: Defines whether the DSN is created to support SQL Azure. Select this check box if the DSN is used to access a SQL Azure data source.

Netezza SQL for Windows

The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the Netezza SQL driver in Windows: Data Source Name: The name used for the data source connection request. Server Name: The machine name or IP address of the machine where the database is stored. Database Name: The name of the database to connect with the Netezza SQL driver. Port Number: The port number for the connection. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. User Name: The name of a valid user for the database. Password: The password for the user name you provided to connect to the database.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for SequeLink

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

465

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

The steps below show you how to perform the necessary configurations on the various machines to support this type of configuration: Preparing the Microsoft Access database, page 466 Preparing the Microsoft Excel file, page 468 Configuring the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink, page 469

Preparing the Microsoft Access database

You must complete the steps provided below to access an Access database stored on a Windows machine from an Intelligence Server hosted on a UNIX or Linux machine. Prerequisites On the Windows machine where the Access database is stored, you must create a DSN to connect to the Access database. For instructions on creating a DSN, see Creating a DSN for a data source, page 165.

To access Microsoft Access databases from an Intelligence Server hosted on UNIX or Linux

1 On the Windows machine that stores the Access database to connect to, install the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server. This can be installed as part of a MicroStrategy installation, and is included in the Other components options of the MicroStrategy Product Suite (see Select Features, page 108). SequeLink ODBC Socket Server that is provided with a The MicroStrategy installation is for exclusive use with the MicroStrategy Product Suite. You are not licensed to use this product with any application other than MicroStrategy products.
To configure the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server

466 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

SLSocket55, expand Configuration, and then select Data Source Settings. 4 From the Action menu, point to New, and select Data Source. A new data source is created underneath Data Source Settings. 5 Type a descriptive name for the new data source, such as Access Data Source. 6 Expand the new data source and select Advanced. 7 Right-click DataSourceSOCODBCConnStr and select Properties. The DataSourceSOCODBCConnStr Properties dialog box opens. 8 In the Value field, type DSN=AccessDSN, where AccessDSN is the DSN you created to connect to your Access database. This is different from the data source you created as part of the steps to configure the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server. 9 Click OK. 10 Within the same data source, select User Security. 11 Right click DataSourceLogonMethod and select Properties. The DataSourceLogonMethod Properties dialog box opens. 12 From the Value drop-down list, select Anonymous. This allows connection to the Access database without using a user name and password. 13 Click OK. 14 Right-click the data source, point to All Tasks, and select Save configuration. 15 On the UNIX or Linux machine that hosts your Intelligence Server, you must configure the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink to connect to the Access database. For instructions on how to perform this configuration, see Configuring the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink, page 469.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

467

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Preparing the Microsoft Excel file

You must complete the steps provided below to access Excel files stored on a Windows machine from an Intelligence server hosted on a UNIX or Linux machine. Prerequisites On the Windows machine where the Excel file is stored, you must prepare the Excel file as a valid data source. For instructions to prepare an Excel file, see Prepare an Excel file as a valid data source, page 488. On the Windows machine where the Excel file is stored, you must create a DSN to connect to the Excel file. For instructions to create a DSN for an Excel file, see Create a data source name for an Excel file, page 489.

To access Microsoft Excel files from an Intelligence Server hosted on UNIX or Linux

1 On the Windows machine that stores the Excel files to connect to, install the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server. This can be installed as part of a MicroStrategy installation, and is included in the Other components options of the MicroStrategy Product Suite (see Select Features, page 108).
To configure the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server

2 On the Windows machine where you installed the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server, from the Start menu, point to Programs, point to DataDirect SequeLink 5.5 Service for ODBC Socket, and then select SequeLink Management Console Snap-in. 3 Under Console Root, expand SequeLink 5.5 Manager, expand Connected to SLAgent55, expand SequeLink Services, expand SLSocket55, expand Configuration, and then select Data Source Settings. 4 From the Action menu, point to New, and select Data Source. A new data source is created underneath Data Source Settings. 5 Type a descriptive name for the new data source, such as Excel Data Source. 6 Expand the new data source, and select Advanced.

468 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

7 Right-click DataSourceSOCODBCConnStr and select Properties. The DataSourceSOCODBCConnStr Properties dialog box opens. 8 In the Value field, type DSN=ExcelDSN, where ExcelDSN is the DSN you created to connect to your Excel file. This is different from that data source you created as part of the steps to configure the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server. 9 Click OK. 10 Within the same data source, select User Security. 11 Right click DataSourceLogonMethod and select Properties. The DataSourceLogonMethod Properties dialog box opens. 12 From the Value drop-down list, select Anonymous. This allows connection to the Excel file without using a user name and password. 13 Click OK. 14 Right-click the data source, point to All Tasks, and select Save configuration. 15 On the UNIX or Linux machine that hosts your Intelligence Server, you must configure the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink to connect to the Excel files. For instructions on how to perform this configuration, see Configuring the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink, page 469.

Configuring the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink

The steps provided below show you how to configure the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink to access either Microsoft Access databases or Excel files stored on a Windows machine.
To configure the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for SequeLink

1 On the UNIX or Linux machine that hosts Intelligence Server, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. 2 Open the odbc.ini.example file and find the section that starts with [SequeLinkODBC]. Copy this section into the odbc.ini file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

469

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

3 Edit the parameters listed below: Host: Type the IP address of the Windows machine that stores the Access database or Excel files. ServerDataSource: Type the name of the data source for the Access database or Excel file to connect to as a data source. This is the name of the data source that you defined while configuring the SequeLink ODBC Socket Server, as shown in the example image below:

4 Save the odbc.ini file. 5 Restart Intelligence Server.

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce

The MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce allows you to access resources on Salesforce.com, from an Intelligence Server hosted on a Windows or Linux machine. can also use MicroStrategy Web and Import Data to integrate You Salesforce.com data into MicroStrategy. For steps to configure a connection to Salesforce.com to support this type of integration, see Configuring Salesforce.com for Import Data, page 312. The following information is required for setting up the driver connection for the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for Salesforce: Data Source Name: A name to identify the Salesforce data source configuration in MicroStrategy. For example, Finance or Salesforce-1 can serve to identify the connection.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

470 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Host Name: The URL used to log in to the Salesforce.com system. You can keep the default of login.salesforce.com to connect to the production instance. However, you can also connect to other systems such as test.salesforce.com if you are connecting to testing environments.

If you attempt to test the connection to your Salesforce.com system, the password syntax is PasswordSecuritytoken, where Password is the password for the user account and Securitytoken is the additional security token required to access Salesforce.com. Do not use any spaces or other characters to separate the password and security token. As part of configuring a connection to your Salesforce.com system, you can include the password and security token as part of the database login, which is a component of a database instance used to access the DSN in MicroStrategy. For steps to create a database login, which you can use to provide the Salesforce.com password and security token, see Creating a database login, page 223.

ODBC Driver for Red Brick for UNIX/Linux

ODBC driver for Red Brick is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure ODBC driver for Red Brick.
To create an ODBC Driver for Red Brick

1 Install ODBC Driver for Red Brick for the correct operating system. For information on installation, refer to the Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX and Linux provided by IBM. sure you install the Red Brick Client Products (version 6.2 Make and higher) so that they can be accessed by the appropriate users. You need the following components: RISQL Entry Tool, RISQL Reporter, and Client TMU Red Brick ODBCLib (SDK) Red Brick ODBC Driver

directory where Red Brick Client Products are installed should The always be accessible to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

471

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Configure the environment for ODBC Driver for Red Brick

2 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. Browse to the folder env. 3 Add Write privileges to the ODBC.sh file by entering the following command: chmod u+w ODBC.sh 4 Edit the ODBC.sh file and add the location of the directory where the Red Brick Client Products are installed (RED_BRICK_INSTALL_PATH) to the RB_CONFIG environment variable: RB_CONFIG=RED_BRICK_INSTALL_PATH 5 Save the ODBC.sh file and remove Write privileges from the file by entering the following command: chmod a-w ODBC.sh
Configure a DSN for ODBC Driver for Red Brick

6 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. 7 Open the odbc.ini.example file and find the section that starts with [RED_BRICK_62] if you are using Red Brick 6.2 or [RED_BRICK_63] if you are using Red Brick 6.3. Copy the section into the odbc.ini file. 8 Edit the DSN parameters SERVER and DATABASE, and modify the value of RB_CONFIG with the location of the directory where the Red Brick Client Products are installed. 9 Save the odbc.ini file. For details on these DSN parameters, refer to the product documentation provided directly by the database vendor.

472 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ for UNIX/Linux

ODBC driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure ODBC driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ.
To configure ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ

1 Install ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ for the correct operating system. For information on installation, refer to the Installation and Configuration Guide provided by Sybase. directory where ODBC driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ is The installed should always be accessible to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server.
Configure the environment for ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ.

2 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. Browse to the folder env. 3 Add Write privileges to the ODBC.sh file by entering the following command: chmod u+w ODBC.sh 4 Edit the ODBC.sh file and add the location of the directory where the ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ is installed (SYBASE_ASIQ_INSTALL_PATH) to the ASDIR environment variable: ASDIR=SYBASE_ASIQ_INSTALL_PATH 5 Save the ODBC.sh file and remove Write privileges from the file by entering the following command: chmod a-w ODBC.sh
Configure the DSN for ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ.

6 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

473

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

7 Open the odbc.ini.example file and find the section that starts with [SYBASEIQ]. Copy the section into the odbc.ini file. 8 Edit the DSN parameters EngineName, DatabaseName and CommLinks, and modify the value of ASDIR with the location of the directory where the ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ is installed. 9 Save the odbc.ini file. For details on these DSN parameters, refer to the product documentation provided directly by the database vendor.

ODBC Driver for Teradata for UNIX/Linux

ODBC driver for Teradata is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure the ODBC driver for Teradata. For information on setting up an ODBC driver for Teradata through the Connectivity Wizard on Windows, see Other data sources and relational databases for Windows, page 487.
To configure the ODBC Driver for Teradata

1 Install the ODBC Driver for Teradata for the correct operating system. For information on installation, refer to the product documentation provided directly by the database vendor. directory where the ODBC driver for Teradata is installed The should always be accessible to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server.
Specify the Teradata GSS library installation (AIX only)

2 For AIX only, you need to specify the Teradata GSS library installation in the ODBC.sh. In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. Browse to the folder env. 3 Add Write privileges to the ODBC.sh file by entering the following command: chmod u+w ODBC.sh

474 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

4 Make the following changes to the MicroStrategy Teradata GSS path. Set this path, in the MSTR_TERADATA_PATH parameter, to the location of the local Teradata GSS library installation: MSTR_TERADATA_PATH='<MSTR_TERADATA_PATH> if [ "${MSTR_TERADATA_PATH}" != '<MSTR_TERADATA_PATH>' ]; then mstr_append_path LD_LIBRARY_PATH "${MSTR_TERADATA_PATH:?}"/lib export LD_LIBRARY_PATH 5 Save the ODBC.sh file and remove Write privileges from the file by entering the following command: chmod a-w ODBC.sh
Configure the DSN for ODBC driver for Teradata

6 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. 7 Open the odbc.ini.example file and find the section that starts with [TERADATA_SERVER]. Copy that section into the odbc.ini file in the [ODBC Data Sources] section. 8 Edit the DSN parameters DBCName, Database, and DefaultDatabase, and modify the value of MSTR_TERADATA_PATH with the location of the directory where the ODBC Driver for Teradata is installed. You can also edit the parameters in the odbc.ini file to reflect your environment. To support parameterized queries, define the EnableExtendedStmtInfo parameter as EnableExtendedStmtInfo= Yes. This parameter and other Teradata parameters in the odbc.ini file are described in Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini, page 493 and Teradata Server, page 516. 9 Save the odbc.ini file.

ODBC Driver for Informix 8 for UNIX

The MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix 8 is already installed in the INSTALL_PATH/lib32 directory.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

475

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

However, the Informix Client Software Developers Kit (CSDK) must be installed before you create a DSN. This software is not included in the MicroStrategy product suite installation and must be obtained through the database vendor or a third party. For information on installation, refer to the product documentation provided directly by the database vendor. The following steps show how to configure the MicroStrategy ODBC driver for Informix 8.
To configure ODBC Driver for Informix 8

1 Install the Informix CSDK. directory where CSDK is installed should always be accessible The to Intelligence Server.
Configure the environment for ODBC Driver for Informix 8

2 In a UNIX console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. Browse to the folder env. 3 Add Write privileges to the ODBC.sh file by entering the following command: chmod u+w ODBC.sh 4 Edit the ODBC.sh file and make the following changes: Add the location of the directory where the Informix Client Software Developer's Kit (CSDK) is installed (CSDK_INSTALL_PATH) to the INFORMIXDIR environment variable: INFORMIXDIR=CSDK_INSTALL_PATH Add the name of the Informix Server (INFORMIX_SERVER_NAME) to the INFORMIXSERVER environment variable: INFORMIXSERVER=INFORMIX_SERVER_NAME value is chosen from the list in <INFORMIXDIR>/etc/ This sqlhosts. 5 Save the ODBC.sh file and remove Write privileges from the file by entering the following command: chmod a-w ODBC.sh
476 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Configure the DSN for ODBC Driver for Informix 8

6 In a UNIX console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. 7 Open the odbc.ini.example file and search for the section that starts with [IBM INFORMIX]. Copy the section into the odbc.ini file. 8 Edit the DSN parameters Database, Servername, and Service. 9 Save the odbc.ini file. For details on these DSN parameters, refer to the product documentation provided directly by the database vendor.

ODBC Driver for Netezza for UNIX/Linux

ODBC driver for Netezza is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure ODBC driver for Netezza. You must modify odbcinst.ini file and odbc.ini file to create the DSN for Netezza.
To configure ODBC driver for Netezza

1 Install the ODBC Driver for Netezza for the correct operating system. For information on installation, refer to the product documentation provided directly by the database vendor. directory where Netezza is installed should always be The accessible to MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. 2 Configure the DSN for ODBC driver for Netezza.
To modify the odbcinst.ini file

3 In a UNIX/Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. 4 Edit the odbcinst.ini file and replace the three instances of netezza_odbc_install_dir with the location of the directory where the Netezza ODBC Driver is installed. An example of this is as follows:
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc. Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

477

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

If the original path is: Driver = /netezza_odbc_install_dir/lib/ libnzsqlodbc3.so Then the modified path will be: Driver = /usr/odbc/netezzahome/lib/libnzsqlodbc3.so 5 Save the odbcinst.ini file.
To modify the odbc.ini file

6 Open the odbc.ini.example file and search for the section that starts with [IBM NETEZZA]. 7 Open the MicroStrategy odbc.ini file. 8 Copy and paste the contents from the odbc.ini.example file for your Netezza ODBC driver. You should paste the contents of the DSN exactly as they appear in the example file. 9 Make the following changes to the copied sample file: Modify the driver location to match the location of the installed Netezza ODBC Driver, netezza_odbc_install_dir. Change the database, server name, user name, and password, and any other relevant parameters to match the information for your database.

10 Save the odbc.ini file. For details on these DSN parameters, refer to the product documentation provided by the database vendor.

ODBC Driver for MySQL Community Server 5.x for Linux

The ODBC driver for MySQL Community Server 5.x is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure the ODBC driver for MySQL Community Server 5.x, which is certified for the Linux operating system.

478 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

You must modify the odbc.ini file to create the DSN for MySQL Community Server 5.x. third-party product(s) discussed in the procedure below is The manufactured by vendors independent of MicroStrategy. MicroStrategy makes no warranty, express, implied or otherwise, regarding this product, including its performance or reliability.
To configure ODBC driver for MySQL Community Server 5.x

1 Install the 32-bit ODBC Driver for MySQL (3.51) for the Linux operating system, found at the hyperlink http://dev.mysql.com/downloads/ connector/odbc/3.51.html. This site is valid as of the release of this manual. For information on installation, refer to the product documentation provided by the database vendor.

Note the following:

Ensure that the driver files are installed to the /usr/lib directory. For exact version numbers of MySQL drivers certified with MicroStrategy, refer to the MicroStrategy General Information Readme.

2 Configure the DSN for the ODBC driver for MySQL.

To modify the odbc.ini file

3 In a Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. 4 Open the odbc.ini.example file and search for the section that starts with [MYSQL]. 5 Open the MicroStrategy odbc.ini file. 6 Copy and paste the contents from the odbc.ini.example file for your MySQL ODBC driver. You should paste the contents of the DSN exactly as they appear in the example file. 7 Make the following changes to the copied sample file: Modify the driver location to match the location of the installed MySQL ODBC Driver.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

479

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Change the database, server name, user name, password, and any other relevant parameters to match the information for your database.

that there is no white space between the equals sign (=) Ensure which separates the parameter and its value. 8 Save the odbc.ini file. can test a connection to your MySQL database with the You MicroStrategy DB Query Tool. This completes the steps to create a DSN and configure an ODBC driver for MySQL Community Server 5.x. To create a database instance and database connection, see Creating a database instance, page 215 and Creating a database connection, page 218.

ODBC Driver for Aster Database for Linux

The ODBC driver for Aster Database is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure the ODBC driver for Aster Database 5.1.x for Linux. You must modify the odbc.ini file to create the DSN for Aster. third-party product(s) discussed in the procedure below is The manufactured by vendors independent of MicroStrategy. MicroStrategy makes no warranty, express, implied or otherwise, regarding this product, including its performance or reliability.
To configure ODBC driver for Aster Database

1 Install the ODBC Driver for nCluster for the Linux operating system. For information on installation, refer to the product documentation provided by the database vendor.

Note the following:

The path to the installation location you choose for the ODBC driver is used later in this procedure as the value for the Driver parameter in the odbc.ini file.

480 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

For exact version numbers of Aster drivers certified with MicroStrategy, refer to the MicroStrategy General Information Readme.

2 Configure the DSN for the ODBC driver for Aster Database.
Configure the environment for ODBC Driver for nCluster

3 In a Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. Browse to the folder env. 4 Add Write privileges to the ODBC.sh file by entering the following command: chmod u+w ODBC.sh 5 Specify the Aster library installation in the ODBC.sh file. To do this, make the following changes to the MicroStrategy Aster path. Set this path, in the ASTER_PATH parameter, to the location of the local Aster library installation: # # ODBC Driver for Aster nCluster # ASTER_PATH='<ASTER_PATH>' if [ "${ASTER_PATH}" != '<ASTER_PATH>' ]; then export ASTER_PATH mstr_append_path LD_LIBRARY_PATH "${ASTER_PATH:?}" export LD_LIBRARY_PATH fi 6 Save the ODBC.sh file and remove Write privileges from the file by entering the following command: chmod a-w ODBC.sh
To modify the odbc.ini file

7 In a Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

481

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

8 Open the odbc.ini.example file and search for the section that starts with [Aster Database]. 9 Open the MicroStrategy odbc.ini file. 10 Copy and paste the contents from the odbc.ini.example file for your Aster ODBC driver. You should paste the contents of the DSN exactly as they appear in the example file. 11 Make the following changes to the copied sample file: Modify the driver location to match the location of the installed Aster ODBC Driver. Change the database, server name, user name, password, and any other relevant parameters to match the information for your database.

that there is no white space between the equals sign (=) Ensure which separates the parameter and its value. 12 Save the odbc.ini file. This completes the steps to create a DSN and configure an ODBC driver for Aster Database.

ODBC Driver for Vertica for Linux or Solaris

The ODBC driver for Vertica is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure the ODBC driver for Vertica for Linux or Solaris. You must modify the odbc.ini file to create the DSN for Vertica. third-party product(s) discussed in the procedure below is The manufactured by vendors independent of MicroStrategy. MicroStrategy makes no warranty, express, implied or otherwise, regarding this product, including its performance or reliability.

482 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

To configure ODBC driver for Vertica

1 Install the ODBC Driver for Vertica for the Linux or Solaris operating system. For information on installation, refer to the product documentation provided by the database vendor.

Note the following:

The path to the installation location you choose for the ODBC driver is used later in this procedure as the value for the Driver parameter in the odbc.ini file. For exact version numbers of Vertica drivers certified with MicroStrategy, refer to the MicroStrategy General Information Readme.

2 Configure the DSN for the ODBC driver for Vertica.

To modify the odbc.ini file

3 In a Linux or Solaris console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. 4 Open the odbc.ini.example file and search for the section that starts with [HP VERTICA]. 5 Open the MicroStrategy odbc.ini file. 6 Copy and paste the contents from the odbc.ini.example file for your Vertica ODBC driver. You should paste the contents of the DSN exactly as they appear in the example file. 7 Make the following changes to the copied sample file: Modify the driver location to match the location of the installed Vertica ODBC Driver. Change the database, server name, user name, password, and any other relevant parameters to match the information for your database.

that there is no white space between the equals sign (=) Ensure which separates the parameter and its value. 8 Save the odbc.ini file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

483

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

This completes the steps to create a DSN and configure an ODBC driver for Vertica.

ODBC Driver for SAP HANA for Windows and Linux

The ODBC driver for SAP HANA is not a MicroStrategy-branded driver. The following steps show how to configure ODBC driver for SAP HANA 1.x. To configure an ODBC Driver for SAP HANA on Windows, page 484 To configure an ODBC Driver for SAP HANA, page 485

Prerequisites: MicroStrategy recommends that the SAP HANA user account used to create the database is granted full permissions for the database. If the database user account cannot be granted full permissions to the database, you can use the recommendations listed in Required database permissions to create metadata, History List, and statistics repositories, page 179 to determine the required permissions for the SAP HANA database user account.

To configure an ODBC Driver for SAP HANA on Windows

1 Install the SAP HANA ODBC driver files on the Windows system that will host the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. For specific installation steps, refer to your third-party SAP documentation. exact version numbers of SAP HANA drivers certified with For MicroStrategy, refer to the MicroStrategy General Information Readme. 2 Using the Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator, create a data source name to connect to your SAP HANA data source. best practices on using the Microsoft ODBC Data Source For Administrator to create data source names that are to be used in MicroStrategy, see Managing ODBC and data sources with Microsoft ODBC Data Source Administrator, page 168. 3 You can use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool to test whether data can be retrieved data from your SAP HANA data source. For information on how to use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool, see Using the DB Query Tool, page 169.
484 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

4 To use an SAP HANA as a data source, you must create a database instance in MicroStrategy. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215. creating a database connection, which is part of a database When instance, ensure that you select Non UTF-8 as the character set encoding for Windows drivers. This completes the steps for the initial connection to SAP HANA in MicroStrategy for Windows environments. For additional configuration requirements, see Additional requirements to support SAP HANA, page 487.
To configure an ODBC Driver for SAP HANA

1 Install the SAP HANA ODBC driver files on the Linux system that will host the MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. For specific installation steps, refer to your third-party SAP documentation. exact version numbers of SAP HANA drivers certified with For MicroStrategy, refer to the MicroStrategy General Information Readme.
Configure the environment for ODBC Driver for Red Brick

2 In a Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during installation. Browse to the folder env. 3 Add Write privileges to the ODBC.sh file by entering the following command: chmod u+w ODBC.sh 4 Edit the ODBC.sh file and add the following configuration information for SAP HANA: # #ODBC Driver for SAP HANA # SAPHANA_PATH=SAPHANAINSTALLPATH if [ "${SAPHANA_PATH}" != 'SAPHANAINSTALLPATH' ]; then export SAPHANA_PATH mstr_append_path LD_LIBRARY_PATH "${SAPHANA_PATH:?}" export LD_LIBRARY_PATH

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

485

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

In the syntax listed above, SAPHANAINSTALLPATH is the location where you installed the SAP HANA ODBC driver files. 5 Save the ODBC.sh file and remove Write privileges from the file by entering the following command: chmod a-w ODBC.sh
Configure a DSN

6 In a Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the Home Directory during your MicroStrategy installation. 7 Open the odbc.ini.example file and find the section that starts with [SAP HANA]. Copy the section into the odbc.ini file. 8 Edit the following information from the syntax that you copied to odbc.ini: Driver=<SAPHANA_PATH>/libodbcHDB32.so Replace <SAPHANA_PATH> with the location where you installed the SAP HANA ODBC driver files. Servernode=ip_address:port

Replace ip_address with the IP address for the machine that hosts the SAP HANA database. Replace port with the port number for the connection to the SAP HANA database. Contact your SAP HANA database administrator for the required port number.

USER=uid Replace uid with a valid SAP HANA user account.

PASSWORD=pwd Replace pwd with the password for the SAP HANA user account described above.

9 Save the odbc.ini file. 10 You can use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool to test whether data can be retrieved data from your SAP HANA data source. For information on how to use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool, see Using the DB Query Tool, page 169.

486 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

11 To use an SAP HANA as a data source, you must create a database instance in MicroStrategy. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215. creating a database connection, which is part of a database When instance, for SAP HANA, ensure that you select Non UTF-8 as the character set encoding for UNIX drivers. This completes the steps for the initial connection to SAP HANA in MicroStrategy for Windows environments. For additional configuration requirements, see Additional requirements to support SAP HANA below.

Additional requirements to support SAP HANA

Review the following additional requirements to ensure a successful integration of SAP HANA in MicroStrategy: Be aware that once you import tables from SAP HANA into MicroStrategy, you must manually import any prefix information as well. Using the Warehouse Catalog, you can select all tables imported from SAP HANA and select Import Prefix to import the prefix information. For additional steps to access and use the Warehouse Catalog, see the Project Design Guide. If the tables in SAP HANA include input parameters, these are supported in MicroStrategy using prompts. Using the Table Editor available in MicroStrategy Developer, you can create and modify prompts to support input parameters. For steps to access and use the Table Editor, refer to the Project Design Help.

Other data sources and relational databases for Windows

If you use other databases or data sources, refer to the database-specific documentation for information on required settings. Standard settings are supported by MicroStrategy for most relational databases.

Teradata
If you intend to use Teradata, which is certified by MicroStrategy, you need to:

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

487

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Pre-install the NCR ODBC Driver for Teradata RDBMS. Otherwise, you will not see Teradata in the drivers list for Other Relational Databases when using the MicroStrategy ODBC DSN Creator. Ensure that Teradata DSNs are set to Run in Quiet Mode.

If you use Teradata, the following settings are required for setting up the driver connection. In the Teradata ODBC Driver Options dialog box, click Options to set the following required options: Session Mode: Select Teradata as the session mode to apply for the duration of the session. Date Time Format: Set this value to AAA format so the ODBC driver handles the Dates, Time, and Timestamps as ANSI-compatible strings. The ANSI-compatible strings are only available with the V2R3 or later databases. Disable Parsing: Select this check box to disable parsing of SQL statements by the ODBC driver.

For information on other options, refer to the online help by clicking Help.

Microsoft Excel
A Microsoft Excel file can be used as a data source in MicroStrategy. The information provided below explains how to prepare an Excel file for use with MicroStrategy and how to connect to the Excel file. This data can be used as part of a MicroStrategy project in various ways. For example, you can integrate the Excel data in your project using tools such as Architect, as described in the Project Design Guide. You can also use Freeform SQL and Query Builder to access your Excel data, as described in the Advanced Reporting Guide.

Prepare an Excel file as a valid data source

To use an Excel file as a data source, you must create and store the data in the Excel file so that it can be recognized in MicroStrategy as a set of tables that contain valid data.

488 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

To create a table with valid data in an Excel file

1 Prepare the Excel file as follows: Ensure that all column headers are of a valid format: No spaces in the header name (for example, Category_ID instead of Category ID) . Alphanumeric, and beginning with a letter. Ensure that all cells for the ID column have a value in them.

2 In the Excel file, create a table by performing the following: a Highlight the specific rows and columns with the data to use to create a report with, including the column headers, such as Category_ID and Category_DESC. not use the column headings at the top of the Excel Do spreadsheet, marked as A, B, C, and so on to select the whole column. Doing so may include numerous empty cells with NULL values. b In the Name Box, type a name for the highlighted cells, and then press ENTER. The name you type in is used in MicroStrategy as a table name. Name Box is the drop-down list on the left-hand side The below the toolbars. You can create multiple tables in one Excel file by highlighting different parts of the file and assigning them different names. 3 Save the Excel file.

Ensure that the file is not password-protected.

Create a data source name for an Excel file
To use an Excel file as a data source, you must create a data source name (DSN) for the Excel file. This DSN is used in MicroStrategy to connect to the Excel file.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

489

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

To create a DSN for an Excel file

1 From the Start menu, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy Tools, and then select Connectivity Wizard. The Welcome page of the Connectivity Wizard opens. 2 Read the Welcome page information and click Next. The Driver Selection page opens. 3 Select Other Relational Databases and click Next. A list of additional drivers is displayed. 4 Select the Microsoft Excel Driver and click Next. The ODBC Excel Setup dialog box is displayed. 5 Type a Data Source Name (DSN) for the Excel data source in the space provided. 6 Click Select Workbook. The Select Workbook dialog box is displayed. 7 Browse to and select the Excel file that you saved and named in the previous procedure To create a table with valid data in an Excel file, page 489. 8 Click OK to close the Select Workbook dialog box. 9 Click OK in the ODBC Excel Setup dialog box to return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box. 10 Click OK. The ODBC data source is configured. You can use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool to test whether data can be retrieved from the tables you created from the Excel file. For information on how to use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool, see Using the DB Query Tool, page 169.

Create a database instance for an Excel file

To use an Excel file as a data source, you must create a database instance in MicroStrategy. This database instance is used to connect to the Excel file. Follow the steps below to create a database instance for an Excel file. It is recommended that you use Microsoft Excel 2000/2003 as the data

490 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

connection type for the database instance. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215.

Text files
A text file can be used as a data source in MicroStrategy. The information provided below explains how to prepare a text file for use with MicroStrategy and how to connect to the text file. This data can be used as part of a MicroStrategy project in various ways. For example, you can integrate the text file data in your project using tools such as Architect, as described in the Project Design Guide. You can also use Freeform SQL and Query Builder to access your Excel data, as described in the Advanced Reporting Guide.

Prepare a text file as a valid data source

To use a text file as a data source, you must create and store the data in the text file so that it can be recognized in MicroStrategy as a set of tables that contain valid data.
To prepare a text file as a valid data source

This procedure assumes you have an existing text file that is formatted to be used as a data source through an ODBC connection. 1 Ensure that the text file is of type .txt or .csv. 2 Select a delimiter to separate the data in the text file into columns for a database table. The following procedure assumes a comma (,) is used as the delimiter character. 3 Ensure that the column names appear in the first row of the file and are delimited. 4 Save the text file on your machine. The file path is used as the data source directory in MicroStrategy.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

491

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Create a data source name for a text file

To use a text file as a data sources, you must create a DSN for the text file. This DSN is used in MicroStrategy to connect to the text file.
To create a DSN for a text file

1 From your machines Control Panel, select Administrative Tools, and then Data Sources (ODBC). The ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box is displayed. 2 Select the System DSN tab and then click Add. The Create New Data Source dialog box is displayed. 3 Select MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Text as your ODBC driver and then click Finish. The ODBC Text Driver Setup dialog box is displayed. 4 On the General tab, enter a Data Source Name (DSN). 5 In the Database Directory field, provide the file path of the directory where you saved the text file. 6 Select Comma as the Default Table Type. This assumes a comma (,) is used as the delimiter character for the text file. 7 Select the Column Names in First Line check box. 8 On the Advanced tab, click Define. The Define File dialog box is displayed. 9 Select the text file you want to define and click Open. The Define Table dialog box is displayed. 10 You must associate a table name with the text file. In the Table field within the Table Information area, type the name to be used for the table within MicroStrategy. 11 Select the Column Names in First Line check box. 12 Click Guess to display all the columns contained in this text file. 13 Click OK to return to the Define File dialog box. 14 Click Cancel to return to the ODBC Text Driver Setup dialog box.

492 Creating DSNs for specific ODBC drivers

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

15 Click Apply and then OK to return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box. 16 Click OK. Your data source for the text file is now configured. You can use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool to test whether data can be retrieved from the tables you created from the text file. For information on how to use the MicroStrategy DB Query Tool, see Using the DB Query Tool, page 169.

Create a database instance for a text file

To use a text file as a data source, you must create a database instance in MicroStrategy. This database instance is used to connect to the text file. Follow the steps below to create a database instance for a text file. It is recommended that you use Generic DBMS as the data connection type for the database instance. For information on creating a database instance, see Creating a database instance, page 215.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

The odbc.ini file is the configuration file that stores the definitions for all the ODBC DSNs in a UNIX or Linux environment. Therefore this section is not relevant to ODBC and DSN connections on Windows. For information on what operating systems each ODBC driver is certified for, see Certified ODBC drivers for MicroStrategy Intelligence Server, page 87. These ODBC DSNs are defined by specifying values for certain DSN parameters. This file is activated by the environment variable ODBCINI, and is required by all ODBC applications. By default, the odbc.ini file is installed in HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation on UNIX or Linux. It contains the definitions for the following MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers: MicroStrategy ODBC driver for Oracle Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol (DB2) MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 Wire Protocol (iSeries/DB2 for i) MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for DB2 z/OS

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

493

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Greenplum Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix 8 (XPS) MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Informix Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Salesforce MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Sybase ASE Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for Microsoft SQL Server MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for MySQL Wire Protocol MicroStrategy ODBC Driver for PostgreSQL Wire Protocol

This section describes commonly used DSN parameters for all MicroStrategy-branded ODBC drivers. supports ODBC drivers from other vendors that you MicroStrategy can install separately. This involves manually defining the DSN parameters in the odbc.ini file. This section also describes the DSN parameters for the following ODBC drivers from other vendors: ODBC Driver for Red Brick ODBC Driver for Sybase Adaptive Server IQ ODBC Driver for Teradata ODBC Driver for Netezza

Modification of the odbc.ini file is necessary to configure ODBC driver settings or full ODBC drivers that are not accessible through the Connectivity Wizard. However, caution should be taken when modifying the odbc.ini file as incorrect modifications can cause unintended functionality and errors. To see an example of a configuration using an odbc.ini file, refer to the odbc.ini.example file installed in HOME_PATH, where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation on UNIX or Linux. You must use the correct syntax when modifying parameters for the odbc.ini file. Most of the parameters are of the form parameter name = parameter value, but some parameters require more complex syntax.

494 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Refer to the table below for documentation standards related to parameter syntax.
Syntax {option1 | option2} Indicates You must select one of the options. For example, if the syntax is {Y | N}, you must type Y, or N. There can be two or more options, with each option separated by a pipe (|) symbol. Anything inside square brackets ([]) is optional. For example, a list of servers can be represented syntactically as Servers=Server1[,...]. The following would be valid syntaxes for the example above: Servers=Server1 Servers=Server1,Server2,Server3

[]

Oracle Wire Protocol

Parameter AlternateServers Description You can enable driver-side connection failover for the driver by specifying a list of available servers. When the primary database server is unavailable, connections to the available database servers are attempted sequentially. Syntax: (HostName=hostvalue:PortNumber=portvalue: {SID=sidvalue |ServiceName=servicevalue}[,...]) ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications. AuthenticationMethod Specifies which type of authentication the driver uses to authenticate a user. The selected type of authentication must be supported by the database server, otherwise the driver displays an error. You have the following options: 1: the driver sends the user ID in clear text and encrypts the password before sending it to the server to be authenticated. 3: the driver uses client authentication. The server does not provide any authentication; it relies on the client to authenticate the user. 4: the driver users Kerberos authentication, which supports Windows Active Directory Kerberos and MIT Kerberos environments. 5: the driver uses Kerberos and user ID and password authentication. First, the user is authenticated using Kerberos and is then re-authenticated by the driver using the username and password.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

495

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter CatalogOptions

Description You can specify whether result columns REMARKS and COLUMN_DEF return values or SQL_NULL_DATA. You have the following options: 0: (Default) The REMARKS and COLUMN_DEF result columns return SQL_NULL_DATA. 1: The REMARKS and COLUMN_DEF result columns return their actual values. You can indicate the number of times this driver will attempt to connect to the primary or alternate servers (if enabled), if the initial attempt fails. The limits of this parameter are: 0: (Default) No reconnection attempt is made. 65535: Maximum number of retries. Description of a data source name. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. You can enable the ODBC API function SQLDescribeParam. This function causes all parameters to be described with a SQL_VARCHAR data type. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables the SQLDescribeParam function. 1: (Default when using Microsoft Remote Data Objects to access data) Enables the SQLDescribeParam function. You can enable support for the N-datatypes NCHAR, NVARCHAR2, and NCLOB. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables support for NCHAR, NVARCHAR2, and NCLOB. 1: Enables support for NCHAR, NVARCHAR2, and NCLOB. These N-datatypes are described as SQL_WCHAR, SQL_WVARCHAR, and SQL_WLONGVARCHAR, respectively. Note: This parameter is supported in Oracle 9i and later.

ConnectionRetryCount

Description Driver EnableDescribeParam

EnableNcharSupport

EnableStaticCursorsForL You can enable support for columns with the long data type when using static ongData cursors with your driver. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables support for columns with the long data type when using static cursors. 1: Enables support for columns with the long data type when using static cursors. Use this option to persist a result set containing long data types into an XML file. EncryptionMethod Specifies how the driver encrypts data that is sent between the driver and the database server. You have the following options: 0 (Default): the data is not encrypted 1: the data is encrypted using SSL The driver, by default, uses the GSS Client library packaged with the operating system to communicate with the Key Distribution Center. This parameter can be changed to use a different GSS Client library. Name of the host machine where the database server resides. This may also be the IP address.

GSSClient

HostName

496 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter HostNameInCertificate

Description Specifies whether or not the driver validates the Host Name in the certificate that is used in systems operating using SSL authentication. This parameter is ignored if the EncryptionMethod is set to 0, and if the value in ValidateServerCertificate is set to zero. You must provide a value for this parameter if your application is not enabled to support Unicode or you use a non-Unicode database character set. The value that you specify must be the value used for the code page used by your application. The driver on UNIX/Linux determines the value of the applications code page by checking for an IANAAppCodePage value, in the following order: 1 In the connection string 2 In the DataSource section of the odbc.ini file 3 In the ODBC section of the odbc.ini file The default value for this parameter provides support for most environments. If this parameter must be modified to support your code page, refer to the Data Direct documentation provided in the Help\English\odbcHelp folder. This folder location can be located in the MicroStrategy Common Files on Windows environments, and in the MicroStrategy install path on UNIX and Linux environments. Note: The IANAAppCodePage connection string parameter replaces the AppCodePage connection string parameter in earlier versions of Connect for ODBC. The drivers are backward compatible with the AppCodePage parameter, but you must now use the IANAAppCodePage parameter. In this case, the parameter uses the value in the ODBC section of the odbc.ini file.

IANAAppCodePage

KeyPassword KeyStore

The password to access a particular key in the keystore. The path to the location of the keystore, which is the file that contains the list of the client certificates that are trusted by the server for Client Authentication with SSL. The password to gain access to the keystore. You can enable client load balancing when connecting to primary and alternate servers. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables client load balancing. Connection attempts to database servers are performed sequentially, starting with the primary server. 1: Enables client load balancing. Connection attempts to database servers are performed in no particular order. Note: Us the AlternateServers parameter to define alternate servers to connect to.

KeyStorePassword LoadBalancing

LogonID Password PortNumber

User ID used to log on to the database. Password for the user account specified as the LogonID. Port number of the database instance.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

497

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter ProcedureRetResults

Description You can enable the driver to return result sets from stored procedure functions. You have the following options: 0: (Default) The driver does not return result sets from stored procedures. 1: The driver returns result sets from stored procedures. Site Identifier of the Oracle instance you are trying to connect to. You can specify the location of the TNSNAMES.ORA file. Make sure to type the entire path to the TNSNAMES.ORA file, including the file name itself. You can specify multiple TNSNAMES.ORA files. You must set the Server Name parameter to use this option. Using the Server Name and TNSNamesFiles parameters disables the HostName, PortNumber, SID, and Service Name fields. Syntax: (filelocation1[,...])

SID TNSNamesFile

TrustStore

The path for the location to the truststore, which is the file that contains the list of certificate authorities that are trusted by the machine for SSL server authentication. The password to gain access to the truststore. Specifies whether or not the driver validates the servers security certificate during SSL authentication. You have the following options: 0: the certificate is not validated 1(Default): the certificate is validated

TrustStorePassword ValidateServerCertificate

498 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

DB2 Wire Protocol

Parameter AuthenticationMethod Description Specifies which type of authentication the driver uses to authenticate a user. The selected type of authentication must be supported by the database server, otherwise the driver displays an error. You have the following options: 0 (Default): the driver sends the user ID and password to the server in clear text to be authenticated. 1: the driver sends the user ID in clear text and encrypts the password before sending it to the server to be authenticated. 2: the driver encrypts both the user ID and the password before sending it to the server to be authenticated. 3: the driver uses client authentication. The server does not provide any authentication; it relies on the client to authenticate the user. 4: the driver users Kerberos authentication, which supports Windows Active Directory Kerberos and MIT Kerberos environments. EncryptionMethod Specifies the way the driver encrypts data that is sent between the driver and the database server. You have the following options: 0 (Default): the data is not encrypted 1: the data is encrypted using SSL (supported only on DB2 for iSeries/DB2 for i) 2: the data is encrypted using the DB2 encryption protocol (supported only on DB2 for Linux/UNIX/Windows and DB2 for z/OS) The AuthenticationMethod must be set to 0, 1, or 2 to use DB2 encryption. If the Database server does not support the type of encryption, it displays an error and the connection fails. GSS Client The driver, by default, uses the GSS Client library that comes with the operating system to communicate with the Key Distribution Center. This parameter can be changed to use a different GSS Client library. Specifies whether or not the driver validates the Host Name in the certificate that is used in systems operating using SSL authentication. This parameter is ignored if the EncryptionMethod is not set to 1, and if the value in ValidateServerCertificate is set to zero. The path for the location to the truststore, which is the file that contains the list of certificate authorities that are trusted by the machine for SSL server authentication. Password to gain access to the truststore. Specifies whether or not the driver validates the servers security certificate during SSL authentication. You have the following options: 0: the certificate is not validated 1(Default): the certificate is validated

HostNameInCertificate

TrustStore

TrustStorePassword ValidateServerCertificate

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

499

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter XMLDescribeType

Description Specifies what SQL Data Type the SQLGetTypeInfo() returns for the XML Data type. You have the following options: -4: The description SQL_LONGVARBINARY is used for DB2 XML data type columns. -10(Default): The description SQL_WLONGVARCHAR is used for DB2 XML data type columns. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. Description of this data source. Default user ID to log on to the database. On UNIX/Linux, the LogonID value is your UNIX/Linux user ID. Password for the user account specified as the LogonID. Default qualifier used at connection time for any unqualified object names used in SQL statements. You must set the DB2 permissions to SYSADM. DB2 V5R1 on iSeries does not support this parameter. Specifies the IP address of the machine where the catalog tables are stored, as either a numeric address or address name. If you enter an address name, the address name is retrieved from the workstations HOSTS file or in a DNS server. Name of the database to which to connect. Name that identifies a logical group of database objects. This parameter is valid only if you are connecting to DB2 for z/OS (formerly OS/390) or iSeries/ DB2 for i. On iSeries/DB2 for i, it is also the current Schema. These objects include the DataDirect Connect DB2 Wire Protocol driver for ODBC packages. Specifies the DB2 location name. Use the name defined on the DB2 Server. This parameter is valid only if you are connecting to DB2 for z/OS (formerly OS/390) or iSeries/DB2 for i. Specifies the port number used by the DB2 database instance on the server host machine. You can grant execute privileges on the package you specify as the GrantAuthID. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Privileges are granted. 0: Privileges are not granted. You can indicate to whom execute privileges are granted. By default, this parameter is set to PUBLIC. Note: This parameter is ignored if GranteExecute=0.

Driver Description LogonID Password AlternateID

IpAddress

Database Collection

Location

TcpPort GrantExecute

GrantAuthid

500 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter DefaultIsolationLevel

Description Method by which locks are acquired and released by the system. ODBC isolation levels map to DB2 isolation levels as follows: ODBC Read Uncommitted Read Committed Repeatable Read Serializable DB2 Uncommitted Read Cursor Stability Read Stability Repeatable Read

Valid values are: 0 - READ_UNCOMMITTED: Other processes can read from the database. Modified data is locked until the end of the transaction. 1 - READ_COMMITTED: (Default) Other processes cannot modify a row if the cursor is on the row or modify records that your application has modified, until your application commits or terminates. Your application cannot read a modified record that has not been committed by another process. 2 - REPEATABLE_READ: Other process cannot access data that your application has read or modified, until the end of the transaction. 3 - SERIALIZABLE: Other processes cannot modify records, including phantom records, that are read or modified by your application until your program commits or terminates. Your application is prevented from reading modified records that have not been committed by another process. If your application opens the same query during a single unit of work, the results table is identical to the previous table. However, results table can contain updates made by your application. 4 - NONE: Your program can read modified records even if they have not been committed by another process. This level can only be set in the data source, not from the application. Note: You must use this level if you have a collection on iSeries/DB2 for i with journaling enabled. DynamicSections CatalogSchema Specifies how many statements the DB2 Wire Protocol driver package can prepare for each user. The default is 200. Specifies the name of a valid DB2 schema to use for Catalog functions. If you do not specify a value, the parameter defaults to the following values: SYSIBM: Default for z/OS. QSYS2: Default for iSeries/DB2 for i. SYSCAT: Default when connected to UNIX/Linux. Specifies the collection or location name where the driver creates and searches for the bind packages. The default is NULLID. Specifies the DB2 user account assigned to the package. This user must have authority to run all the SQL statements in the package.

PackageCollection PackageOwner

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

501

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter UseCurrentSchema

Description You can restrict results to the tables in the current schema when a catalog function call is made either without specifying a schema or when specifying the schema as the wildcard character %. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Results can include tables outside of the current schema. 1: Results are restricted to tables in the current schema. Restricting results to tables in the current schema improves the performance of calls that do not specify a schema.

ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications. WithHold Specifies the cursor behavior for the application used with this data source. You have the following options: 1: (Default) DB2 leaves all cursors open after a commit or rollback. (SQLGetInfo( ) returns SQL_CB_PRESERVE for SQL_COMMIT_CURSOR_BEHAVIOR.) 0: DB2 closes all open cursors after a commit or rollback. (SQLGetInfo( ) returns SQL_CB_DELETE.)

Informix 8 (XPS)
Parameter Description ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications. CancelDetectInterval Specifies how often (in seconds) the driver checks whether a query has been canceled. When the driver detects that SQLCancel has been issued by the MicroStrategy Platform, the query is canceled. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Queries are not canceled even if SQLCancel is issued. {5| 10 | 30 | 60}: The driver checks if pending requests have been cancelled with SQLCancel every 5, 10, 30, or 60 seconds.

502 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter CursorBehavior

Description Determines the behavior of cursors at the end of each transaction. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Cursors are closed at the end of each transaction. 1: Cursors are preserved, meaning they are held at the current position at the end of each transaction. Preserving cursor position can slow down your database operations. Name of the database to which to connect. Description of this data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. You can enable Insert cursors. You have the following options. 1: (Default) Insert cursors are enabled. Insert cursors improve performance during multiple Insert operations using the same statement. Insert data can be buffered in memory before being written to disk. 0: Insert cursors are disabled. Specifies whether the database list is returned from the Informix server or from the database list the user entered during driver setup. 1: (Default) The database list is returned from the Informix server. 0: The database list is returned from the database list the user entered during driver setup. Name of the machine on which the Informix server resides. Logon ID used to connect to your database. Password used to connect to your database. Specifies the protocol used to communicate with the server. You can specify one or more values; separate the names with commas. You can enter any of the following protocols: olsocspx olsoctcp onsocspx onsoctcp seipcpip sesocspx sesoctcp ontlitcp Note: For Solaris, the protocol must be ontlitcp. Name of the server running the Informix instance. Note: This can be different from the HostName. Verify what your ServerName is with the Informix database administrator.

Database Description Driver EnableInsertCursors

GetDBListFromInformix

HostName LogonID Password Protocol

ServerName

Service TrimBlankFromIndexNa me

Name of the service being used by Informix on the host machine. You can specify whether to trim leading space from a system-generated index name. You have the following options: 1: (Default) The driver trims the leading space. 0: The driver does not trim the space.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

503

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Informix Wire Protocol

Parameter Description ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications. CancelDetectInterval Specifies how often (in seconds) the driver checks whether a query has been canceled. When the driver detects that SQLCancel has been issued by the MicroStrategy Platform, the query is canceled. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Queries are not canceled even if SQLCancel is issued. {5| 10 | 30 | 60}: The driver checks if pending requests have been cancelled with SQLCancel every 5, 10, 30, or 60 seconds. Name of the database to which to connect. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. Name or IP address of the machine on which the Informix server resides. User ID for connecting to the database. Password for connecting to your database. Port number of the server listener. Name of the server running the Informix instance. Note: This can be different from the HostName. Verify what your ServerName is with the Informix database administrator. TrimBlankFromIndex Name You can specify whether to trim leading space from a system-generated index name. You have the following options: 1: (Default) The driver trims leading space. 0: The driver does not trim leading space. Specifies how the server interprets double quotation marks() when used in SQL statements. You have the following options: 0 (Default): strings within double quotation marks are interpreted as string literals. 1: strings within double quotation marks are interpreted as identifiers.

Database Description Driver HostName LogonID Password PortNumber ServerName

UseDelimitedIdentifiers

504 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Salesforce
Parameter ConfigOptions Description Determines how data is represented between Salesforce.com and MicroStrategy. The following options should be used to ensure correct integration between Salesforce.com and MicroStrategy: AuditColumns=AuditOnly;MapSystemColumnNames= 0;CustomSuffix=Include Database The configuration files used to connect to and represent the Salesforce.com objects and data on the local machine, for a specific user account. Multiple configuration files with the same file prefix make up the database of configuration files. The location and prefix of the database of configuration files can be provided in the following ways: Leave this parameter blank, which means that the database files are created in the working directory of the application. Additionally, the Salesforce user account is used as the prefix of the database of configuration files. For example, by logging in to Salesforce.com with the account [email protected], the prefix is jdoe. Type only the database files prefix, that is, the name of the database files without any file extension. The current working directory is searched for the database files. Type the database files prefix and the path in which to store the database files. CreateDB Specifies whether a new database of configuration files is created when making a connection to Salesforce.com. You have the following options: 0: The database specified in the Database parameter is used. If no database exists, the database is not created and no connection is made. 1: A new database is created and a connection is made. This new database overwrites any database that exists in the location specified by the Database parameter. 2 (Default): The database specified in the Database parameter is used. If no database exists, a new database is created and a connection is made. MicroStrategy recommends using this option. Determines how many rows of data are processed at a time before they are returned by the driver. The default is 100. MicroStrategy recommends using a value of 160. This ensures that the driver works with MicroStrategy standards to return data, which can in turn improve performance of the data retrieval. Specifies the base URL to log in to Salesforce.com. You can use the default value, which is login.salesforce.com. Alternate URLs can be used to host separate production and testing environments. Specifies the location of the sforce.jar file required to successfully use the driver. By default, MicroStrategy installs sforce.jar in the INSTALL_PATH/lib32 directory. For this we actually will ship a file that can be used by default if needed for troubleshooting. It is called ddlog.properties and is installed with the driver files.

FetchSize

HostName

JVMClasspath

LogConfigFile

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

505

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter LogonID Password

Description Specifies the user account used to connect to Salesforce.com. Specifies the password for the user account used to connect to Salesforce.com. When using MicroStrategy to connect to Salesforce.com, it is recommended to leave this field blank and instead provide the password as part of the password for the database login. For steps to create a database login, and a database instance that uses the database login, see Creating a database instance, page 215 and Creating a database login, page 223. Specifies the security token required to access Salesforce.com. When using MicroStrategy to connect to Salesforce.com, it is recommended to leave this field blank and instead provide the security token as part of the password for the database login. For steps to create a database login, and a database instance that uses the database login, see Creating a database instance, page 215 and Creating a database login, page 223. Determines how many web services calls can be made in a single SQL statement or query. The default value is 20. When using MicroStrategy to connect to Salesforce.com, it is recommended to use 0, which specifies that a single SQL statement or query can make unlimited web service calls. Determines how manual database transactions are supported, which can provide the ability to rollback changes. You have the following options: 0 (Default): Transactions are not supported by either the data source or the driver. 1: Transactions are not supported by the data source, and the driver always uses auto-commit mode. MicroStrategy recommends using this option. Determines how many rows of data are retrieved with each ODBC call. The default value is 0, which causes each ODBC call to attempt to return the maximum of 2000 rows. MicroStrategy recommends using the default value of 0.

SecurityToken

StmtCallLimit

TransactionMode

WSFetchSize

506 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Sybase ASE Wire Protocol

Parameter Description ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications. Authentication Method Specifies which type of authentication the driver uses to authenticate a user. The selected type of authentication must be supported by the database server, otherwise the driver displays an error. You have the following options: 0 (Default): the driver sends the user ID and password to the server in clear text to be authenticated. 1: the driver sends the user ID in clear text and encrypts the password before sending it to the server to be authenticated. 4: the driver users Kerberos authentication, which supports Windows Active Directory Kerberos and MIT Kerberos environments. Charset Specifies the name of a character set installed on the Sybase server. The default is the setting on the Sybase server. For Sybase ASE 12.5 and higher, set this parameter to UTF-8 to support Unicode SQL types. Refer to Sybase documentation for a list of valid character sets. Name of the database to use. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. You can enable the ODBC API function SQLDescribeParam. This function causes all parameters to be described with a SQL_VARCHAR data type. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables the SQLDescribeParam function. 1: (Default when using Microsoft Remote Data Objects to access data) Enables the SQLDescribeParam function. You can enable quoted identifiers. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables quoted identifiers. Applications that generate statements with quoted identifiers encounter errors. 1: Enables quoted identifiers. Double quotes are only allowed around identifiers in SQL statements such as column and table names. For example, an ID column for the Category attribute appears as CATEGORY_ID in the SQL statement. Specifies the way the driver encrypts data that is sent between the driver and the database server. You have the following options: 0 (Default): the data is not encrypted 1: the data is encrypted using SSL

Database Description Driver EnableDescribeParam

EnableQuotedIdentifiers

EncryptionMethod

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

507

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter GSSClient

Description The driver, by default, uses the GSS Client library that comes with the operating system to communicate with the Key Distribution Center. This parameter can be changed to use a different GSS Client library. Specifies whether or not the driver validates the Host Name in the certificate that is used in systems operating using SSL authentication. This parameter is ignored if the EncryptionMethod is not set to SSL, and if the value in ValidateServerCertificate is set to zero. Specifies the national language installed on the Sybase server. The default is English. User ID for connecting to the database. Specifies the network address. The format depends on the network protocol chosen under Network Library Name and the Sybase server. If you are choosing Windows Sockets (Winsock), then the format is: {IP address | Hostname}, port number. For example, you might enter 199.226.224.34, 5000 or Sybase_15, 5000. Specifies how stored procedures are prepared when using SQLPrepare. You have the following options: 0: Stored procedures are created for every call to SQLPrepare. Decreased performance occurs when statements that do not contain parameters are processed. 1: (Default) Stored procedures are created only if the statement contains parameters. Otherwise, the statement for the stored procedure is cached and run when SQLExecute is called. 2: Stored procedures are never created. The statement for the stored procedure is cached and run when SQLExecute is called. Any syntax errors or other errors are returned when SQLExecute is called. 3: Stored procedures are never created. This option is identical to option 2 except that any syntax errors or other errors are returned when SQLPrepare is called instead of SQLExecute. Password for connecting to your database.

HostNameInCertificate

Language LogonID NetworkAddress

OptimizePrepare

Password

RaiseErrorPositionBehav You can configure when errors are returned and where the cursor is ior positioned after encountering a raiseerror. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Raiseerror is handled separately from surrounding statements. Errors are returned when raiseerror is processed via SQLExecute, SQLExecDirect, or SQLMoreResults. 1: (Microsoft-compatible) RaiseError is returned when the next statement is processed and the cursor is positioned on the first row of the subsequent result set. Multiple RaiseErrors may be returned on a single execute. SelectMethod You can enable database cursors for SELECT statements. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Database cursors are enabled. Creating database cursors requires additional overhead, which can negatively affect performance when executing a large number of sequential SELECT statements. 1: Database cursors are disabled for SELECT statements, thus limiting the database to one active statement at a time.

508 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter ServicePrincipalName

Description The Sybase server principal name used for Kerberos authentication. If no name is specified, then the driver defaults to the value forNetworkAddress. This parameter is ignored if an authentication type other than Kerberos is used. The path for the location to the truststore, which is the file that contains the list of certificate authorities that are trusted by the machine for SSL server authentication. The password to gain access to the truststore. Specifies whether or not the driver validates the servers security certificate during SSL authentication. You have the following options: 0: the certificate is not validated 1(Default): the certificate is validated

TrustStore

TrustStorePassword ValidateServerCertificate

SQL Server Wire Protocol

Parameter Address Description Network address of the SQL Server. The address should be the network name of the server, but it can be a TCP/IP port and socket address. For example, on TCP/IP it can be 199.199.199.5; 1433; or MYSVR, 1433. You can enable ANSI-defined behaviors. Yes: ANSI-defined behaviors are enabled to handle NULL comparisons, character data padding, warnings, and NULL concatenation. Modify this option to No if trailing blank spaces appear to be truncated. No: ANSI-defined behaviors are disabled. Database to use. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. User ID for connecting to the database. Password for connecting to your database.

AnsiNPW

Database Description Driver LogonID Password

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

509

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter QuotedId

Description You can choose to handle QUOTED_IDENTIFIERS as defined by SQL-92 or Transact_SQL rules. You have the following options: Yes: QUOTED_IDENTIFIERS are enabled. SQL Server uses SQL-92 rules for quotation marks in SQL statements. No: QUOTED_IDENTIFIERS are disabled. SQL Server uses the legacy Transact_SQL rules for quotation marks in SQL statements. If you are using Microsoft SQL server 2005 and it is configured for snapshot isolation, you can allow the application to use the snapshot isolation level. You have the following choices: 0 (Default): the application uses the serializable isolation level when the isolation level is set to serializable. 1: The application uses the snapshot isolation level when the isolation level is set to serializable.

SnapshotSerializable

MySQL Wire Protocol

Parameter AlternateServers Description You can enable driver-side connection failover for the driver by specifying a list of available servers. When the primary database server is unavailable, connections to the available database servers are attempted sequentially. Syntax: (HostName=hostvalue:PortNumber=portvalue: {SID=sidvalue |ServiceName=servicevalue}[,...]) ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications. ConnectionRetryCount You can indicate the number of times this driver will attempt to connect to the primary or alternate servers (if enabled), if the initial attempt fails. The limits of this parameter are: 0: (Default) No attempt is made to reconnect. 65535: Maximum number of retries. You can specify the amount of time, in seconds, that the driver delays between attempts to connect to the primary server and alternate servers, if specified. Integers within the following limits are valid: 0: There is no delay between attempts to reconnect. 3 (default): The default delay is three seconds. 65535: The maximum delay between attempts to reconnect. This parameter only has an effect if the ConnectionRetryCount parameter is set to a value other than 0.

ConnectionRetryDelay

510 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter Database DefaultLongDataBuffLen

Description Specifies the database to use. You can specify the maximum data length, in bytes, that is fetched from Long/ LOB columns. The value must be in multiples of 1024, and is multiplied by 1024 to define the maximum data length in bytes. For example, the default for this parameter is 1024, which is multiplied by 1024, for a total of 1048576 bytes, or 1 megabyte. This parameter also resizes any data passed in a Long/LOB SQL_DATA_AT_EXEC parameter to fit the data length specified, and chunks any data exceeding this data length limit. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. You can enable the ODBC API function SQLDescribeParam. This function causes all parameters to be described with a SQL_VARCHAR data type. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables the SQLDescribeParam function. 1: (Default when using Microsoft Remote Data Objects to access data) Enables the SQLDescribeParam function. Name of the host machine where the database server resides. This may also be the IP address. Determines which variable is used to determine the amount of time that a connection can idle until the server disconnects it. The possible values are: 0 (Default): the driver uses the value for the global wait_timeout variable to initialize the wait_timeout session 1: the driver uses the global interactive_timeout variable value to initialize the wait_time session The wait_timeout variable, controlled by InteractiveClient, can be modified after the connection has been made.

Description Driver EnableDescribeParam

HostName InteractiveClient

LoadBalancing

You can enable client load balancing when connecting to primary and alternate servers. You have the following options: 0: (Default) disables client load balancing. Connection attempts to database servers are performed sequentially, starting with the primary server. 1: enables client load balancing. Connection attempts to database servers are performed in no particular order. Note: Use the AlternateServers parameter to define alternate servers to connect to.

LogonID Password PortNumber

User ID used to log on to the database. Password for connecting to your database. Port number of the server listener. Default is 3306.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

511

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter ReportCodePageConver sionErrors

Description Specifies the format in which the driver returns errors encountered when converting code pages. Errors are returned with the following message: Code page conversion error encountered. If the error occurs when converting parameter data, the following sentence is added: Error in parameter X, where X is the number of the parameter. You have the following options when specifying the formatting: 0 (Default): For each character that cannot be converted, the driver substitutes 0x1A and does not display an error message. 1: for each character that cannot be converted the driver displays an error message. 2: for each character that cannot be converted, the driver substitutes 0x1A for each unconverted character and displays an error message.

TreatBinaryAsChar

Specifies how the driver returns data that MySQL stores as BINARY or VARBINARY, and specifies the data type the driver uses to describe these values. You have the following options: 0 (Default): data that MySQL has stored as BINARY or VARBINARY is described and returned as BINARY or VARBINARY values, respectively. 1:data that MySQL has stored as BINARY or VARBINARY is described and returned as CHAR or VARCHAR values, respectively.

PostgreSQL and Greenplum Wire Protocols

The ODBC drivers for PostgreSQL and Greenplum Wire Protocols can be configured using many of the same parameters, including the parameters listed below:
Parameter AlternateServers Description You can enable driver-side connection failover for the driver by specifying a list of available servers. When the primary database server is unavailable, connections to the available database servers are attempted sequentially. Syntax: (HostName=hostvalue:PortNumber=portvalue: {SID=sidvalue |ServiceName=servicevalue}[,...]) ApplicationUsingThreads You can specify whether the driver works with single-threaded or multi-threaded applications. You have the following options: 1: (Default) Use this setting to ensure the thread-safe driver works with multi-threaded applications. 0: Use this setting to prevent additional processing, which occurs due to ODBC thread-safety standards, for drivers that work with single-threaded applications.

512 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter ConnectionRetryCount

Description You can indicate the number of times this driver will attempt to connect to the primary or alternate servers (if enabled), if the initial attempt fails. The limits of this parameter are: 0: (Default) No attempt is made to reconnect. 65535: Maximum number of retries. You can specify the amount of time, in seconds, that the driver delays between attempts to connect to the primary server and alternate servers, if specified. Integers within the following limits are valid: 0: There is no delay between attempts to reconnect. 3 (default): The default delay is three seconds. 65535: The maximum delay between attempts to reconnect. This parameter only has an effect if the ConnectionRetryCount parameter is set to a value other than 0.

ConnectionRetryDelay

Database Description Driver EnableDescribeParam

Specifies the database to use. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. You can enable the ODBC API function SQLDescribeParam. You have the following options: 0: (Default) Disables the SQLDescribeParam function. 1: (Default when using Microsoft Remote Data Objects to access data) Enables the SQLDescribeParam function. Name of the host machine where the database server resides. This may also be the IP address. You can enable client load balancing when connecting to primary and alternate servers. You have the following options: 0: (Default) disables client load balancing. Connection attempts to database servers are performed sequentially, starting with the primary server. 1: enables client load balancing. Connection attempts to database servers are performed in no particular order. Note: Use the AlternateServers parameter to define alternate servers to connect to.

HostName LoadBalancing

LogonID Password PortNumber

User ID used to log on to the database. Password for connecting to your database. Port number of the server listener. Default is 5432.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

513

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter ReportCodePageConver sionErrors

XMLDescribeType

Specifies what SQL Data Type the SQLGetTypeInfo() returns for the XML Data type. You have the following options: -4: The description SQL_LONGVARBINARY is used for DB2 XML data type columns. -10(Default): The description SQL_WLONGVARCHAR is used for DB2 XML data type columns.

ODBC
Parameter IANAAppCodePage Description You must provide a value for this parameter if your application is not enabled to support Unicode or you use a non-Unicode database character set. The value that you specify must be the value used for the code page used by your application. The driver on UNIX/Linux determines the value of the applications code page by checking for an IANAAppCodePage value, in the following order: 1 In the connection string 2 In the DataSource section of the odbc.ini file 3 In the ODBC section of the odbc.ini file The default value for this parameter provides support for most environments. If this parameter must be modified to support your code page, refer to the Data Direct documentation provided in the Help\English\odbcHelp folder. This folder location can be located in the MicroStrategy Common Files on Windows environments, and in the MicroStrategy install path on UNIX and Linux environments. Note: The IANAAppCodePage connection string parameter replaces the AppCodePage connection string parameter in earlier versions of Connect for ODBC. The drivers are backward compatible with the AppCodePage parameter, but you must now use the IANAAppCodePage parameter. In this case, the parameter uses the value in the ODBC section of the odbc.ini file. InstallDir Location where ODBC drivers are installed.

514 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter Trace TraceDll TraceFile UseCursorLib

Description Specifies whether tracing is on or off. Location of the ODBC trace shared lib\dll. File where tracing is logged. This setting is not used in UNIX. It specifies whether the CursorLibrary in the driver or the one that comes with the ODBC components is used. On the UNIX platform, no ODBC Manager CursorLibrary is available, which means that the driver CursorLibrary is always used.

Red Brick 6.x

Parameter DATABASE Driver PWD RB_CONFIG SERVER UID Description Name of the database to which to connect. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. Password used to connect to your database. Location where the ODBC driver is installed. Host name and port number of the server that runs the database. User ID to log on to the database.

Sybase IQ
Parameter AutoStop CommLinks DatabaseName Description Driver EngineName PWD UID Description Specifies whether the database should continue running after connections are disconnected. Host name and port number of the server that runs the database. The value should be as follows: tcpip(host=X.X.X.X;port=x) Name of the database to connect. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. Name of the database Server to connect. Password used to connect to your database. User ID to connect to the database.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

515

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Teradata Server
Parameter CharacterSet Description Specifies the default character set for the session. The default character set for Single Byte Character Sets (SBCS) is ASCII. For DBCS character sets, the value in the KanjiFormat option should match the character set name specified for this option. You have the following options: blank (default for KanjiFormat) ASCII (for SBCS) UTF8 SCHEBCDIC935_2IJ, TCHEBCKIC937_3IB TCHBIG5_1RO, SDTCHBIG5_3RO SCHEGB2312_1TO, SDSCHGB2312_2TO SDSCHEBCDIC935_6IJ, SDTCHEBCDIC937_7IB SDKANJIEBCDIC5026_4IG, SDKANJIEBCDIC5035_4IH SDKANJIEUC_1U3, SDKANJISJIS_1S3 HANGULEBCKIC933_1II, HANGULKSC5601_2R4 SDHANGULEBCKIC933_5II, SDHANGULKSC5601_4R4 KANJISJIS_OS, KANJIEUC_OU Name of the database to connect. Specifies whether the ODBC driver should handle DATEs, TIMEs, and TIMESTAMPs as integer values or ANSI-compatible strings. III specifies that all three should be handled as integer values. AAA specifies that they should be handled as ANSI-compatible strings. Identifies the host by name (alias) or IP Address. Name of the default database. Description of the data source. Path where the ODBC driver being used is located. Specifies whether to enable extended statement information for databases that support extended statement information, which includes Teradata V2R6.2 and later versions. Enabling extended statement information also supports parameterized queries. You have the following options: Yes: Enables extended statement information, which includes supporting the SQLDescribeParam API function. Enabling extended statement information also supports parameterized queries. No: Disables extended statement information and parameterized queries.

Database DateTimeFormat

DBCName DefaultDatabase Description Driver EnableExtendedStmtInfo

516 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter IANAAppCodePage

Description Used with the transliteration system. The code page that you specify must be the same as the code page used by your application. The driver on UNIX/ Linux determines the value of the applications code page by checking for an IANAAppCodePage value, in the following order: 1 In the connection string 2 In the DataSource section of the system file (odbc.ini) 3 In the ODBC section of the system file (odbc.ini) The default value for this parameter provides support for most environments. If this parameter must be modified to support your code page, refer to the Data Direct documentation provided in the Help\English\odbcHelp folder. This folder location can be located in the MicroStrategy Common Files on Windows environments, and in the MicroStrategy install path on UNIX and Linux environments. Note: The IANAAppCodePage connection string parameter replaces the AppCodePage connection string parameter in earlier versions of Connect for ODBC. The drivers are backward compatible with the AppCodePage parameter, but you must now use the IANAAppCodePage parameter. In this case, the parameter uses the value in the ODBC section of the odbc.ini file.

LastUser NoScan

Remembers the connection for the last user. You can enable parsing of SQL statements in the driver. You have the following options: Yes: (Default) Parsing is disabled. The parser in the driver is bypassed and the SQL statement is sent directly to Teradata. Setting this option to Yes when the SQL statement contains ODBC-specific syntax results in Teradata Database reporting errors. No: Parsing is enabled in the driver and SQL statements are sent to the parser. Password used to connect to your database. Specifies whether the driver should display standard message boxes on the screen. Specifies the mode for sessions. Values can be Teradata, ANSI, or System Default.

Password RunInQuietMode SessionMode

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

517

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

Parameter StCheckLevel

Description You can enable enhanced ODBC state checking to detect SQLState 24000 (invalid cursor state error) according to the requirements from the ODBC SDK. You have the following options: 0: (Default) No additional state checking is performed and provides backward compatibility. The ODBC driver does not generate error 24000 when an ODBC function generates a result set (open cursor state), and then another function that generates a result set is called before the first results were fetched or freed. This can be caused by ODBC functions such as SQLExecute, SQLExecDirect, or an ODBC catalog function. 1: The driver generates SQLState 24000 error if an application is in an open cursor state and SQLColumns, SQLColumnPrivileges, SQLExecDirect, SQLExecute, SQLForeignKeys, SQLGetTypeInfo, SQLPrepare, SQLPrimaryKeys, SQLProcedureColumns, SQLProcedures, SQLSpecialColumns, SQLStatistics, SQLTablePrivileges, or SQLTables is called. 2: The driver generates SQLSTate 24000 error if an application is not in an open cursor state and SQLCol, SQLDescribeCol, or SQLFetch is called. Specifies whether native Large Object (LOB) data type mappings are supported. This setting is most relevant for backward compatibility to support databases that do not support native LOB. You have the following options: Yes: (Default for databases that support LOB) Native LOB is supported for the database. ODBC is used to map the SQL_LONGVARBINARY data type to Teradatas Binary Large Object (BLOB), and to map the SQL_LONGVARCHAR data type to Teradatas Character Large Object (CLOB). No: Native LOB is not supported for the database. This option should be used for databases that do not support LOB to maintain backward compatibility. ODBC is used to map the SQL_LONGVARBINARY data type to Teradatas VARBYTE(32000), and to map the SQL_LONGVARCHAR data type to Teradatas LONG VARCHAR. User ID used to connect to your database.

UseNativeLOBSupport

Username

Netezza
Parameter Database Password Port ReadOnly Description Name of the database to connect. Password used to connect to your database. The port number for the connection. Check with your database administrator for the correct number. The default is 5480. Specifies whether intermediate tables can be created. 0: (Default) Intermediate tables can be created. 1: Intermediate tables cannot be created.

518 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Parameter ServerName Username

Description The machine name or IP address of the host machine for the database. User ID used to connect to the database.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

519

Connecting to Databases: ODBC and DSNs

Installation and Configuration Guide

520 Configuring ODBC parameters with odbc.ini

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

B
B.

TROUBLESHOOTING

Introduction
This appendix provides information on common problems that you might encounter while installing and configuring MicroStrategy on UNIX, Linux, and Windows operating systems.

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX

Some of the problems you can encounter while installing MicroStrategy on UNIX are listed below with steps to resolve them. information on application server-specific issues and general For troubleshooting for MicroStrategy Web Universal, refer to the MicroStrategy Web Universal release notes.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX

521

Troubleshooting

Installation and Configuration Guide

Mounting and unmounting CD-ROMs

Before you can install MicroStrategy on either the Solaris, AIX, or HP-UX operating system, you need to mount the CD-ROM. The procedure for each is included below, along with instructions to unmount the CD-ROM.

Mounting and unmounting the CD-ROM on Solaris

Follow the steps below to mount the CD-ROM on UNIX.
To mount the CD-ROM on Solaris

1 Enter the command su and the root password at the command prompt, or log in as root to become the superuser (su). The command prompt changes to the pound sign (#). 2 If the /cdrom directory does not already exist, enter # mkdir /cdrom 3 If the /cdrom/cdrom0 directory is empty because the CD-ROM was not mounted, or if File Manager did not open a window displaying the contents of the CD-ROM, verify that the vold daemon is running by entering the following: # ps -e | grep vold | grep -v grep The vold process manages the CD-ROM device and performs the mounting. 4 If vold is running, the system displays the process identification number of vold. If the system does not display anything, stop and start the daemon by entering # /usr/sbin/vold & 5 If the vold daemon is running but did not mount the CD-ROM, stop the vold daemon and then stop and start it. To stop it you need to know the identification process number, which can be obtained by entering # ps -ef | grep vold | grep -v grep

522 Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Troubleshooting

6 Stop the vold process by entering # kill -15 process_ID_number 7 Stop and start the vold process by entering # /usr/sbin/vold & If you encounter problems using the vold daemon, enter one of the following commands to mount the CD-ROM: # etc/mountall # mount -F hsfs -r ro /dev/dsk/cxtyd0sz /cdrom/cdrom0 where x is the CD-ROM drive controller, y is the CD-ROM drive SCSI ID number, and z is the slice of the partition on which the CD-ROM is located.
To unmount the CD-ROM on Solaris

Type the following commands to unmount the CD-ROM on Solaris: 1 # cd 2 # umount /cdrom/cdrom0 3 # eject

Mounting and unmounting the CD-ROM on AIX

Follow the steps below to mount the CD-ROM on the AIX UNIX operating system.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX

523

Troubleshooting

Installation and Configuration Guide

To mount the CD-ROM on AIX

1 If necessary, use the mkdir command to create a mount point for the CD. The following command creates a mount point at /cdrom; you can mount the CD at any location on the machines local file system. # mkdir /cdrom commands in this procedure assume the CD is mounted at / The cdrom. If you mount the CD at a different location, use that location when issuing commands. 2 Mount the CD-ROM drive by entering # mount -o ro -v cdrfs /dev/cdnumber /cdrom In this command, number is the CD-ROM number for your system, usually 0 (zero). An example of the above command follows: # mount -o ro -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom 3 Navigate to the /cdrom directory by entering # cd /cdrom
To unmount the CD-ROM on AIX

Type the following command to unmount the CD-ROM on AIX: # unmount /cdrom This command assumes the CD is mounted at /cdrom. If you mount the CD at a different location, use that location when issuing commands.

Mounting and unmounting the CD-ROM on HP-UX

Follow the steps below to mount the CD-ROM on the HP-UX operating system.

524 Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Troubleshooting

To mount the CD-ROM on HP-UX

1 If necessary, use the mkdir command to create a mount point for the CD. The following command creates a mount point at /cdrom; you can mount the CD at any location on the machines local file system. # mkdir /cdrom 2 To return the CD drive file path, enter # ioscan -funC disk 3 Mount the CD-ROM drive by entering # mount filepath /cdrom In this command, filepath is the CD drive file path returned from step 2. An example of the above command follows: # mount /dev/dsk/c0t0d0 /cdrom 4 Navigate to the /cdrom directory by entering # cd /cdrom
To unmount the CD-ROM on HP-UX

Type the following command to unmount the CD-ROM on HP-UX: # unmount /cdrom This command assumes the CD is mounted at /cdrom. If you mount the CD at a different location, use that location when issuing commands.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installing MicroStrategy on UNIX

525

Troubleshooting

Installation and Configuration Guide

Reviewing general installation errors

Any errors in your MicroStrategy installation are written to the install.log file.
Review errors found in install.log

1 Browse to INSTALL_PATH where INSTALL_PATH is the directory you specified as the Install Directory during installation 2 Open the install.log file. (For Unix, use an editor with a command like dtpad install.log. For Windows, use Notepad or some other text editor to open the file.) 3 Review the error messages. A common error is to run out of space.

Graph and document support of non-Western European fonts

If your UNIX system uses non-Western European fonts, you may see indiscernible values returned in place of text on your graphs when accessed through MicroStrategy Web or Web Universal. This also occurs for Report Services documents when accessed through MicroStrategy Web or Web Universal or any other MicroStrategy client application (such as Developer) that connects to an Intelligence Server connected (three-tier) project source. To support non-Western European fonts, copy True Type fonts into the Intelligence Server installation directory. Copy these fonts, which have a .ttc or .ttf extension, to INTELLIGENCE_SERVER_INSTALL_PATH\ PDFGeneratorFiles. The default installation path for the Intelligence Server in UNIX is home\MicroStrategy\PDFGeneratorFiles. For the change to take effect, you must restart Intelligence Server.

526 Reviewing general installation errors

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Troubleshooting

Server port number errors

This section provides troubleshooting information on server port number errors.

I forgot the server port number

1 Open MicroStrategy Service Manager. Windows: From the Start menu, point to Programs, then MicroStrategy Tools, and then select Service Manager. MicroStrategy Service Manager opens. UNIX/Linux: In a UNIX or Linux console window, browse to HOME_PATH where HOME_PATH is the directory you specified as the home directory during installation. Browse to the folder bin and type ./mstrsvcmgr, then press ENTER. MicroStrategy Service Manager opens.

2 Click Options. This launches the Service Options dialog box. 3 Click Intelligence Server Options tab to view the port number.

Port number is in use

In a UNIX or Linux environment, you can find a port available for use with the following procedure: 1 Browse to your target directory. This is the path indicated during installation as the Directory Name. 2 Browse to the folder bin and type mstrctl s IntelligenceServer di FindingPortNumber, then press ENTER. 3 Type mstrctl s IntelligenceServer ci FindingPortNumber, then press ENTER. 4 Type mstrctl s IntelligenceServer gs FindingPortNumber, then press ENTER.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Server port number errors

527

Troubleshooting

Installation and Configuration Guide

5 An XML file is returned. Search for the tag <tcp_port_number>, which contains a port number you can use. Record this number.

GLOSSARY
activation code A code used to activate MicroStrategy Intelligence Server. This code is sent to an email address provided during activation. attribute A data level defined by the system architect and associated with one or more columns in a data warehouse lookup table. Attributes include data classifications like Region, Order, Customer, Age, Item, City, and Year. They provide a means for aggregating and filtering at a given level. attribute element A value of any of the attribute forms of an attribute. For example, New York and Dallas are elements of the attribute City; January, February, and March are elements of the attribute Month. caches A special data store holding recently accessed information for quick future access. This is normally done for frequently requested reports, whose execution is faster because they need not run against the database. Results from the data warehouse are stored separately and can be used by new job requests that require the same data. In the MicroStrategy environment, when a user runs a report for the first time, the job is submitted to the database for processing. However, if the results of that report are cached, the results can be returned immediately without having to wait for the database to process the job the next time the report is run.

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Glossary: activation code

531

Glossary

Installation and Configuration Guide

connection string Stores the information required to connect to a database server. A connection string usually includes a DSN and the user ID and password required to log in to the database server. This information varies depending on the particular database server. data source name Provides connectivity to a database through an ODBC driver. (DSN) A DSN generally contains host machine name or IP address, instance name, database name, directory, database driver, User ID, password, and other information. The exact information included in the DSN varies by DBMS. Once you create a DSN for a particular database, you can use it in an application to call information from the database. There are three types of DSNs: 1) System DSN: can be used by anyone who has access to the machine. DSN info is stored in the registry. 2) User DSN: is created for a specific user. Also stored in the registry. 3) File DSN: DSN information is stored in a text file with .DSN extension. data warehouse 1) A database, typically very large, containing the historical data of an enterprise. Used for decision support or business intelligence, it organizes data and allows coordinated updates and loads. 2) A copy of transaction data specifically structured for query, reporting, and analysis. document 1. A container for objects representing data coming from one or more reports, as well as positioning and formatting information. A document is used to format data from multiple reports in a single display of presentation quality. 2. The MicroStrategy object that supports the functionality defined in (1). DSN See data source name (DSN).

532 Glossary: connection string

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Glossary

hierarchy A set of attributes defining a meaningful path for element browsing or drilling. The order of the attributes is typicallythough not alwaysdefined such that a higher attribute has a one-to-many relationship with its child attributes. HTML document An HTML document is a container for creating dashboards and scorecards to display a group of reports within the MicroStrategy platform. You can use HTML documents to format data from multiple reports and graphs in a single display of presentation quality. installation log file The MicroStrategy setup program generates a log file in text format. This log file contains records of all actions performed by the setup program and by other executable files related to installation. load balancing A strategy aimed at achieving even distribution of MicroStrategy Web Universal user sessions across MicroStrategy Intelligence Servers. MicroStrategy achieves four-tier load balancing by incorporating load balancers into MicroStrategy Web Universal. metadata A repository whose data associates the tables and columns of a data warehouse with user-defined attributes and facts to enable the mapping of the business view, terms, and needs to the underlying database structure. Metadata can reside on the same server as the data warehouse or on a different database server. It can even be held in a different RDBMS. ODBC See Open Database Connectivity. ODBC driver A software routine that translates MicroStrategy Intelligence Server requests into commands that the DBMS understands. ODBC driver manager Coordinates communication between a client application and database server. The client application tells the driver manager that it needs to connect using a particular connection string. The DSN found in this connection string
533

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Glossary: hierarchy

Glossary

Installation and Configuration Guide

provides the driver manager with the type of database server to which the application needs access. From this information, the driver manager decides what driver to use and initiates the communication. Open Database An open standard with which client computers can Connectivity communicate with relational database servers. Client machines make a connection to a particular logical database, on a particular physical database server, using a particular ODBC driver. port number The port number is how a server process identifies itself on the machine on which it is running. For example, when the Intelligence Server machine receives a network call from a client (Developer, Web Universal, Narrowcast Server, Command Manager, and so on), it knows to forward those calls to the Intelligence Server port number that is specified in the call. prefix A prefix is stored in the project metadata associated with a table or tables and is used by the Engine to generate SQL. Also, the Catalog Server uses it to obtain table sample values and row counts. In most cases, it should match the name space field since it is used to qualify on a specific table belonging to a certain owner or name space. Prefixes can be defined and modified from the Warehouse Catalog interface. process An executing application comprising one or more threads. Processes use temporary private address spaces and control operating system resources such as files, dynamic memory allocations, pipes, and synchronization objects. project 1) The highest-level intersection of a data warehouse, metadata repository, and user community, containing reports, filters, metrics, and functions. 2) An object containing the definition of a project, as defined in (1). The project object is specified when requesting the establishment of a session.

534 Glossary: Open Database Connectivity

admin role, assigning to a user JBoss - Windows - Web/Web Universal 308 Oracle 10g - Windows - Web/Web Universal 301 Oracle Glassfish Server 272 Tomcat - Linux 291 Tomcat - Windows - Web/Web Universal 284 WebSphere - AIX - Web/Web Universal 261 Administrative Server 256 AIX MicroStrategy Intelligence Server hardware requirements 31 patch requirements 61 Web server OS 66 Analyst. See MicroStrategy Analyst. Analytics Modules. See MicroStrategy Analytics Modules. Apache Hive Wire Protocol ODBC Driver for 458 Apache Tomcat application server 68 Apache TomEE application server 68 Apache Web server 69 configuring to serve a static file 251

537

Installation and Configuration Guide

Index

I
IBM HTTP Server configuring to serve a static file 266 web server 69 IBM JDK, Java development kit 70 IBM WebSphere, application server 68 IBM, Java development kit 70 IIS. See Microsoft IIS. Impala Wire Protocol ODBC Driver for 458 Informix 8 ODBC driver for (UNIX/Linux) 475 ODBC driver for (Windows) 460 Informix Wire Protocol ODBC Driver for 459 parameters for odbc.ini 504 Informix XPS, parameters for odbc.ini 502 install.log 329 installation creating response.ini file (Windows) 331 install.log file 329 OEM environments 401 OEM silent (Windows) 406 plug-in for Apache 239 reducing download size 23, 96, 106, 130, 397 response.ini file (Windows) 330 silent (UNIX) 382 silent (Windows) 373 silent installation of hotfix (Windows) 376 troubleshooting silent (Windows) 375 installation log file 328, defined on 328 installation method 94 Command line mode 95 GUI mode 94

O
Object Manager. See MicroStrategy Object Manager. ODBC defined on 158, 160
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

default directory (UNIX) 164 default directory (Windows) 163 parameters for odbc.ini 514 ODBC connectivity 169 ODBC driver defined on 161 Apache Hive Wire Protocol 458 Aster (Linux) 480 certified 162 certified database 87 DB Query Tool 169 DB2 (UNIX/Linux) 455 DB2 (Windows) 455 DB2 for i 456 DB2 for iSeries 456 DB2 z/OS 457 Greenplum Wire Protocol 457 Impala Wire Protocol 458 Informix 8 (UNIX/Linux) 475 Informix 8 (Windows) 460 Informix Wire Protocol 459 Microsoft SQL Azure 464 Microsoft SQL Server 464 MySQL (Linux) 478 MySQL Wire Protocol 460 Netezza (UNIX/Linux) 477 Netezza (Windows) 465 odbc.ini file (UNIX/Linux) 493 Oracle Wire Protocol 461 other relational databases for Windows 487 PostgreSQL Wire Protocol 463 Red Brick (Linux) 471 Salesforce 470 SAP HANA 484 Sequelink 465 Sybase Adaptive Server IQ (UNIX/Linux) 473 Sybase ASE Wire Protocol 462

545

Index

Installation and Configuration Guide

Teradata (UNIX/Linux) 474 Teradata (Windows) 487 testing connectivity 169 text files 491 Vertica (Linux) 482 ODBC driver manager defined on 161 odbc.ini 493 DB2 Wire Protocol 499 Informix Wire Protocol 504 Informix XPS 502 Netezza 518 ODBC 514 Oracle Wire Protocol 495 Red Brick 515 Salesforce 505 Sybase Adaptive Server IQ 515 Sybase ASE Wire Protocol 507 Teradata 516 OEM installation 401 OLAP Services. See MicroStrategy OLAP Services. Open Database Connectivity defined on 158 options file 382 Oracle 10g application server 68 deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP 298 deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 298, 300 deploying Web Universal with the Oracle Enterprise Manager 300 locating WAR file (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 299 locating WAR file (Web/Web Universal) 299 preconfiguration information (Web/Web Universal) 298 Oracle Glassfish Server

accessing MicroStrategy Web Administrator page 275 connecting to the Project page 277 deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP 266, 268 deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP as a WAR file 271 deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 266, 268 deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal as a WAR file 271 locating WAR file 267 locating WAR file (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 267 recommended configuration for UNIX/Linux 267 undeploying Mobile Server JSP 277 undeploying Web Universal 277 Oracle Glassfish Server (Web/Web Universal) deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP as a WAR file 271 preconfiguration information 267 recommended configuration for UNIX/Linux 267 Oracle Glassfish Server Admin Console launching 269 Oracle iPlanet Web server 69 Oracle JDK configuring 278, 304 Oracle WebLogic application server 68 Oracle Wire Protocol ODBC driver for 461 parameters for odbc.ini 495

P
pageCheckSeconds parameter 250 parameters DB2 Wire Protocol 499

546

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Index

Informix Wire Protocol 504 Oracle Wire Protocol 495 Red Brick 515 password to metadata 191 patch requirements AIX 61 HP-UX 62 Linux 62 Solaris 60 performance-based setup MicroStrategy Professional Services 83 WebLogic and Apache (Web/Web Universal) 248 permission errors 530 plug-in for Apache 239 plugin-cfg.xml, regenerating 260 port number defined on 198 Intelligence Server 193 portlets. See MicroStrategy Portlets. PostgreSQL Wire Protocol ODBC driver for 463 precompiling JSP file in WebLogic 249 JSP file in WebSphere 265 preconfiguration information Apache (Web/Web Universal) 237 JBoss (Windows - Web/Web Universal) 304 Oracle 10g (Web/Web Universal) 298 Oracle Glassfish Server (Web/Web Universal) 267 Tomcat (Linux - Web/Web Universal) 286 Tomcat (Windows - Web/Web Universal) 278 WebLogic (Web/Web Universal) 237 WebSphere (Web/Web Universal) 254 preinst.log 374

prerequisites for MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard 172 processor speed 84 production deployment large 27 small 25 project 211 accessing multiple data sources 211 project source 177, 178 authentication 199 direct 196, 197 server 196 three-tier 198 two-tier 197

Q
Query Builder, accessing data sources 211

R
R (analytics) integrating with MicroStrategy 3 R Integration Pack 3 Red Brick ODBC driver for 471 parameters for odbc.ini 515 re-deploying Web Universal with WebLogic 248 re-installing a MicroStrategy component (Windows) 445 control panel 445 re-installing MicroStrategy Office 446 Report Services. See MicroStrategy Report Services. requesting activation code 146 response.ini file creating for installation (Windows) 331 creating through MicroStrategy Config547

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Index

Installation and Configuration Guide

uration Wizard (Windows) 202 example for installation (Windows) 348 example for uninstall (Windows) 371 installation (Windows) 330 MicroStrategy Configuration Wizard (Windows) 201, 370 MicroStrategy Health Center 202 parameters and options for Configuration Wizard (Windows) 205 parameters and options for installation (Windows) 331 uninstalling (Windows) 371 upgrade 202 using for Configuration Wizard (Windows) 204 using for installation (Windows) 370 using through Configuration Wizard (UNIX) 436 restarting WebSphere application server Web/Web Universal 260

S
Salesforce driver parameters for odbc.ini 505 ODBC driver for 470 SAP HANA ODBC driver for 484 SAP NetWeaver (Windows) deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 295 SAP NetWeaver, locating WAR file 294 SDK. See MicroStrategy SDK. security access to MicroStrategy Web Administrator page 284, 291, 308 SequeLink configuring ODBC driver 469 Sequelink
548

ODBC driver for 465 SequeLink ODBC Socket Server 21 Server Administrator. See MicroStrategy Server Administrator. server definition defined on 178, 192 connectivity setting 210 server project source 196 setting up document creation HTML document 320 setting up document execution HTML document 323 Report Services documents 325 setup command-line parameter (Windows) 369 setup.exe 328 silent installation 373 hotfix (Windows) 376 introduction (UNIX) 382 OEM (Windows) 406 options file (UNIX) 382 output (UNIX) 398 output (Windows) 374 parameters (UNIX) 385 perform on Windows 406 System Management Server (SMS) on Windows 373 troubleshooting (Windows) 375 values for different languages 409 sizing guidelines 79 caching 80 Intelligent Cube size 86 MicroStrategy OLAP Services 81 MicroStrategy Professional Services 83 network bandwidth 85 number of users 79 processor speed 84 report complexity 79 Report Services document 81
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Index

SMS. See System Management Server. software recommendations application server 68 Java development kit 70 SDK for JSP 72 Web Services J2EE 70 Web Universal 64 Windows 39 software requirements for Intelligence Server on UNIX/Linux 57 Solaris MicroStrategy Intelligence Server hardware requirements 31 patch requirements 60 Web server OS 66 specifying a port number 193 SQL query 171 script 189 starting Administrative Server 256 Apache Web Server 263 Web module for WebSphere 261 WebSphere Administrative Console 257 WebSphere default application server 257 static file configuring Apache Web server for 251 configuring IBM HTTP Server 266 statistics log 82 table 186 statistics table defined on 178 Sun Java development kit 70 support international xxvi, 86 support. See technical support.
2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

supporting IIS 6 78 Sybase Adaptive Server IQ ODBC driver for (UNIX/Linux) 473 parameters for odbc.ini 515 Sybase ASE Wire Protocol ODBC driver for 462 parameters for odbc.ini 507 System Management Server (SMS) on Windows silent installation 373

T
table, metadata 180 technical support xxvii Teradata ODBC driver for (UNIX/Linux) 474 ODBC driver for (Windows) 487 parameters for odbc.ini 516 text file ODBC driver for (Windows) 491 three-tier project source 198 Tomcat deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP 278 deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 278 Tomcat (Linux - Web/Web Universal) deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 290 locating the WAR file 289 preconfiguration information 286 setting Java heap size 289 Tomcat (Web/Web Universal) configuring 280, 288 configuring Oracle JDK 287 Tomcat (Windows - Web/Web Universal) preconfiguration information 278 setting Java heap size 281 troubleshooting

549

Index

Installation and Configuration Guide

DSN connection errors 528 History List creation errors 528 metadata creation errors 528 permission errors 530 server port number errors 527 statistics creation errors 528 UNIX 521 Tutorial Reporting. See MicroStrategy Tutorial Reporting. two-tier project source 197

V
verifying installation UNIX 142 Windows 121 Vertica, ODBC driver for (Linux) 482

W
WAR file locating for JBoss (Windows) (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 306 locating for Oracle 10g (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 299 locating for SAP NetWeaver (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 294 locating for Tomcat (Linux) (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 289 locating for WebLogic (Mobile Server JSP) 238 locating for WebSphere (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 255 WAR file (Web/Web Universal) exploding for WebLogic and Apache (Web/Web Universal) 242 locating for JBoss (Windows) 305 locating for Oracle 10g 299 locating for Oracle Glassfish Server 267 locating for SAP NetWeaver 294 locating for Tomcat (Linux) 289 locating for Tomcat (Windows) 281 locating for WebLogic 238 locating for WebSphere 255 unzipping for WebLogic and Apache (Web/Web Universal) 245 Web module for WebSphere, starting 261 Web server

U
unattended installation (UNIX) 382 uninstalling Control Panel (Windows) 447 MicroStrategy (UNIX/Linux) 449 response.ini (Windows) 371 uninstalling MicroStrategy components (Windows) 447 MicroStrategy Office (Windows) 448 UNIX configuring ODBC 164 installation procedure 126 MicroStrategy Installation Wizard 129 verifying installation 142 user assigned to admin role JBoss - Windows (Web/Web Universal) 308 Oracle 10g - Windows (Web/Web Universal) 301 Oracle Glassfish Server 272 Tomcat - Linux 291 Tomcat - Windows (Web/Web Universal) 284 WebSphere - AIX- Web/Web Universal 261 user connection mapping. See connection mapping.

550

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Installation and Configuration Guide

Index

Apache 69 IBM HTTP Server 69 Internet Information Server 69 Oracle iPlanet 69 Web server OS AIX 66 HP-UX 66 Linux 66 Solaris 66 Windows 66 Web Universal connection 310 hardware recommendations for UNIX/Linux 31 software recommendations 64 Web Universal. See also MicroStrategy Web Universal. Web. See MicroStrategy Web. web.xml re-deploying the application 248 WebLogic (Solaris - Web/Web Universal) 236 WebLogic and Apache deploying MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP 236 locating the WAR file (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 238 production mode 240 WAR file 245 WebLogic and Apache (Web/Web Universal) deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 236, 239 exploding the WAR file 242 folder structure 236 launching the project 248 locating the WAR file 238 pageCheckSeconds parameter 250 performance-based setup 248

precompiling JSP file 249 preconfiguration information 237 setting Java heap size 249 WebSphere locating the WAR file (MicroStrategy Mobile Server JSP) 255 WebSphere (Web/Web Universal) 253 application installation 258 deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 256 launching Administrative Console 256 locating the WAR file 255 precompiling the JSP file 265 preconfiguration 254 regenerating plugin-cfg.xml 260 restarting application server 260 setting Java heap size 264 starting default application server 257 WebSphere and IBM HTTP Server deploying MicroStrategy Web Universal 253 Windows authentication 200 configuring ODBC 163 hardware recommendations 28 installation procedure 104 MicroStrategy Installation Wizard 105 software recommendations 39 supporting IIS 6 78 verifying installation 121 Web server OS 66 Windows INI 330

X
XSL report style 82

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

551

Index

Installation and Configuration Guide

552

2013 MicroStrategy, Inc.

Teamcenter 13.1 Window Server Installation Guide
No ratings yet
Teamcenter 13.1 Window Server Installation Guide
240 pages
ISA D14 TTT CyberSecurity
100% (1)
ISA D14 TTT CyberSecurity
12 pages
Microstrategy Advanced Reporting
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Advanced Reporting
1,050 pages
Microstrategy Evaluation Edition Quick Start Guide: Version: 9.2.1M
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Evaluation Edition Quick Start Guide: Version: 9.2.1M
30 pages
MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide 9.3.0
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy Mobile Design and Administration Guide 9.3.0
244 pages
Microstrategy Mobile Analysis Guide
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Mobile Analysis Guide
150 pages
Basic Reporting Guide: Document Number: 09490930
No ratings yet
Basic Reporting Guide: Document Number: 09490930
494 pages
Evaluation Quick Start Guide
No ratings yet
Evaluation Quick Start Guide
30 pages
Microstrategy Advanced Reporting Guide 921m
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Advanced Reporting Guide 921m
1,026 pages
Microstrategy Narrow Cast Application Designer 921m
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Narrow Cast Application Designer 921m
566 pages
Basic Reporting
No ratings yet
Basic Reporting
492 pages
Narrow Cast Getting Started
No ratings yet
Narrow Cast Getting Started
191 pages
Installation Config
No ratings yet
Installation Config
602 pages
OLAP Services Guide: Document Number: 09530921
No ratings yet
OLAP Services Guide: Document Number: 09530921
334 pages
Installation and Configuration Guide: Document Number: 09300921
No ratings yet
Installation and Configuration Guide: Document Number: 09300921
602 pages
Micro Strategy Admin
No ratings yet
Micro Strategy Admin
1,092 pages
MDX Cube Reporting Guide: Document Number: 09480921
No ratings yet
MDX Cube Reporting Guide: Document Number: 09480921
234 pages
Microstrategy Admin
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Admin
1,072 pages
Micro Strategy Mobile Design
No ratings yet
Micro Strategy Mobile Design
284 pages
Microstrategy Operations Manager
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Operations Manager
186 pages
MicroStrategy MDX Cube Reporting
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy MDX Cube Reporting
222 pages
Project Design
No ratings yet
Project Design
566 pages
MSTR Project Design Guide
100% (1)
MSTR Project Design Guide
524 pages
Microstrategy 10 - Basic Reporting Guide PDF
100% (1)
Microstrategy 10 - Basic Reporting Guide PDF
484 pages
Microstrategy Evaluation Edition Quick Start Guide: Document Number: 09460901
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Evaluation Edition Quick Start Guide: Document Number: 09460901
28 pages
Narrowcast Installand Config
No ratings yet
Narrowcast Installand Config
82 pages
Installation and Configuration Guide: Document Number: 09300812
No ratings yet
Installation and Configuration Guide: Document Number: 09300812
548 pages
Microstrategy Web Services Administration Guide: Document Number: 09430920
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Web Services Administration Guide: Document Number: 09430920
126 pages
DashboardsAndWidgets PDF
No ratings yet
DashboardsAndWidgets PDF
566 pages
Supplemental Reference For System Administration
No ratings yet
Supplemental Reference For System Administration
598 pages
Microstrategy Desktop Descripción General Del Inicio Rápido
No ratings yet
Microstrategy Desktop Descripción General Del Inicio Rápido
15 pages
Evaluation Quick Start Guide
No ratings yet
Evaluation Quick Start Guide
30 pages
Evaluation Quick Start Guide
No ratings yet
Evaluation Quick Start Guide
30 pages
MicroStrategy 8 - Advanced Reporting Guide
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy 8 - Advanced Reporting Guide
712 pages
R Integration User Guide
No ratings yet
R Integration User Guide
46 pages
MicroStrategy Analitical Function Reference
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy Analitical Function Reference
394 pages
In Memory Analytics
No ratings yet
In Memory Analytics
300 pages
Functions Reference
No ratings yet
Functions Reference
741 pages
Admin
No ratings yet
Admin
826 pages
Installation Config
No ratings yet
Installation Config
498 pages
MicroStrategy Web Essentials
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy Web Essentials
222 pages
Advanced Project Design PDF
100% (1)
Advanced Project Design PDF
236 pages
MicroStrategy 9 Vs QlikTech 11
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy 9 Vs QlikTech 11
40 pages
MicroStrategy 9 Vs QlikTech 11
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy 9 Vs QlikTech 11
40 pages
Contract Administration
100% (1)
Contract Administration
64 pages
MicroStrategy vs. Business Objects
No ratings yet
MicroStrategy vs. Business Objects
24 pages
What's New in MicroStrategy Analytics Platform - v941 PDF
No ratings yet
What's New in MicroStrategy Analytics Platform - v941 PDF
104 pages
Microsoft GP 10 (VSTDGPProgrammersGuide)
No ratings yet
Microsoft GP 10 (VSTDGPProgrammersGuide)
120 pages
Safenet Authentication Service: Push Otp Integration Guide
No ratings yet
Safenet Authentication Service: Push Otp Integration Guide
24 pages
Reporting Services Admin Guide
No ratings yet
Reporting Services Admin Guide
41 pages
Disruptive Technologies and Business Innovation: IoT in Perspective
From Everand
Disruptive Technologies and Business Innovation: IoT in Perspective
Mohammed Majeed
No ratings yet
The Future of Computing: Ubiquitous Applications and Technologies
From Everand
The Future of Computing: Ubiquitous Applications and Technologies
Neha Kishore
No ratings yet
Smart Home and Industrial IoT Devices: Critical Perspectives on Cyberthreats, Frameworks and Protocols
From Everand
Smart Home and Industrial IoT Devices: Critical Perspectives on Cyberthreats, Frameworks and Protocols
Akashdeep Bhardwaj
No ratings yet
Start-Up Secure: Baking Cybersecurity into Your Company from Founding to Exit
From Everand
Start-Up Secure: Baking Cybersecurity into Your Company from Founding to Exit
Chris Castaldo
No ratings yet
Smart Manufacturing Terms You Need to Know!
From Everand
Smart Manufacturing Terms You Need to Know!
Mike Nager
No ratings yet
Digital Transformation in African SMEs: Emerging Issues and Trends: Volume 2
From Everand
Digital Transformation in African SMEs: Emerging Issues and Trends: Volume 2
Mohammed Majeed
No ratings yet
IoT Maintenance: Predictive Techniques for Smart Equipment
From Everand
IoT Maintenance: Predictive Techniques for Smart Equipment
Alex C. Techworth
No ratings yet
Microsoft .NET Gadgeteer: Electronics Projects for Hobbyists and Inventors
From Everand
Microsoft .NET Gadgeteer: Electronics Projects for Hobbyists and Inventors
Simon Taylor
No ratings yet
Digital Transformation in African SMEs: Emerging Issues and Trends: Volume 3
From Everand
Digital Transformation in African SMEs: Emerging Issues and Trends: Volume 3
Mohammed Majeed
4/5 (1)
AI and ML Applications for Decision-Making in Zero Trust Cyber Security
From Everand
AI and ML Applications for Decision-Making in Zero Trust Cyber Security
Dr. Zemelak Goraga
No ratings yet
Managing Big Data Effectively
From Everand
Managing Big Data Effectively
Bhima Asan
No ratings yet
Fortify Your Data: A Guide to the Emerging Technologies
From Everand
Fortify Your Data: A Guide to the Emerging Technologies
Michael A Hudak
No ratings yet
2021 ICS OT Cybersecurity Year in Review - Dragos 2021
No ratings yet
2021 ICS OT Cybersecurity Year in Review - Dragos 2021
65 pages
TRISIS Malware: Analysis of Safety System Targeted Malware
No ratings yet
TRISIS Malware: Analysis of Safety System Targeted Malware
19 pages
Report On The Governance of Water Services in Europe
No ratings yet
Report On The Governance of Water Services in Europe
64 pages
2021-2023 Emerging Technology Roadmap For Large Enterprises
100% (1)
2021-2023 Emerging Technology Roadmap For Large Enterprises
1 page
Industrial Threat Landscape Report April 2018: Protecting Your Productivity
No ratings yet
Industrial Threat Landscape Report April 2018: Protecting Your Productivity
24 pages
Gartner Protect Your Business Assets With A Roadmap For Maturing Information Security Roadmap
No ratings yet
Gartner Protect Your Business Assets With A Roadmap For Maturing Information Security Roadmap
13 pages
WP 2021 O.7.1 - Market Analysis - IoT Smart Grid
No ratings yet
WP 2021 O.7.1 - Market Analysis - IoT Smart Grid
70 pages
Certifications CSXP Scheduling Guide
No ratings yet
Certifications CSXP Scheduling Guide
13 pages
Rapid7 Overview Brochure 2021 Digital
No ratings yet
Rapid7 Overview Brochure 2021 Digital
15 pages
The C2M2: Helping Utilities With Cybersecurity Preparedness
No ratings yet
The C2M2: Helping Utilities With Cybersecurity Preparedness
29 pages
Cybersecurity Competency Model: Identifying Credential Competencies Worksheet
No ratings yet
Cybersecurity Competency Model: Identifying Credential Competencies Worksheet
38 pages
Use of NIST Cybersecurity Framework DOE C2M2
No ratings yet
Use of NIST Cybersecurity Framework DOE C2M2
2 pages
Hiscox Cyber Readiness Report 2019
No ratings yet
Hiscox Cyber Readiness Report 2019
19 pages
Sans ICS Attack Surfaces: Dr. Eric Cole
100% (1)
Sans ICS Attack Surfaces: Dr. Eric Cole
35 pages
Become A Next-Gen CISO
No ratings yet
Become A Next-Gen CISO
33 pages
Attachment 0
No ratings yet
Attachment 0
70 pages
CSC Final Report
No ratings yet
CSC Final Report
182 pages
2017 01 27 Rail Technical Strategy Capability Delivery Plan Brochure
No ratings yet
2017 01 27 Rail Technical Strategy Capability Delivery Plan Brochure
40 pages
T Mu Am 02001 ST
No ratings yet
T Mu Am 02001 ST
62 pages
Designing - Cyber - Exercises - (ISC) 2 (2014) PDF
100% (1)
Designing - Cyber - Exercises - (ISC) 2 (2014) PDF
32 pages
DUP Blockchain
No ratings yet
DUP Blockchain
20 pages
Definition of Cybersecurity Businness Framework Based On ADM TOGAF PDF
No ratings yet
Definition of Cybersecurity Businness Framework Based On ADM TOGAF PDF
8 pages
Advanced Topics 1a
No ratings yet
Advanced Topics 1a
2 pages
DOMAIN SLPR 4 Bligh Street Oberon NSW 2787
No ratings yet
DOMAIN SLPR 4 Bligh Street Oberon NSW 2787
3 pages
Questionnaire
No ratings yet
Questionnaire
6 pages
IPBRICK - GT Guide Ipbgt
No ratings yet
IPBRICK - GT Guide Ipbgt
57 pages
Create and Usee-Mail
No ratings yet
Create and Usee-Mail
11 pages
Elearning Paltform
No ratings yet
Elearning Paltform
67 pages
2A Resume
No ratings yet
2A Resume
2 pages
Daniel
No ratings yet
Daniel
67 pages
UNIT 1 - Intro and Installation
No ratings yet
UNIT 1 - Intro and Installation
19 pages
Research and Style Manual - Grade 5: For A Book With Two Authors
No ratings yet
Research and Style Manual - Grade 5: For A Book With Two Authors
2 pages
BEAUTY JOURNAL - Rate Card 2021 (FP)
No ratings yet
BEAUTY JOURNAL - Rate Card 2021 (FP)
12 pages
Online Crime Reporting System Project.
No ratings yet
Online Crime Reporting System Project.
53 pages
APMOPS 2001 First Round Answers PDF
No ratings yet
APMOPS 2001 First Round Answers PDF
1 page
Digital Marketing Course in Hyderabad
No ratings yet
Digital Marketing Course in Hyderabad
18 pages
My Prince
100% (2)
My Prince
4 pages
SCRIPTING LANGUAGE LAB Dev
No ratings yet
SCRIPTING LANGUAGE LAB Dev
26 pages
CV Khouloud Dhibi Ca
No ratings yet
CV Khouloud Dhibi Ca
2 pages
Junior Web Developer Checklist 1.0
No ratings yet
Junior Web Developer Checklist 1.0
10 pages
Effectiveness of Digital Marketing Services in Domain2host
No ratings yet
Effectiveness of Digital Marketing Services in Domain2host
94 pages
Research of Fine Grit Access Control Based On Time in Cloud Computing 1
No ratings yet
Research of Fine Grit Access Control Based On Time in Cloud Computing 1
77 pages
Creative Coding For Beginners
No ratings yet
Creative Coding For Beginners
375 pages
Shaikh Aaquib Wordpress Practical Assignment
No ratings yet
Shaikh Aaquib Wordpress Practical Assignment
19 pages
Tle-Css 10 - Hyperlink
No ratings yet
Tle-Css 10 - Hyperlink
6 pages
RadioDJ - Free Radio Automation Software
No ratings yet
RadioDJ - Free Radio Automation Software
2 pages
Digital Marketing
100% (2)
Digital Marketing
52 pages
Ranjit's Resume
No ratings yet
Ranjit's Resume
1 page
Defining Network Infrastructure and Security: Lesson 8
No ratings yet
Defining Network Infrastructure and Security: Lesson 8
28 pages
50 Tips For Job Search
100% (1)
50 Tips For Job Search
2 pages
"College Portal ": A Project Report On
50% (2)
"College Portal ": A Project Report On
13 pages